Minnesota  Highway  Department 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS 


/ 


Section 

1. 

Section 

2. 

Section 

3. 

Section 

4. 

Section 

5. 

Section 

6. 

Section 

7. 

Section 

8. 

Section 

9. 

Section  10. 

Section  11. 

Section  12. 

General  Provisions. 

Grading. 

Gravel  Surfacing. 

General  Clauses  for  All  Pavements. 

One  Course  Concrete  Pavement  and  Concrete  Base. 
Broken  Stone  Base. 

Bituminous  Macadam. 

Asphaltic  Concrete  Surfacing.  Classes  A,  B  and  C. 
Bituminous  Filled  Brick  Surfacing. 

Guard  Rail,  Gutters,  and  Miscellaneous  Structures. 
Bridges  and  Monolithic  Culverts. 

Sectional  Concrete  and  Corrugated  Metal  Culverts. 


Proposal  Forms. 

Contractor’s  Bond  Form. 
Contract  Form. 

Form  of  Advertisement  for  Bids. 


ORDER  No.  1158 


It  is  hereby  ordered  that  the  specifications  being  Sections  1  to  12 
listed  above,  shall  be  the  specifications  for  construction  and  material  to 
be  used  on  the  classes  of  work  described  therein,  on  State  Aid  Roads  in 
Minnesota,  from  and  after  this  date,  excepting  work  already  under  con¬ 
tract;  and  with  the  exception  noted  shall  supersede  all  specifications  pre¬ 
viously  issued  for  the  classes  of  work  covered  by  these  specifications. 

It  is  further  ordered  that  a  copy  of  these  specifications  shall  be  filed 
in  the  office  of  the  County  Auditor  of  each  County. 


/ 


Dated  March  4th,  1921. 


r 

Commissioner  of  Highways. 


I  !  28643 


I 


< 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  One. 


GENERAL  SPECIFICATIONS 

Whenever  in  these  specifications  and  contract  the  following  terms,  or 
pronouns  in  place  of  them,  are  used,  the  intent  and  meaning  shall  be  inter¬ 
preted  as  follows: 

“County” — The  contracting  County  or  Counties,  referred  to  in  these 
specifications  as  the  Party  of  the  First  Part. 

“Board” — Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  above  County  or 
Counties. 

“Commissioner” — Commissioner  of  Highways  of  the  State  of  Minnesota. 

“Engineer” — The  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Minnesota  Highway  Depart¬ 
ment,  acting  directly  or  through  an  engineer  duly  authorized  by  the 
Commissioner  or  The  Chief  Engineer,  such  engineer  acting  within  the 
scope  of  the  particular  duties  assigned  to  him  or  the  authority  given  him. 

“Inspector” — An  authorized  representative  of  the  Engineer,  assigned  to 
make  any  or  all  necessary  inspections  of  the  work  performed  and  materials 
furnished  by  the  contractor. 

“Bidder” — Any  individual,  firm  or  corporation  submitting  a  proposal 
for  the  work  contemplated,  acting  directly  or  through  a  duly  authorized 
representative. 

“Contractor” — Party  of  the  second  part  to  the  contract,  acting  directly 
or  through  his  agents  or  employes. 

“Surety” — The  persons  or  the  corporate  body  which  is  bound  with,  and 
for  the  Contractor  (who  is  primarily  liable)  and  which  engages  to  be  re¬ 
sponsible  for  his  payment  of  all  debts  pertaining  to  and  for  his  acceptable 
performance  of  the  work  for  which  he  has  contracted. 

“Proposal  Form” — The  approved  prepared  form  on  wh’ch  the  Bidder  is 
to  or  has  submitted  his,  their  or  its  proposal  for  the  work  contemplated. 

“Proposal  Guaranty” — The  security  designated  in  the  proposal  to  be 
furn’shed  by  the  Bidder  as  a  guaranty  of  good  faith  to  enter  into  a  contract 
with  the  County,  if  the  work  is  awarded  to  him. 

“Plans” — All  drawings  or  reproduction  of  drawings,  pertaining  to  the 
construction  of  the  highway  and  its  appurtenances. 

“Specifications” — The  directions,  provisions  and  requirements  contained 
herein,  together  with  all  written  agreements  made  or  to  be  made,  pertaining 
to  the  method  and  manner  of  performing  the  work,  or  to  the  quantities  and 
qualities  of  materials  to  be  furnished  under  the  contract. 

“Contract” — The  agreement  covering  the  performance  of  the  work  and 
the  furnishing  of  materials  in  the  construction  of  the  Highway.  The  Con¬ 
tract  shall  include  the  “Proposal,”  “Plans,”  “Specifications,”  and  “Con¬ 
tract  Bond,”  also  any  and  all  supplemental  agreements  which  reasonably 
could  be  required  to  complete  the  construction  of  the  highway  in  a  sub¬ 
stantial  and  acceptable  manner. 

“Contract  Bond” — The  approved  form  of  security  furnished  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor  and  his  Surety  as  a  guaranty  of  good  faith  on  the  part  of  the  Con¬ 
tractor  to  execute  the  work  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Contract. 

“Right  of  Way” — The  whole  area  which  is  reserved  and  secured  for 
highway  purposes. 

“Highway” — That  portion  of  the  right  of  way  included  within  the 
clearing  limits,  including  the  roadway,  and  its  appertaining  bridges,  struct¬ 
ures  and  slopes,  and  all  ditches,  channels,  waterways,  etc.,  necessary  to  its 
correct  drainage. 

“Roadway” — That  portion  of  the  highway  particularly  devoted  to  the 
use  of  vehicles. 


Sl-1 

Definition 

of 

Terms 


Sl-2 

Meaning 

of 

Expressions 


Sl-3 

Documents 
Included  in 
Contract 


Sl-4 

Subheadings 


In  order  to  avoid  cumbersome  and  confusing  repetition  of  expressrons 
in  these  specifications,  whenever  it  is  provided  that  anything  is,  or  is  to  be, 
or  to  be  done,  if,  or  as,  of  when,  or  where  “contemplated,”  “required,”  “di¬ 
rected,”  “specified,”  “authorized,”  “ordered,”  “given,”  “designated,”  “in¬ 
dicated,”  “considered  necessary,”  “deemed  necessary,”  “permitted,”  “sus¬ 
pended,”  “approved,”  “acceptable,”  “unacceptable,”  “suitable,”  “unsuit¬ 
able,”  “satisfactory,”  “unsatisfactory,”  or  “sufficient”  it  shall  be  taken  to 
mean  and  intend,  by  or  to  the  Engineer  with  the  approval  of  the  Commis¬ 
sioner. 


It  should  be  understood  thoroughly  by  all  concerned  that  all  things  con¬ 
tained  herein,  the  “Instructions  to  Bidders,”  the  “Award  and  Execution  of 
Contract,”  the  “General  Provisions,”  the  “Road  Construction,”  the  “Bridge 
and  Culvert  Construction,”  also  the  “Proposal,”  the  “Plans,”  the  “Adver¬ 
tisement  for  Proposals,”  or  “Notice  to  Contractors,”  and  the  “Contract 
Bond,”  as  well  as  any  papers  attached  to  or  bound  with  any  of  the  above, 
also  any  and  all  supplemental  agreements  made  or  to  be  made,  are  herein 
made  a  part  of  these  Specifications  and  Contract,  and  are  to  be  considered 
one  instrument.  The  intent  is  to  make  them  explanatory  one  of  the  other. 
No  papers  attached  to  or  bound  with  any  of  the  above  shall  be  detached 
therefrom  as  all  are  a  necessary  part  thereof. 


Subheadings  printed  in  these  Specifications  are  intended  for  convenience 
or  reference  only  and  shall  not  be  considered  as  having  any  bearing  on  the 
interpretation  thereof. 


Sl-5 

Estimates  of 
Quantities 


Sl-6 


Familiarity 
With  Proposed 
Work 


Sl-7 

Familiarity 

With 

Laws,  etc. 


Sl-8 
Contents 
of  Proposal 
Forms 


Sl-9 

Instructions 
for  Filling  in 
Proposal 
Forms 


INSTRUCTIONS  TO  BIDDERS 

The  plans  represent  the  foreseen  conditions,  and  the  various  quantities 
shown  therein  and  in  the  Proposal  may  necessarily  be  increased  or  diminished 
by  the  Engineer  during  construction  without  impairing  this  contract. 

The  bidder  shall  examine  to  his  satisfaction  the  site  of  the  proposed  work 
and  should  also  satisfy  himself  as  to  the  quantities  of  work  to  be  done  as 
determined  from  the  plans.  He  should  be  thoroughly  familiar  with  the 
specifications,  including  all  special  provisions,  and  the  contract  forms. 

The  Bidder  is  assumed  to  have  made  himself  familiar  with  all  State 
Laws  and  Local  Ordinances  and  Regulations  which  in  any  manner  affect 
those  engaged  or  employed  in  the  work,  or  the  materials  or  equipment  used 
in  or  upon  the  roadway,  or  in  any  way  affect  the  conduct  of  the  work,  and 
no  plea  of  misunderstanding  will  be  considered  on  account  of  the  ignorance 
thereof.  If  the  Bidder  or  Contractor  shall  discover  any  provision  in  the 
plans,  specifications  or  contract  which  is  contrary  to  or  inconsistent  with 
any  such  law,  ordinance  or  regulation,  he  shall  forthwith  report  it  to  the 
Engineer  in  writing. 

The  Bidder  will  be  furnished  with  the  proposal  form  by  the  Engineer, 
which  will  state  the  location  and  description  of  the  roadway  or  structure 
thereon  to  be  constructed  and  which  will  show  the  estimate  of  the  various 
quantities  of  work  to  be  performed  and  materials  to  be  furnished,  the  time 
in  which  the  work  must  be  completed,  the  amount  of  the  “  Proposal  Guaranty” 
(which  must  accompany  the  proposal)  and  the  date  and  time  of  the  opening 
of  proposal.  It  will  also  state  any  special  provisions  or  requirements  which 
vary  from  or  are  not  contained  in  the  standard  specifications.  All  papers 
bound  with  or  attached  to  the  proposal  forms  are  a  necessary  part  thereof 
and  must  not  be  detached. 

The  Bidder  must  submit  his  proposal  on  the  forms  furnished  by  the 
Engineer.  The  blank  spaces  in  the  proposals  must  be  filled  in  correctly, 
where  indicated  for  each  and  every  item  for  which  a  quantity  is  given,  and 
the  Bidder  must  state  the  prices  for  which  he  proposes  to  do  each  item  of 
the  work  contemplated. 


2 


The  Bidder  shall  sign  his  proposal  correctly.  If  the  proposal  is  made  by 
an  individual,  his  name  and  postoffice  address  must  be  shown.  If  made  by 
a  firm  or  partnership,  the  name  and  postoffice  address  of  each  member  of 
the  firm  or  partnership  must  be  shown.  If  made  by  a  corporation,  the  per¬ 
son  signing  the  proposal  must  show  the  name  of  the  State  under  the  law  of 
which  the  Corporation  was  chartered  and  the  names,  titles  and  business 
addresses  of  the  President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

Proposals  may  be  rejected  if  they  show  any  omission,  alteration  of  form, 
additions  not  called  for,  conditional  or  alternate  bids,  or  irregularities  of  any 
kind  which  may  tend  to  make  the  proposal  indefinite  or  ambiguous  as  to  its 
meaning. 

No  proposals  will  be  considered  unless  accompanied  by  a  “proposal 
guaranty”  of  the  character  and  amount  indicated  in  the  proposal  form, 
made  payable  to  the  County  Treasurer  to  the  contracting  County. 

All  bids  must  be  placed  in  sealed  envelopes  with  a  statement  thereon  show¬ 
ing  the  work  covered  by  the  bid,  and  addressed  to  the  County  Board.  Pro¬ 
posals  may  be  mailed  to  the  County  Auditor  or  submitted  to  him  in  person. 
No  bids  will  be  received  after  the  time  set  for  opening  them.  A  bidder  may 
withdraw  his  proposal  without  prejudice  to  himself,  provided  he  files  a  writ¬ 
ten  request  with  the  County  Auditor  not  later  than  the  day  before  bids 
are  to  be  opened. 

Proposals  will  be  opened  publicly  and  read  at  the  time  and  the  date 
set  in  the  “Advertisement  for  Proposals”  or  “Notice  to  Contractors”  in  the 
office  of  the  County  Auditor  of  the  said  County.  Bidders  or  their  authorized 
agents  are  invited  to  be  present. 

Any  or  all  proposals  will  be  rejected  if  there  is  reason  for  believing  that 
collusion  exists  among  the  Bidders  and  all  participants  in  such  collusion 
will  not  be  considered  in  future  proposals  for  the  same  work.  Proposals  in 
which  the  prices  obviously  are  unbalanced  will  be  rejected.  No  contract  will 
be  awarded  except  to  responsible  bidders  capable  of  performing  the  class 
of  work  contemplated.  The  Bidder  shall  furnish  a  complete  statement  of 
his  experience  and  of  the  amount  of  capital  and  equipment  available  for 
the  proposed  work,  if  so  requested  by  the  Board  or  Engineer. 

Before  any  contract  is  awarded,  the  Bidder  may  be  required  to  furnish 
a  complete  statement  of  the  origin,  composition  and  manufacture  of  any 
or  all  materials  to  be  used  in  the  construction  of  the  highway  together  with 
samples,  which  samples  may  be  subjected  to  whatever  tests  are  required  to 
determine  their  quality  and  fitness  for  the  work. 


Sl-10 

Signatures 

on 

Proposals 


Sl-11 

Irregular 

Proposals 


Sl-12 
Guaranty 
to  Accompany 
Proposal 

Sl-13 

Delivery 

of 

Proposals 


Sl-14 

Opening  of 
Proposals 


Sl-15 


Disqualification 

of 

Bidders 


Sl-16 

Material 

Samples 


AWARD  AND  EXECUTION  OF  CONTRACT 

The  Board  reserves  the  right  to  reject  any  or  all  proposals  and  to  waive 
defects  or  technicalities,  as  they  may  deem  best  for  the  interests  of  the 
County. 

All  contracts  will  be  awarded  by  the  Board  to  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder,  within  ten  (10)  days  from  the  date  of  the  opening  of  proposals. 

All  “proposal  guaranties”  except  that  of  the  successful  bidder  will  be 
returned  within  three  (3)  days  following  the  award  of  the  contract.  When 
the  award  is  deferred  for  a  period  of  time  longer  than  five  (5)  days  after  the 
opening  of  the  proposals,  all  guaranties  except  those  of  the  three  (3)  lowest 
bidders  will  be  returned.  Should  no  award  be  made  within  ten  (10)  days, 
all  proposals  will  be  rejected  and  all  guaranties  returned. 

The  successful  Bidder,  at  the  time  for  the  execution  of  the  contract, 
must  furnish  bond  in  full  amount  of  the  contract  as  required  by  law  with 
sureties  satisfactory  to  the  County  Treasurer.  The  fonn  of  Bond  is  that 
required  by  statute  for  public  contractors. 


Sl-17 

Right  to  Reject 
Proposals 


Sl-18 
Award  of 
Contract 

Sl-19 
Return  of 
Proposal 
Guaranty 


Sl-20 

Contract  Bond 
Required 


3 


Sl-21 

Execution  of 
Contract 


Sl-22 
Failure  to 
Execute 
Contract 


Sl-23 

Subletting  or 
Assigning 
of  Contract 


Sl-24 

Patent  Fees 
Royalties  and 
Licenses 


Sl-25 
Scope  of 
Work 


Sl-26 

Permits  and 
Licenses 


Sl-27 

Plans,  etc.,  to 
Be 

Followed 


Sl-28 

Interpretation 
of  Plans, 
Etc. 


The  individual,  firm  or  corporation  to  whom  or  to  which  the  contract 
has  been  awarded  shall  sign  the  necessary  agreements,  entering  into  a  con¬ 
tract  with  the  County  and  return  them  to  the  office  of  the  County  Auditor 
within  ten  (10)  days,  after  he  has  received  notice  of  award.  No  proposals 
shall  be  considered  binding  upon  the  County  until  the  execution  of  the 
contract. 

Failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  of  these  specifications 
and  contract,  or  failure  to  enter  security  in  a  sum  equal  to  the  amount  of 
the  award  or  to  execute  the  contract  within  ten  (10)  days,  as  specified,  shall 
be  just  cause  for  the  annulment  of  the  award,  or  of  the  contract  if  executed, 
and  it  is  understood  by  the  Bidder,  in  the  event  of  the  annulment  of  the 
award,  or  of  the  contract,  that  the  amount  of  the  guaranty  deposited  with 
the  proposal  shall  be  retained  by  the  County  not  as  a  penalty  but  as.  liqui¬ 
dated  damages. 

The  Contractor  shall  not  sublet,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  or  otherwise  dispose 
of  the  contract  or  any  portion  thereof,  or  of  the  work  provided  for  therein, 
or  of  his  right,  title  or  interest  therein  to  any  person,  firm  or  corporation, 
without  the  written  consent  of  the  Board  and  Engineer.  All  dealings  of  the 
Board  and  Engineer  shall  be  with  the  Contractor. 

If  the  contract  requires  or  the  Contractor  desires  the  use  of  any  design, 
device,  material,  or  process  covered  by  letters  patent  or  copyright,  he  shall 
provide  for  such  use  by  suitable  legal  agreement  with  the  patentee  or 
owner  and  a  copy  of  this  agreement  shall  be  filed  with  the  Board;  if  no  such 
agreement  is  made  or  filed  as  noted,  the  Contractor  and  the  Surety  shall 
indemnify  and  save  harmless  the  County  from  any  and  all  claims  for  infringe¬ 
ment  by  reason  of  the  use  of  any  such  patented  design,  device,  material  or 
process,  or  any  trade  mark  or  copyright  in  connection  with  the  work  agreed 
to  be  performed  under  the  contract,  and  shall  indemnify  the  County  for 
any  costs,  expenses  and  damages  which  it  may  be  obliged  to  pay,  by  reason 
of  any  such  infringement,  at  any  time  during  the  prosecution  or  after  the 
completion  of  the  work. 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

The  Contractor  shall  do  all  of  the  work  indicated  in  the  proposal  and 
on  the  plans,  remove  all  obstructions  from  within  the  lines  of  the  highway, 
and  shall  do  such  additional  extra  and  incidental  work  as  may  be  considered 
necessary  to  complete  the  highway  to  the  finished  lines,  grades  and  cross- 
sections  in  a  substantial  and  an  acceptable  manner.  He  shall  furnish,  unless 
otherwise  provided,  in  the  “Special  Provisions,”  of  the  proposal  and  in  the 
contract,  all  implements,  machinery,  equipment,  tools,  material  and  labor 
necessary  to  the  prosecution  of  the  work. 

The  Contractor  shall  procure  all  permits  and  licenses,  pay  all  charges 
and  fees,  and  give  all  notices  necessary  and  incident  to  the  due  and  lawful 
prosecution  of  work. 

The  approved  plans,  profiles  and  cross-sections  on  file  in  the  office  of  the 
County  Auditor,  will  show  the  location  details  and  dimensions  of  the  work 
contemplated,  which  shall  be  performed  in  strict  accordance  therewith  and 
in  accordance  with  the  specifications.  Any  deviation  from  the  plans,  speci¬ 
fications,  etc.,  as  may  be  required  by  the  exigencies  of  construction  will,  in 
all  cases,  be  determined  by  the  Engineer  and  authorized  in  writing. 

On  all  plans,  drawings,  etc.,  the  figured  dimensions  shall  govern  in  the 
case  of  discrepancy  between  the  scales  and  figures.  The  Contractor  shall 
take  no  advantage  of  any  error  or  omission  in  the  plans  or  of  any  discrepancy 
between  the  plans  and  specifications,  and  the  Engineer  shall  make  such 
corrections  and  interpretation  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  fulfillment 
of  the  intent  of  the  specifications  and  of  the  plans  as  construed  by  him, 
and  his  decision  shall  be  final. 


4 


Should  any  construction  or  conditions  which  are  not  covered  by  the 
standard  specifications  be  anticipated  on  any  proposed  work,  “special  pro¬ 
visions”  for  such  work  will  be  stated  on  or  attached  to  the  proposal  form 
and  shall  be  considered  a  part  of  these  specifications  the  same  as  though 
contained  fully  herein.  Should  any  such  special  provisions  or  requirements 
conflict  with  these  specifications  the  “Special  Provisions”  shall  govern. 

The  Engineer  is  given  the  right  to  make  such  alteration  in  the  plans 
or  in  the  character  of  the  work  as  may  be  considered  necessary  or  desirable, 
from  time  to  time,  to  complete  fully  and  perfectly  the  construction  of  the 
highway  provided  such  alterations  do  not  change  materially  the  original 
plans  and  specifications  and  such  alterations  shall  not  be  considered  as  a 
waiver  of  any  conditions  of  the  contract  nor  to  invalidate  any  of  the  pro¬ 
visions  thereof.  Should  such  alterations  in  the  character  of  the  work  be 
productive  of  increased  unit  cost  or  result  in  decreased  unit  cost  to  the  Con¬ 
tractor,  a  fair  and  equitable  sum  therefor,  to  be  agreed  upon  in  writing 
by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  before  such  work  shall  be  begun,  shall 
be  added  to  or  deducted  from  the  contract  price  as  the  case  may  be. 

The  Contractor  shall  perform  such  work,  in  additional  quantities  other 
than  those  designated  in  the  estimate,  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  to  fully 
complete  the  highway  as  planned  and  contemplated  and  shall  receive  for 
such  additional  work,  payment  in  full,  at  the  prices  shown  in  the  contract 
unless  such  prices  are  modified  by  written  agreement  in  accordance  with 
the  foregoing  paragraph.  The  right  is  reserved  by  the  County  to  limit  the 
construction  under  the  contract  of  any  item  or  items  to  the  quantity  of  the 
item  or  the  total  cost  of  the  several  items  as  shown  in  the  contract. 

The  Contractor  shall  perform  unclassified  work,  for  which  there  is  no 
quantity  and  price  included  in  the  contract,  whenever,  to  complete  fully  the 
work  as  contemplated,  it  is  deemed  necessary  or  desirable,  and  such  un¬ 
classified  work  shall  be  done  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  therefor, 
or  in  the  best  workmanlike  manner  as  directed.  This  unclassified  work 
will  be  paid  for  at  a  unit  price  or  lump  sum  to  be  agreed  upon  previously 
in  writing  by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  or  where  such  a  price  or 
sum  cannot  be  agreed  upon  by  both  parties,  or  where  this  method  of  pay¬ 
ment  is  impracticable,  the  Engineer  may  order  the  Contractor  to  do  such 
work  on  a  “Force  Account”  basis. 

All  work  done  on  a  “Force  Account”  basis  will  be  paid  for  in  the  follow¬ 
ing  manner: 

(a)  For  all  labor,  teams  and  foremen  in  direct  charge  of  the  specific 
operation,  the  Contractor  shall  receive  the  current  local  rate  of  wage,  to  be 
agreed  upon  in  writing  before  starting  such  work,  for  each  and  every  hour 
that  said  labor,  teams  and  foremen  are  engaged  in  such  work.  To  this  sum 
shall  be  added  such  other  expense  as  is  directly  a  part  of  the  cost  of  the  work, 
and  to  the  total  there  shall  be  added  an  amount  equal  to  15%  of  the  total 
sum  thereof. 

(b)  For  all  materials  used,  the  Contractor  shall  receive  the  actual 
cost  of  such  materials  including  freight  charges,  as  shown  by  original  re¬ 
ceipted  bills,  to  which  cost  shall  be  added  a  sum  equal  to  ten  per  centum 
(10%)  of  the  cost  of  materials. 

(c)  For  any  machine-power  tools  or  equipment  including  fuel  and  lubri¬ 
cants,  which  it  may  be  deemed  necessary  or  desirable  to  use,  the  Engineer 
shall  allow  the  Contractor  a  reasonable  rental  price,  to  be  agreed  upon  in 
writing  before  such  work  is  begun,  for  each  and  every  hour  that  said  tools 
or  equipment  are  in  use  on  such  work  and  to  which  sum  no  percentage  shall 
be  added. 

The  Compensation  as  herein  provided  shall  be  received  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor  as  payment  in  full  for  work  done  on  a  “Force  Account”  basis,  and 
shall  include  superintendence,  use  of  tools  and  equipment  for  which  no 
agreed  rental  is  allowed,  and  profit.  The  Contractor’s  representative  and 
the  Inspector  shall  compare  records  of  work  done  on  a  “force  account” 


Sl-29 

Special  Work 
Requirements 


Sl-30 
Alteration 
of  Plans  or 
Character  of 
Work 


Sl-31 

Additional 

Work 


Sl-32 

Unclassified 

Work 


Sl-33 

Force  Account 
Work 


5 


Sl-34 

Unauthorized 

Work 


Sl-35 

Prosecution 
'  of  Work 


Sl-36 

Limitation  of 
Operations 


Sl-37 

Character  of 
Workmen 
and 

Equipment 


Sl-38 

Co-operation 

of 

Contractor 

Required 


basis  at  the  end  of  each  day.  Copies  of  these  records  shall  be  made  in  dupli¬ 
cate,  on  “force  account  forms,”  provided  for  this  purpose  by  the  Engineer 
and  signed  by  both  the  Inspector  and  the  Contractor’s  representative,  one 
copy  being  forwarded  respectively  to  the  Engineer  and  the  Contractor. 
All  claims  for  work  done  on  a  “force  account”  basis  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  Engineer,  by  the  Contractor,  upon  certified  triplicate  statements  to  which 
shall  be  attached  original  receipted  bills  covering  the  cost  of  and  the  freight 
charges  on  all  materials  used  in  such  work;  and  said  statements  shall  be 
filed  not  later  than  the  tenth  (10th)  day  of  the  month  following  that  in  which 
the  work  was  actually  performed  and  shall  include  all  labor  charges,  etc., 
and  material  charges  insofar  as  they  can  be  verified.  Should  the  Contractor 
refuse  or  fail  to  prosecute  such  unclassified  work  as  directed  or  to  submit 
his  claim  as  required,  then  the  County  Board  may  withhold  payment  of 
all  current  estimates  until  the  Contractor’s  refusal  or  failure  is  eliminated, 
or  after  giving  the  Contractor  due  notice,  the  County  Board  may  make 
payment  for  said  work  on  the  basis  of  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  value 
of  the  work  performed. 

Work  done  without  lines  and  grades  being  given,  work  done  beyond 
the  lines  and  grades  shown  on  the  plans  or  as  given,  except  as  herein  pro¬ 
vided,  or  any  unclassified  work  done  without  written  authority  will  be  con¬ 
sidered  as  unauthorized  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor  and  will  not 
be  measured  or  paid  for  by  the  County  Board.  Work  so  done  may  be  ordered 
removed  and  replaced  at  the  Contractor’s  expense. 

The  place  or  places  where  the  work  is  to  be  started  will  be  stated  in  the 
special  provisions.  The  Engineer  shall  have  the  right  to  change  the  point 
of  operation  of  the  Contractor ’s  outfit  as  he  deems  necessary,  it  being  provided 
that  where  such  changes  entail  additional  cost  to  the  contractor  remunera¬ 
tion  shall  be  made  as  provided  in  Sl-30.  The  work  shall  be  prosecuted  in 
such  manner  as  is  necessary  to  insure  its  completion  within  the  time  set 
forth  in  the  proposal.  Should  the  prosecution  of  work  for  any  reason  be 
discontinued  by  the  Contractor,  with  the  consent  of  the  Engineer,  he  shall 
notify  the  Engineer  at  least  twenty-four  (24)  hours  before  again  resuming 
operations. 

At  no  time  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work  shall  more  than  a  reason¬ 
able  length  of  the  roadway  be  under  construction  or  obstructed  to  traffic 
without  permission. 

The  Contractor  shall  employ  such  superintendents,  foremen  and  work¬ 
men  as  are  careful  and  competent,  and  the  Engineer  may  demand  the  dis¬ 
missal  of  any  person  or  persons  employed  by  the  contractor  in,  about  or 
upon  the  work  who  shall  misconduct  himself  or  be  incompetent  or  negligent 
in  the  due  and  proper  performance  of  his  or  their  duties  or  any  of  them, 
or  neglects  or  refuses  to  comply  with  the  directions  given,  and  such  person 
or  persons  shall  not  be  employed  again  thereon  without  the  written  consent 
of  the  Engineer.  Should  the  Contractor  continue  to  employ  or  again  employ 
such  person  or  persons,  the  County  Board  may  withhold  all  estimates,  which 
are  or  may  become  due,  or  the  Engineer  may  suspend  the  work,  until  such 
orders  are  complied  with.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  such  equipment 
as  is  necessary  for  the  prosecution  of  the  work  in  an  acceptable  manner 
and  at  a  satisfactory  rate  of  progress.  Equipment  used  on  any  portion 
of  the  work  shall  be  such  that  no  injury  to  the  roadway,  adjacent  property 
or  other  highways  will  result  from  its  use. 

The  Contractor  will  be  supplied,  by  the  Engineer,  with  a  copy  of  the 
plans  and  of  the  specifications,  and  he  shall  have  them  available  on  the 
work  at  all  times,  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work.  He  shall  give  the 
work  his  constant  attention  to  facilitate  the  progress  thereof  and  shall  co¬ 
operate  with  the  Engineer  in  setting  and  preserving  stakes,  bench  marks, 
and  etc.,  and  in  all  other  things  that  are  necessary  to  satisfactorily  complete 


\ 


6 


the  work  as  contemplated.  He  shall  have  at  all  times  a  competent  and 
reliable  representative  on  the  work,  authorized  to  receive  orders  and  to  act 
for  him. 

The  Contractor  at  all  times  shall  observe  and  comply  with  all  State 
Laws  and  local  ordinances  and  regulations  in  any  manner  affecting  the 
conduct  of  the  work,  and  all  such  orders  or  decrees  as  exist  at  present  and 
those  which  may  be  enacted  later,  of  bodies  or  tribunals  having  any  juris¬ 
diction  or  authority  over  the  work  and  shall  indemnify  and  save  harmless 
the  County  and  all  of  its  officers,  agents  and  servants  against  any  claim  or 
liability  arising  from  or  based  on  the  violation  of  any  such  law,  ordinance, 
regulation,  or  order  of  decrees,  whether  by  himself  or  his  employes. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  and  maintain  in  a  neat  and  sanitary  con¬ 
dition  such  accommodations  for  the  use  of  his  employes  as  may  be  necessary 
to  comply  with  the  requirements  and  regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Health, 
or  of  other  bodies  or  tribunals  having  jurisdiction  therewith.  He  shall  com¬ 
mit  no  public  nuisance.  The  Contractor  shall  make  provisions  for  cleaning 
up  the  camp  site  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer. 

The  Contractor  at  all  times  shall  conduct  the  work  in  such  manner  as 
to  ensure  the  least  obstruction  to  traffic  practicable.  The  convenience  of 
the  general  public  and  of  the  residents  along  and  adjacent  to  the  highway 
shall  be  provided  for  in  an  adequate  and  satisfactory  manner.  Materials 
stored  upon  the  highway  shall  be  placed  so  as  to  cause  as  little  obstruction 
to  the  travelling  public  as  is  necessary.  The  Contractor  shall  provide  and 
maintain  in  passable  condition  such  temporary  by-passes  and  bridges  as 
may  be  necessary  to  accommodate  the  local  traffic  diverted  from  the  road¬ 
way  under  construction  and  shall  provide  and  maintain  in  a  safe  condition 
temporary  approaches  to  and  crossing  of  intersecting  highway.  The  En¬ 
gineer  shall  instruct  the  Contractor  as  to  the  location  of  by-passes  and  tem¬ 
porary  bridges  for  accommodation  of  the  public  and  all  work  connected 
therewith  if  ordered  by  the  Engineer  in  writing  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  County 
as  unclassified  work  or  as  otherwise  agreed  upon.  The  County  shall  obtain 
the  right  of  way  for  temporary  by-passes  on  construction  and  the  County 
shall  maintain  detours  on  public  highways. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide,  erect  and  maintain  all  necessary  barri¬ 
cades,  suitable  and  sufficient  red  lights,  danger  signals  and  signs;  provide 
a  sufficient  number  of  watchmen  and  take  all  necessary  precautions  for 
the  protection  of  the  work  and  safety  of  the  public.  Highways  closed  to 
traffic  shall  be  protected  by  effective  barricades  on  which  shall  be  placed 
acceptable  warning  signs.  All  barricades  and  obstructions  shall  be  illuminated 
at  night  and  all  lights  shall  be  kept  burning  from  sunset  until  sunrise. 

When  the  use  of  explosives  is  necessary  for  the  prosecution  of  the  work, 
the  Contractor  shall  use  the  utmost  care,  so  as  not  to  endanger  life  or  prop¬ 
erty,  and  whenever  directed  the  number  and  size  of  the  charges  shall  be  re¬ 
duced.  All  explosives  shall  be  stored  in  a  secure  manner  and  all  such  storage 
places  shall  be  marked  clearly,  “DANGEROUS-EXPLOSIVES,”  and  shall 
be  in  care  of  competent  watchmen  at  all  times. 

The  Contractor  shall  not  enter  upon  private  property  for  any  purpose 
without  obtaining  permission  and  he  shall  be  responsible  for  the  preserva¬ 
tion  of  all  public  and  private  property,  trees,  monuments,  etc.,  along  and 
adjacent  to  the  roadway  and  shall  use  every  precaution  necessary  to  prevent 
damage  or  injury  thereto.  He  shall  protect  carefully  from  disturbance 
or  damage  all  land  monuments  and  property  marks  until  authorized  agent 
has  witnessed  or  otherwise  referenced  their  location  and  shall  not  remove 
them  until  directed.  The  Contractor  shall  not  wilfully  nor  maliciously  injure 
or  destroy  trees  or  shrubs  and  he  shall  not  remove  or  cut  them  without 
proper  authority.  He  shall  be  responsible  for  all  damage  or  injury  to  prop- 


Sl-39 

Laws  to  Be 
Observed 


Sl-40 

Sanitary 

Provisions 


Sl-41 

Public 

Convenience 

and 

Safety 


Sl-42 

Barricades, 
Danger  and 
Warning 
Signs 


Sl-43 
Use  of 
Explosives 


Sl-44 

Preservation 
and  Restoration 
of  Property, 
Trees, 
Monuments, 
Etc. 


7 


Sl-45 

Responsibility 
for  Damage, 
Claims, 
Etc. 


Sl-46 

Contractor’s 
Responsibility 
for  Work 


Sl-47 
Quality  of 
Materials 


erty  of  any  character,  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  resulting  from 
any  act,  omission,  neglect  or  misconduct  in  his  manner  or  method  of  exe¬ 
cuting  said  work  satisfactorily,  or  due  to  his  non-execution  of  said  work, 
or  at  any  time  due  to  defective  work  or  materials,  and  said  responsibility 
shall  not  be  released  until  the  roadway  shall  have  been  completed  and  ac¬ 
cepted.  When  or  where  any  direct  or  indirect  damage  or  injury  is  done  to 
public  or  private  property  by  or  on  account  of  any  act,  omission,  neglect, 
or  misconduct  in  the  execution  of  the  work,  or  in  consequence  of  the  non¬ 
execution  thereof  on  the  part  of  the  contractor,  he  shall  restore,  at  his  own 
expense,  such  property  to  a  condition  similar  or  equal  to  that  existing  before 
such  damage  or  injury  was  done,  by  repairing,  rebuilding  or  otherwise  re¬ 
storing,  as  may  be  directed,  or  he  shall  make  good  such  damage  or  injury 
in  an  acceptable  manner.  In  case  of  the  failure  on  the  part  of  the  Con¬ 
tractor  to  restore  such  property,  or  make  good  such  damage  or  injury,  the 
Engineer  may,  upon  forty-eight  (48)  hours  notice,  proceed  to  repair,  rebuild, 
or  otherwise  restore  such  property  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  and  the 
cost  thereof  will  be  deducted  from  any  moneys  due  or  which  may  become 
due  the  contractor  under  his  contract. 

The  Contractor  shall  indemnify  and  save  harmless  the  County,  the  State 
Highway  Department,  and  all  of  its  officers,  agents  and  employes  from  all 
suits,  actions  or  claims  of  any  character,  name  and  description  brought 
for,  or  on  account  of  any  injuries  or  damages  received  or  sustained  by  any 
person,  persons,  or  property  by  or  from  the  said  Contractor  or  by  or  in 
consequence  of  any  neglect  in  safeguarding  the  work,  or  through  the  use 
of  unacceptable  materials  in  constructing  the  roadway,  or  by  or  on  account 
of  any  act  or  omission,  neglect  or  misconduct  of  said  Contractor,  or  by  or 
on  account  of  any  claims  or  amounts  recovered  for  any  infringement  of 
patent,  trade  mark  or  copyright,  or  from  any  claims  or  amounts  arising  or 
recovered  under  the  “Workmen’s  Compensation  Law,”  or  any  other  law, 
by-law,  ordinance,  order  or  decree  and  so  much  of  the  money  due  the  said 
Contractor  under  and  by  virtue  of  his  contract,  as  shall  be  considered  neces¬ 
sary  by  the  County  Board,  may  be  retained  for  the  use  of  the  County,  or 
in  case  no  money  is  due,  his  Surety  shall  be  held  until  such  suit  or  suits, 
action  or  actions,  claim  or  claims,  for  injuries  or  damages,  as  aforesaid, 
shall  have  been  settled  and  suitable  evidence  to  that  effect  furnished  to  the 
County  Board. 

Until  acceptance  of  the  work  by  the  County  Board,  it  shall  be  under  the 
charge  and  care  of  the  Contractor,  and  he  shall  take  every  reasonable  pre¬ 
caution  against  injury  or  damage  to  the  work  or  to  any  part  thereof  by  the 
action  of  the  elements  or  from  any  other  cause  whatsoever.  The  Con¬ 
tractor  shall  rebuild,  repair,  restore  and  make  good,  at  his  own  expense, 
all  injuries  or  damages  to  any  portion  of  the  highway  occasioned  by  any  of 
the  above  causes  before  its  completion  and  acceptance,  except  for  injuries 
or  damages  occasioned  by  acts  of  God  or  other  causes  manifestly  beyond 
the  control  of  the  Contractor. 

The  source  of  supply  of  each  of  the  materials  shall  be  approved  by  the 
Engineer  before  the  delivery  is  started.  Representative  preliminary  samples 
of  the  character  and  quantity  herein  described  shall  be  submitted  by  the 
Contractor  when  indicated  or  directed,  for  examination  or  test;  and  written 
approval  of  the  quality  of  such  samples  shall  be  received  by  the  Contractor 
prior  to  obtaining  materials  from  the  respective  sources  of  supply.  Only 
materials  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  these  specifications  shall  be 
used  in  the  work.  All  materials  proposed  to  be  used  may  be  inspected  at 
any  time  during  the  progress  of  their  preparation  and  use.  All  materials 
shall  be  approved  before  being  incorporated  in  the  work.  Representative 
samples  of  all  materials  requiring  laboratory  tests  shall  be  taken  and  such 
materials  shall  be  used  only  after  written  approval  has  been  received  by  the 
Engineer  in  charge  of  the  work,  and  only  so  long  as  the  quality  of  said  ma¬ 
terials  remains  equal  to  the  requirements.  If  after  trial  it  is  found  that 


4 


8 


partially  developed  quarries,  ledges,  banks  or  other  sources  of  supply  which 
have  been  approved  upon  samples  or  otherwise,  do  not  furnish  a  uniform 
product,  or  if,  for  any  reason,  the  product  from  any  source  at  any  time  before 
commencing  or  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  proves  unacceptable, 
the  Contractor  shall  furnish  approved  material  from  other  sources.  After 
approval,  any  material  which  has  become  mixed  with  or  coated  by  dirt  or 
other  foreign  substances,  during  its  delivery  and  handling,  shall  not  be 
used  in  the  work. 

Materials  shall  be  stored  so  as  to  ensure  the  preservation  of  their  quality 
and  fitness  for  the  work.  When  considered  necessary  they  shall  be  placed 
on  wooden  platforms,  or  other  hard,  clean  surface  and  not  on  the  ground, 
and  shall  be  placed  under  cover  when  directed.  Stored  materials  shall  be 
located  so  as  to  facilitate  prompt  inspection.  Lawns,  grass  plots,  or  other 
private  property  shall  not  be  used  for  storage  purposes  without  written  per¬ 
mission  of  the  owner  or  lessee. 

The  material  from  all  structures  found  on  the  highway,  which  are  not 
to  remain  in  place  or  which  have  not  been  designated  for  use  in  the  construc¬ 
tion,  may  be  used  by  the  Contractor  for  temporary  purposes  in  connection 
with  the  construction  unless  specified  otherwise  in  the  “Special  Provisions’’ 
of  the  proposal.  When  such  materials  are  no  longer  needed  for  such  use 
or  are  not  to  be  used,  they  shall  be  stored  on  the  right  of  way  as  directed. 

The  Engineer  will  furnish  and  set  survey  stakes  for  the  center  line,  grade, 
side  of  slopes,  and  other  necessary  points  with  proper  notes  thereon  and  ac¬ 
companied  by  any  necessary  detailed  instructions.  The  Contractor  shall 
furnish,  free  of  charge,  all  additional  stakes,  and  other  materials  necessary 
for  making  and  maintaining  points  and  lines  given.  The  Contractor  shall 
be  held  responsible  for  the  preservation  of  all  stakes  and  marks  and  if  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Engineer,  any  of  the  survey  stakes  or  marks  have  been  care¬ 
lessly  or  wilfully  destroyed  or  disturbed  by  the  Contractor,  the  cost  to  the 
County  of  replacing  them  shall  be  charged  against  him  and  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  payment  for  the  work.  Finished  surfaces,  in  all  cases,  shall  con¬ 
form  with  the  lines  and  grades  given  and  as  shown  on  the  approved  plans. 

The  crown  or  rise  of  the  finished  surface  of  the  roadway,  from  the  shoulder 
line  to  the  center  line,  shall  be  as  shown  on  the  typical  cross-section  of  the 
plans,  except  as  or  wherever  to  ensure  correct  drainage  or  for  other  reasons 
changes  may  be  directed.  On  curves  or  at  other  places  where  deemed  nec¬ 
essary,  the  Contractor  may  be  required  to  bank  the  roadway  so  that  the 
finished  surface  shall  slope  in  one  direction  from  one  side  line  to  the  other. 

The  inspector  shall  be  authorized  to  inspect  all  work  done  and  materials 
furnished.  Such  inspection  may  extend  to  all  or  any  part  of  the  work  and 
to  the  preparation  or  manufacture  of  the  materials  to  be  used.  An  Inspector 
shall  be  stationed  on  the  work  to  report  to  the  Engineer  as  to  the  progress 
of  the  work  and  the  manner  in  which  it  is  being  performed;  also  to  report 
whenever  it  appears  that  the  materials  furnished  and  the  work  performed 
by  the  Contractor  fail  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  specifications  and 
contract,  and  to  call  to  the  attention  of  the  Contractor  any  such  failure  or 
other  infringement;  such  inspection,  however,  shall  not  relieve  the  Con¬ 
tractor  from  any  obligation  to  perform  all  of  the  work  strictly  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  specifications.  In  case  of  any  dispute  arising 
between  the  Contractor  and  the  Inspector  as  to  materials  furnished  or  the 
manner  of  performing  the  work,  the  Inspector  shall  have  the  authority  to 
reject  materials  or  suspend  the  work  until  the  question  at  issue  can  be  re¬ 
ferred  to  and  decided  by  the  Engineer.  The  Inspector  shall  perform  such 
other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  him.  He  shall  not  be  authorized  to  revoke, 
alter,  enlarge,  relax  or  release  any  requirements  of  these  specifications,  nor 
to  approve  or  accept  any  portion  of  the  work,  nor  to  issue  instructions  con¬ 
trary  to  the  plans  and  specifications.  The  Inspector  shall  in  no  case  act  as 


Sl-48 
Storage  of 
Materials 


Sl-49 

Disposal  of 
Structures 
Found  on  the 
Highway 


Sl-50 

Line,  Grade 
and 

Measurement 

Stakes 


Sl-51 

Crown  of  Road¬ 
way  Surface 


Sl-62 
Authority 
and  Duties  of 
Inspectors 


9 


Sl-53 
Engineer 
to  Be 
Referee 


Sl-54 
Inspection 
of  Materials 
and  Work 


Sl-55 
Defective 
Materials  and 
Work 


Sl-56 
Failure  to 
Remove  and  Re¬ 
new  Defective 
Materials 
and  Work 


foreman  or  perform  other  duties  for  the  Contractor  nor  interfere  with  the 
management  of  the  work  by  the  latter.  Any  advice  which  the  Inspector 
may  give  the  Contractor  shall  in  no  wise  be  construed  as  binding  the  En¬ 
gineer  nor  the  County  in  any  way,  nor  releasing  the  Contractor  from  the 
fulfillment  of  the  terms  of  the  contract. 

To  prevent  misunderstanding  and  litigation,  the  Engineer  shall  decide 
any  and  all  questions  which  may  arise  as  to  the  quality  and  acceptability 
of  materials  furnished  and  work  performed  and  as  to  the  manner  of  perform¬ 
ance  and  rate  of  progress  of  said  work,  and  shall  decide  all  questions  which 
may  arise  as  to  the  interpretation  of  any  or  all  plans  relating  to  the  work 
and  of  the  specifications,  and  all  questions  as  to  the  acceptable  fulfillment 
of  the  contract  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor;  and  the  Engineer  shall  deter¬ 
mine  the  amount  and  quantity  of  the  several  kinds  of  work  performed  and 
materials  furnished  which  are  to  be  paid  for  under  the  contract,  and  such 
estimates,  in  case  any  question  shall  arise,  shall  be  a  condition  precedent 
to  the  right  of  the  Contractor  to  receive  any  money  due  under  the  con¬ 
tract.  Any  doubt  as  to  the  meaning  of  or  any  obscurity  as  to  the  wording 
of  these  specifications  and  contract  will  be  explained  by,  and  all  directions 
and  explanations  requisite  or  necessary  to  complete,  explain  or  make  definite 
any  of  the  provisions  of  the  specifications  or  contract  and  to  give  them  due 
effect,  will  be  given  by  the  Engineer. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Engineer  every  reasonable  facility  for 
ascertaining  whether  or  not  the  work  as  performed  is  in  accordance  with 
the  requirements  and  intent  of  the  specifications  and  contract.  If  the  En¬ 
gineer  requests  it,  the  Contractor,  at  any  time  before  acceptance  of  the 
work,  shall  remove  or  uncover  such  portions  of  the  finished  work  as  may 
be  directed.  After  examination,  the  Contractor  shall  restore  said  portions 
of  the  work  to  the  standard  required  by  the  specifications.  Should  the 
work  thus  exposed  or  examined  prove  acceptable,  the  uncovering,  or  remov¬ 
ing,  and  the  replacing  of  the  covering  or  making  good  of  the  parts  removed, 
shall  be  paid  for  as  “Unclassified  Work,”  but  should  the  work  so  exposed 
or  examined  prove  unacceptable  the  uncovering,  or  removing,  and  the  re¬ 
placing  of  the  covering  or  making  good  of  the  parts  removed  shall  be  at  the 
Contractor’s  expense. 

All  materials  not  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  these  specifications 
shall  be  considered  as  defective  and  all  such  materials,  whether  in  place 
or  not,  shall  be  rejected  and  shall  be  removed  immediately  from  the  right 
of  way,  unless  otherwise  permitted.  No  material  which  has  been  rejected 
— the  defects  of  which  have  been  corrected  or  removed,  shall  be  used  until 
approval  has  been  given.  All  work  which  has  been  rejected  or  condemned 
shall  be  remedied  or  if  necessary  removed  and  replaced  in  an  acceptable 
manner  by  the  Contractor  at  his  own  expense.  The  County  shall  have 
authority  to  take  over  and  use  defective  work  without  compensation  to  the 
Contractor  when  the  Contractor  fails  or  refuses  to  rebuild  such  faulty  work. 

Should  the  Contractor  fail  or  refuse  to  remove  and  renew  any  defective 
materials  used  or  work  performed  previously,  or  to  make  any  necessary  re¬ 
pairs  in  an  acceptable  manner  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
these  specifications,  within  the  time  indicated  in  writing,  the  Engineer  shall 
have  the  authority  to  cause  the  unacceptable  or  defective  materials  or  work 
to  be  removed  and  renewed  or  such  repairs  to  be  made  at  the  Contractor’s 
expense.  Any  expense  incurred  by  the  County  or  the  State  Highway  De¬ 
partment  in  making  these  removals,  renewals  or  repairs,  which  the  Con¬ 
tractor  has  failed  or  refused  to  make,  shall  be  paid  for  out  of  any  moneys 
due  or  which  may  become  due  the  Contractor,  or  may  be  charged  against  the 
“Contract  Bond”  deposited;  and  continued  failure  or  refusal  on  the  part 
of  the  Contractor  to  make  any  or  all  necessary  repairs  promptly,  fully  and 
in  an  acceptable  manner  shall  be  sufficient  cause  for  the  County  to  declare 
the  contract  forfeited,  in  which  case  the  County  Board,  at  their  option, 


10 


may  purchase  materials,  tools  and  equipment  and  employ  labor  or  may  con¬ 
tract  with  any  other  individual,  firm  or  corporation  to  perform  the  work. 
All  costs  and  expenses  incurred  thereby  shall  be  charged  against  the  Con¬ 
tractor  and  the  amount  thereof  deducted  from  any  monyes  due  or  which 
may  become  due  him,  or  shall  be  charged  against  the  “Contract  Bond” 
deposited.  Any  work  performed,  as  described  in  this  paragraph,  shall  not 
relieve  the  Contractor  in  any  way  from  his  responsibility  for  the  work  per¬ 
formed  by  him. 


Upon  completion  of  the  work  and  before  acceptance  and  final  payment 
shall  be  made,  the  Contractor  shall  clean  and  remove  from  the  right  of  way 
and  adjacent  property,  all  surplus  and  discarded  materials,  rubbish  and 
temporary  structures,  restore  in  an  acceptable  manner  all  property,  both 
public  and  private,  which  has  been  damaged  during  the  prosecution  of  the 
work,  and  shall  leave  the  right  of  way  in  a  neat  and  presentable  condition 
throughout  the  entire  length  of  the  highway  under  contract. 


Sl-67 

Final  Cleaning 
Up  of 

Right  of  Way 


The  Engineer  shall  have  the  authority  to  suspend  the  work,  wholly  or 
in  part,  for  such  period  or  periods  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  due  to  un¬ 
suitable  weather,  or  such  other  conditions  as  are  considered  unfavorable 
for  the  suitable  prosecution  of  the  work,  or  for  such  time  as  is  necessarily 
due  to  the  failure  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor  to  carry  out  orders  given 
or  perform  any  or  all  provisions  of  the  contract.  If  it  should  become  neces¬ 
sary  to  stop  work  for  an  indefinite  period,  the  Contractor  shall  store  all 
materials  in  such  manner  that  they  will  not  obstruct  or  impede  the  travelling 
public  unnecessarily  nor  become  damaged  in  any  way,  and  he  shall  take 
every  precaution  to  prevent  damage  or  deterioration  of  the  work  performed, 
provide  suitable  drainage  of  the  roadway  by  opening  ditches,  shoulder  drains, 
etc.,  and  erect  temporary  structures  where  necessary.  The  Contractor  shall 
not  suspend  work  during  the  construction  season  without  authority. 

The  Contractor  shall  perform  fully,  entirely  and  in  an  acceptable  manner 
the  work  contracted  for  within  the  time  stated  in  the  contract.  If  the  satis¬ 
factory  execution  and  completion  of  the  contract  shall  require  work  or  ma¬ 
terial  in  greater  amounts  or  quantities  than  those  set  forth  in  the  contract 
then  the  contract  time  shall  be  increased  in  the  same  proportions  as  the  ad¬ 
ditional  work  bears  to  the  original  work  contracted  for.  No  allowance 
shall  be  made  for  delay  or  suspension  of  the  prosecution  of  the  work  due 
to  fault  of  the  Contractor.  Provided,  however,  that  upon  receipt  of  written 
notice  from  the  Contractor  of  the  existence  of  causes  over  which  said  Con¬ 
tractor  has  no  control  and  which  must  delay  the  completion  of  the  work, 
the  County  Board  may  at  their  discretion  extend  the  date  specified  for  the 
completion  of  said  work,  and  in  such  case  the  Contractor  shall  become  liable 
for  liquidated  damages  for  failure  to  perform  work  within  the  time  as  so 
extended. 

For  each  working  day  that  any  work  shall  remain  uncompleted,  after 
the  time  specified  in  the  proposal  and  contract  and  allowed  by  the  Engineer 
for  the  completion  of  the  work  provided  for  in  these  plans,  specifications 
and  contract,  the  sum  per  day,  given  in  the  following  schedule,  unless  other¬ 
wise  specified  in  the  proposal,  shall  be  deducted  from  the  moneys  due  the 
Contractor,  not  as  a  penalty,  but  as  liquidated  damages. 

Amount  of  Liquidated 


Amount  of  Contract  Damages  per  Day. 

$5,000  and  less . $10.00 

More  than  $5,000  and  less  than  $10,000 .  15.00 

$10,000  and  less  than  $20,000 .  20.00 

$20,000  and  less  than  $50,000 .  25.00 

$50,000  or  more . 30.00 


Sl-58 
Temporary 
Suspension  of 
Work 


Sl-69 

Computation 
of  Contract 
Time  for 
Completion 


Sl-60 
Failure  to 
Complete  the 
Work  on 
Time 


li 


Sl-61 

Non-fulfillment 
of  Contract 


If  the  Contractor  fails  to  begin  the  work  under  contract  within  the  time 
specified,  or  fails  to  perform  the  work  with  sufficient  workmen  and  equip¬ 
ment  or  with  sufficient  materials  to  ensure  the  prompt  completion  of  said 
work,  or  shall  perform  the  work  unsuitably  or  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to 
remove  materials  or  perform  anew  such  work  as  shall  be  rejected  as  de¬ 
fective  and  unsuitable,  or  shall  discontinue  the  prosecution  of  the  work, 
or  if  the  Contractor  shall  become  insolvent  or  declared  bankrupt,  or  commit 
any  act  of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  or  shall  make  an  assignment  for  the 
benefit  of  creditors,  or  from  any  other  cause  whatsoever  shall  not  carry  on 
the  work  in  an  acceptable  manner,  the  Engineer  shall  give  notice  in  writing 
to  the  Contractor  and  his  Surety  of  such  delays,  neglect  or  default,  specifying 
the  same,  and  if  the  Contractor,  within  a  period  of  ten  (10)  days  after  such 
notice,  shall  not  proceed  in  accordance  therewith,  then  the  County  Board  shall, 
upon  written  certificates  from  the  Engineer  of  the  fact  of  such  delays,  neglect 
or  default  and  the  Contractor’s  failure  to  comply  with  such  notice,  have  full 
power  and  authority,  without  violating  the  contract,  to  take  the  prosecution 
of  the  work  out  of  the  hands  of  said  Contractor,  to  appropriate  or  use  any  or 
all  materials  and  equipment  on  the  ground  as  may  be  suitable  and  accept¬ 
able  and  may  enter  into  an  agreement  for  the  completion  of  said  contract 
according  to  the  terms  and  provisions  thereof,  or  use  such  other  methods  as, 
in  its  opinion,  shall  be  required  for  the  completion  of  said  contract  in  an  ac¬ 
ceptable  manner.  All  costs  and  charges  incurred  by  the  County,  together  with 
the  costs  of  completing  the  work  under  contract,  shall  be  deducted  from  any 
moneys  due  or  which  may  become  due  said  Contractor.  In  case  the  expense 
so  incurred  by  the  County  shall  be  less  than  the  sum  which  would  have 
been  payable  under  the  contract,  if  it  had  been  completed  by  said  Con¬ 
tractor,  then  the  said  Contractor  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  the  difference, 
and  in  case  Such  expense  shall  exceed  the  sum  which  would  have  been  pay¬ 
able  under  the  contract,  then  the  Contractor  and  the  Surety  shall  be  liable 
and  shall  pay  to  the  County  the  amount  of  said  excess. 


Sl-62 
Scope  of 
Payments 


The  Contractor  shall  receive  and  accept  the  compensation  as  herein 
provided,  in  full  payment  for  furnishing  all  materials,  labor,  tools,  and 
equipment  and  for  performing  all  work  contemplated  and  embraced  under 
the  contract,  also  for  all  loss  or  damage  arising  out  of  the  nature  of  the  work, 
or  from  the  action  of  the  elements,  until  its  final  acceptance  by  the  County 
Board,  and  for  all  risks  connected  with  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  also 
for  all  expenses  incurred  by,  or  in  consequence  of,  the  suspension  or  discon¬ 
tinuance  of  the  said  prosecution  of  the  work  as  herein  specified,  and  for 
completing  the  highway  and  the  whole  thereof.  The  payment  of  any  current 
or  final  estimate,  or  of  any  retained  percentage  shall  in  no  way  or  in  no  degree 
prejudice  or  affect  the  obligation  of  the  Contractor,  at  his  own  cost  and 
expense,  to  repair,  correct,  renew  or  replace  any  defects  and  imperfections 
in  the  construction  of  or  in  the  strength  of  or  quality  of  materials  used  in 
or  about  the  construction  of  the  highway  under  contract  and  its  appurten¬ 
ances  as  well  as  all  damage  due  or  attributable  to  such  defects,  which  de¬ 
fects,  imperfections,  or  damages  shall  be  discovered  on  or  before  the  final 
inspection  and  acceptance  of  the  roadway,  and  of  which  defects,  imper¬ 
fections,  or  damages  the  Commissioner  and  the  Engineer  shall  be  the  Judge, 
and  the  said  Contractor  shall  be  liable  to  the  County  for  failure  so  to  do. 
No  moneys,  payable  under  the  contract,  or  any  part  thereof  except  the 
estimate  for  the  first  month,  or  period,  shall  become  due  and  payable,  if 
the  County  Board  so  elects  until  the  Contractor  shall  satisfy  the  said  County 
Board  that  he  has  fully  settled  or  paid  for  all  materials  and  equipment  used 
in  or  upon  the  work  and  labor  done  in  connection  therewith. 

In  the  case  of  paving  contracts  the  Contractor  shall  receive  in  addition 
to  the  price  bid  for  the  work  any  increase  in  cost  due  to  a  change  in  railway 
freight  rates  made  subsequent  to  the  award  of  the  contract,  and  there  shall 
be  deducted  from  the  contract  price  any  decrease  in  cost  due  to  a  change 
in  railway  freight  rates  made  subsequent  to  the  award  of  the  contract.  This 
shall  apply  only  on  carload  lot  shipments  of  material  used  in  construction. 


♦ 


12 


The  Engineer  will  make  current  estimates  in  writing,  once  each  month, 
as  the  work  progresses  of  the  materials  in  place  complete  and  the  amount 
of  work  performed  in  accordance  with  the  contract,  during  the  preceding 
month  or  period  and  the  value  thereof  figured  at  the  unit  prices  contracted, 
except  as  noted  elsewhere  in  these  specifications.  On  paving  and  bridge 
contracts,  monthly  estimates  shall  include  the  value  of  all  cement  properly 
stored,  all  coarse  aggregate,  sand  and  steel  which  has  been  delivered  to  the 
railway  siding  adjacent  to  the  work  or  to  the  site  of  the  work.  From  the 
total  of  the  amounts  so  ascertained  eighty-five  per  centum  (85%)  will  be 
paid  in  the  manner  provided  by  Section  22,  Chapter  323,  Laws  of  1921.  No 
partial  estimates  will  be  allowed  on  contracts  of  less  than  $500.00. 

Whenever,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  the  Contractor  shall  have 
completed  the  highway  in  an  acceptable  manner  in  accordance  with  the 
terms  of  the  contract,  the  Engineer  shall  make  a  final  inspection  of  the  entire 
highway  and  upon  completion  of  all  necessary  repairs,  or  renewals,  he  shall 
certify  to  the  County  Board  in  writing  as  to  said  completion,  and  shall  fur¬ 
ther  certify  as  to  the  entire  amount  of  each  class  of  work  performed  and 
as  to  the  value  thereof.  The  County  Board,  upon  receipt  of  said  certificate, 
shall  in  turn  certify  the  aforesaid  certificate  or  estimate  to  the  County 
Auditor  for  final  payment,  and  shall  notify  the  Contractor  and  his  Surety 
of  the  acceptance  of  the  highway.  The  action  of  the  County  Board  and 
the  Engineer,  by  which  the  Contractor  is  to  be  bound  and  the  contract  con¬ 
cluded  according  to  the  terms  thereof,  shall  be  evidenced  by  the  aforesaid 
certificate  and  final  payment,  all  prior  certificates  or  estimates  upon  which 
payments  may  have  been  made  being  merely  partial  estimates  and  subject 
to  correction  in  the  final  payment. 

The  County,  the  Commissioner,  or  the  Engineer,  shall  not  be  precluded 
or  estopped  by  any  measurement,  estimate  or  certificate,  made  or  given  by 
them,  or  by  any  of  their  agents  or  employes,  under  any  provision,  or  pro¬ 
visions,  of  the  contract,  at  any  time,  either  before  or  after  the  completion 
and  acceptance  of  the  highway  and  payment  thereof  pursuant  to  any  meas¬ 
urement,  estimate  or  certificate,  from  showing  the  true  and  correct  amount 
and  character  of  the  work  performed  and  materials  furnished  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor,  or  from  showing,  at  any  time,  that  any  such  measurement,  estimate 
or  certificate,  is  untrue  or  incorrectly  made  in  any  particular,  or  that  the 
work  of  materials,  or  any  part  thereof  do  not  conform  in  fact  to  specifications 
and  contract,  and  the  County  shall  have  the  right  to  reject  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  aforesaid  work  or  material,  should  the  said  measurement, 
estimate,  certificate  or  payment  be  found,  or  be  known  to  be  inconsistent 
with  the  terms  of  the  Contract,  or  otherwise  improperly  given,  and  the 
County  shall  not  be  precluded  or  estopped  notwithstanding  any  such  meas¬ 
urement,  estimates  certificate  and  payment  in  accordance  herewith,  from 
demanding  and  recovering  from  the  Contractor  and  his  Surety  such  dam¬ 
ages  as  it  may  sustain  by  reason  of  his  failure  to  comply  with  the  terms 
of  the  specifications  and  contract.  Neither  the  acceptance  of  the  Commis¬ 
sioner,  the  Engineer  or  any  of  their  agents  or  employes,  nor  any  certificates 
by  the  Engineer,  for  payment  of  money,  nor  any  payment  for,  nor  accept¬ 
ance  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  work  by  the  County,  the  Commissioner, 
or  Engineer,  nor  any  extension  of  time,  nor  any  possession  taken  by  the 
County  or  its  employes,  shall  operate  as  a  waiver  of  any  portion  of  the  con¬ 
tract  or  any  power  herein  reserved  by  the  County,  or  any  right  to  damages 
herein  provided,  nor  shall  any  waiver  of  any  breach  of  the  contract  be  held 
to  be  a  waiver  of  any  other  or  subsequent  breach. 


Sl-63 

Partial 

Payments 


Sl-64 
Acceptance 
and  Final 
Payment 


Sl-65 
No  Waiver 
of  Legal 
Rights 


13 


.  . 

'• 


•i 


■  '  '  :  ■ 

yv;i  f  ’-hi  ** 

. 

■  ,  •  •  ■ . ' 

. 

•  ••  * tR:-; :  o  *■  ■  '  '' 

■ 

■  tii-  ;  >«>  i  jrrjK'ln  • ;  *  t;’  *vlrt'- 


f  '  ' 


■ 


(  \  ‘  1  I  fl*|  ,  '  ‘  :  \  ’  •'  *  4  ‘ 

.  *  : 'll  : 

■.  ■  ■■ 

-  •  .  *  .  .......  1  '  k  *  >  •*_ 


■  i  ' 


■ 


*  ft. 

*  •  .  t 

• 

•.  .  :tt  >>  •  ■ 

.  '  itK’ 

if1.  •  r 

•  1  ‘  |  '  '  '.[{(!’  -  ’ 

,!  /  r  '.  i 


f  ■  •  >:  W'ltjf >  '•  K 

•  i  :  •  1  •  .  Iht.i'-i 


’ 


V  1  ■  : 


. 


-  a 

t  in  /if&ijJ  ytJ  !*>  ( 


■  I.  ...  .  -  .,  ‘  .  V 

■ 

.  ;  .  : -r.  Mw  ■ 1  • 

» 

.  .  •  -  ..-u.M  : :  • 

it  11  ■'  .  ,  ,  ,<  ^  'tier.  ■.»*> 

'i  •/«  --fif  -•  ,;'r  u* 


■  ,  .i  ■  i;<  '  ’  1 

]  \  )  |1\#<  *;  <  /« 


■ 

v.'$  f  ■■  t.t;  ■’*  )ViJ. 


. 

. 

■  ■  '  '  ■ 


.ift'  ’.»>» 

.  ><<  •• 


.  .  f  n  - 


ti 

iih.j’i 

it';  -  i  • 

*  y 

'i  f'  n 

,v  iti. 

4  uril 

nj  ;t 

,ii  *•  >  )1 

(> 

•!  iV/.q 

imtu 

>.-•  :  vl.: 

•»i  'MV 

rtstekf  ■ 

■  ,  1  :  1  •'  ■' 

- 

,  fr.nrft 

:>tU  . 

\ 

,  »  i  >  * 

'• 

'  • 4 :  h  ro  ) 

H 

(!:  >'  .'f.H 

VHfJ 

•)  i  i  )'>  n 

TO 

B  -a;:  ft) 

nil 

,l"i  ■«. :  i 

V  . 


1 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  One. 


GENERAL  SPECIFICATIONS 

Whenever  in  these  specifications  and  contract  the  following  terms,  or 
pronouns  in  place  of  them,  are  used,  the  intent  and  meaning  shall  be  inter¬ 
preted  as  follows: 

“State” — The  State  of  Minnesota,  referred  to  in  these  specifications  as 
the  Party  of  the  First  Part. 

“Commissioner” — Commissioner  of  Highways  of  the  State  of  Minnesota. 

“Engineer” — The  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Minnesota  Highway  Depart¬ 
ment,  acting  directly  or  through  an  engineer  duly  authorized  by  the 
Commissioner  or  The  Chief  Engineer,  such  engineer  acting  within  the 
scope  of  the  particular  duties  assigned  to  him  or  the  authority  given  him. 

“Inspector” — An  authorized  representative  of  the  Engineer,  assigned  to 
make  any  or  all  necessary  inspections  of  the  work  performed  and  materials 
furnished  by  the  contractor. 

“Bidder” — Any  individual,  firm  or  corporation  submitting  a  proposal 
for  the  work  contemplated,  acting  directly  or  through  a  duly  authorized 
representative. 

“Contractor” — Party  of  the  second  part  to  the  contract,  acting  directly 
or  through  his  agents  or  employes. 

“Surety” — The  persons  or  the  corporate  body  which  is  bound  with,  and 
for  the  Contractor  (who  is  primarily  liable)  and  which  engages  to  be  re¬ 
sponsible  for  his  payment  of  all  debts  pertaining  to  and  for  his  acceptable 
performance  of  the  work  for  which  he  has  contracted. 

“Proposal  Form”- — The  approved  prepared  form  on  which  the  Bidder  is 
to  or  has  submitted  his,  their  or  its  proposal  for  the  work  contemplated. 

“Proposal  Guaranty” — The  security  designated  in  the  proposal  to  be 
furnished  by  the  Bidder  as  a  guaranty  of  good  faith  to  enter  into  a  contract 
with  the  State,  if  the  work  is  awarded  to  him. 

“Plans”- — All  drawings  or  reproduction  of  drawings,  pertaining  to  the 
construction  of  the  highway  and  its  appurtenances. 

“Specifications” — The  directions,  provisions  and  requirements  contained 
herein,  together  with  all  written  agreements  made  or  to  be  made,  pertaining 
to  the  method  and  manner  of  performing  the  work,  or  to  the  quantities  and 
qualities  of  materials  to  be  furnished  under  the  contract. 

“  Contract ’’—The  agreement  covering  the  performance  of  the  work  and 
the  furnishing  of  materials  in  the  construction  of  the  Highway.  The  Con¬ 
tract  shall  include  the  “Proposal,”  “Plans,”  “Specifications,”  and  “Con¬ 
tract  Bond,”  also  any  and  all  supplemental  agreements  which  reasonably 
could  be  required  to  complete  the  construction  of  the  highway  in  a  sub¬ 
stantial  and  acceptable  manner. 

“Contract  Bond” — The  approved  form  of  security  furnished  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor  and  his  Surety  as  a  guaranty  of  good  faith  on  the  part  of  the  Con¬ 
tractor  to  execute  the  work  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Contract. 

“Right  of  Way” — The  whole  area  which  is  reserved  and  secured  for 
highway  purposes. 

“Highway” — That  portion  of  the  right  of  way  included  within  the 
clearing  limits,  including  the  roadway,  and  its  appertaining  bridges,  struct¬ 
ures  and  slopes,  and  all  ditches,  channels,  waterways,  etc.,  necessary  to  its 
correct  drainage. 

“Roadway” — That  portion  of  the  highway  particularly  devoted  to  the 
use  of  vehicles. 

Sl-1 

Definition 

of 

Terms 

* 

Sl-2 

Meaning 

of 

Expressions 


Sl-3 

Documents 
Included  in 
Contract 


Sl-4 

Subheadings 


In  order  to  avoid  cumbersome  and  confusing  repetition  of  expressions 
in  these  specifications,  whenever  it  is  provided  that  anything  is,  or  is  to  be, 
or  to  be  done,  if,  or  as,  of  when,  or  where  “contemplated,”  “required,”  “di¬ 
rected,”  “specified,”  “authorized,”  “ordered,”  “given,”  “designated,”  “in¬ 
dicated,”  “considered  necessary,”  “deemed  necessary,”  “permitted,”  “sus¬ 
pended,”  “approved,”  “acceptable,”  “unacceptable,”  “suitable,”  “unsuit¬ 
able,”  “satisfactory,”  “unsatisfactory,”  or  “sufficient”  it  shall  be  taken  to 
mean  and  intend,  by  or  to  the  Engineer  with  the  approval  of  the  Commis¬ 
sioner. 


It  should  be  understood  thoroughly  by  all  concerned  that  all  things  con¬ 
tained  herein,  the  “Instructions  to  Bidders,”  the  “Award  and  Execution  of 
Contract,”  the  “General  Provisions,”  the  “Road  Construction,”  the  “Bridge 
and  Culvert  Construction,”  also  the  “Proposal,”  the  “Plans,”  the  “Adver¬ 
tisement  for  Proposals,”  or  “Notice  to  Contractors,”  and  the  “Contract 
Bond,”  as  well  as  any  papers  attached  to  or  bound  with  any  of  the  above, 
also  any  and  all  supplemental  agreements  made  or  to  be  made,  are  herein 
made  a  part  of  these  Specifications  and  Contract,  and  are  to  be  considered 
one  instrmnent.  The  intent  is  to  make  them  explanatory  one  of  the  other. 
No  papers  attached  to  or  bound  with  any  of  the  above  shall  be  detached 
therefrom  as  all  are  a  necessary  part  thereof. 


Subheadings  printed  in  these  Specifications  are  intended  for  convenience 
or  reference  only  and  shall  not  be  considered  as  having  any  bearing  on  the 
interpretation  thereof. 


( 


Sl-5 

Estimates  of 
Quantities 

Sl-6 

Familiarity 
With  Proposed 
Work 


Sl-7 

Familiarity 

With 

Laws,  etc. 


Sl-8 
Contents 
of  Proposal 
Forms 


Sl-9 

Instructions 
for  Filling  in 
Proposal 
Forms 


INSTRUCTIONS  TO  BIDDERS 

The  plans  represent  the  foreseen  conditions,  and  the  various  quantities 
shown  therein  and  in  the  Proposal  may  necessarily  be  increased  or  diminished 
by  the  Engineer  during  construction  without  impairing  this  contract. 

The  bidder  shall  examine  to  his  satisfaction  the  site  of  the  proposed  work 
and  should  also  satisfy  himself  as  to  the  quantities  of  work  to  be  done  as 
determined  from  the  plans.  He  should  be  thoroughly  familiar  with  the 
specifications,  including  all  special  provisions,  and  the  contract  forms. 

The  Bidder  is  assumed  to  have  made  himself  familiar  with  all  State 
Laws  and  Local  Ordinances  and  Regulations  which  in  any  manner  affect 
those  engaged  or  employed  in  the  work,  or  the  materials  or  equipment  used 
in  or  upon  the  roadway,  or  in  any  way  affect  the  conduct  of  the  work,  and 
no  plea  of  misunderstanding  will  be  considered  on  account  of  the  ignorance 
thereof.  If  the  Bidder  or  Contractor  shall  discover  any  provision  in  the 
plans,  specifications  or  contract  which  is  contrary  to  or  inconsistent  with 
any  such  law,  ordinance  or  regulation,  he  shall  forthwith  report  it  to  the 
Engineer  in  writing. 

The  Bidder  will  be  furnished  with  the  proposal  form  by  the  Engineer, 
which  will  state  the  location  and  description  of  the  roadway  or  structure 
thereon  to  be  constructed  and  which  will  show  the  estimate  of  the  various 
quantities  of  work  to  be  performed  and  materials  to  be  furnished,  the  time 
in  which  the  work  must  be  completed,  the  amount  of  the  “  Proposal  Guaranty” 
(which  must  accompany  the  proposal)  and  the  date  and  time  of  the  opening 
of  proposal.  It  will  also  state  any  special  provisions  or  requirements  which 
vary  from  or  are  not  contained  in  the  standard  specifications.  All  papers 
bound  with  or  attached  to  the  proposal  forms  are  a  necessary  part  thereof 
and  must  not  be  detached. 

The  Bidder  must  submit  his  proposal  on  the  forms  furnished  by  the 
Engineer.  The  blank  spaces  in  the  proposals  must  be  filled  in  correctly, 
where  indicated  for  each  and  every  item  for  which  a  quantity  is  given,  and 
the  Bidder  must  state  the  prices  for  which  he  proposes  to  do  each  item  of 
the  work  contemplated. 


\ 


2 


The  Bidder  shall  sign  his  proposal  correctly.  If  the  proposal  is  made  by 
an  individual,  his  name  and  postoffice  address  must  be  shown.  If  made  by 
a  firm  or  partnership,  the  name  and  postoffice  address  of  each  member  of 
the  firm  or  partnership  must  be  shown.  If  made  by  a  corporation,  the  per¬ 
son  signing  the  proposal  must  show  the  name  of  the  State  under  the  law  of 
which  the  Corporation  was  chartered  and  the  names,  titles  and  business 
addresses  of  the  President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

Proposals  may  be  rejected  if  they  show  any  omission,  alteration  of  form, 
additions  not  called  for,  conditional  or  alternate  bids,  or  irregularities  of  any 
kind  which  may  tend  to  make  the  proposal  indefinite  or  ambiguous  as  to  its 
meaning. 

No  proposals  will  be  considered  unless  accompanied  by  a  “proposal 
guaranty”  of  the  character  and  amount  indicated  in  the  proposal  form, 
made  payable  to  the  Commissioner  of  Highways. 

All  bids  must  be  placed  in  a  sealed  envelope  with  a  statement  thereon 
showing  the  work  covered  by  the  bid,  and  addressed  to  the  Commissioner. 
Proposals  may  be  mailed  to  the  Commissioner  or  submitted  to  him  in  person. 
No  bids  will  be  received  after  the  time  set  for  opening  them.  A  bidder  may 
withdraw  his  proposal  without  prejudice  to  himself,  provided  he  files  a  writ¬ 
ten  request  with  the  Commissioner  not  later  than  the  day  before  bids  are  to 
be  opened. 

Proposals  will  be  opened  publicly  and  read  at  the  time  and  the  date 
set  in  the  “Advertisement  for  Proposals”  or  “Notice  to  Contractors”  in  the 
office  of  the  Commissioner  or  such  designated  place  of  the  said  State.  Bid¬ 
ders  or  their  authorized  agents  are  invited  to  be  present. 

Any  or  all  proposals  will  be  rejected  if  there  is  reason  for  believing  that 
collusion  exists  among  the  Bidders  and  all  participants  in  such  collusion 
will  not  be  considered  in  future  proposals  for  the  same  work.  Proposals  in 
which  the  prices  obviously  are  unbalanced  will  be  rejected.  No  contract  will 
be  awarded  except  to  responsible  bidders  capable  of  performing  the  class 
of  work  contemplated.  The  Bidder  shall  furnish  a  complete  statement  of 
his  experience  and  of  the  amount  of  capital  and  equipment  available  for 
the  proposed  work,  if  so  requested  by  the  Commissioner. 

Before  any  contract  is  awarded,  the  Bidder  may  be  required  to  furnish 
a  complete  statement  of  the  origin,  composition  and  manufacture  of  any 
or  all  materials  to  be  used  in  the  construction  of  the  highway  together  with 
samples,  which  samples  may  be  subjected  to  whatever  tests  are  required  to 
determine  their  quality  and  fitness  for  the  work. 


Sl-10 

Signatures 

on 

Proposals 


Sl-11 

Irregular 

Proposals 


Sl-12 
Guaranty 
to  Accompany 
Proposal 

Sl-13 

Delivery 

of 

Proposals 


Sl-14 

Opening  of 
Proposals 


Sl-15 

Disqualification 

of 

Bidders 


Sl-16 

Material 

Samples 


AWARD  AND  EXECUTION  OF  CONTRACT 

The  Commissioner  reserves  the  right  to  reject  any  or  all  proposals  and 
to  waive  defects  or  technicalities,  as  they  may  deem  best  for  the  interests 
of  the  State. 

All  contracts  will  be  awarded  by  the  Commissioner  to  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder,  within  ten  (10)  days  from  the  date  of  the  opening  of  proposals. 

All  “proposal  guaranties”  except  that  of  the  successful  bidder  will  be 
returned  within  three  (3)  days  following  the  award  of  the  contract.  When 
the  award  is  deferred  for  a  period  of  time  longer  than  five  (5)  days  after  the 
opening  of  the  proposals,  all  guaranties  except  those  of  the  three  (3)  lowest 
bidders  will  be  returned.  Should  no  award  be  made  within  ten  (10)  days, 
all  proposals  will  be  rejected  and  all  guaranties  returned. 

The  successful  Bidder,  at  the  time  for  the  execution  of  the  contract, 
must  furnish  bond  in  full  amount  of  the  contract  as  required  by  law  with 
sureties  satisfactory  to  the  Commissioner.  The  form  of  Bond  is  that  required 
by  statute  for  public  contractors. 


Sl-17 

Right  to  Reject 
Proposals 

Sl-18 
Award  of 
Contract 

Sl-19 
Return  of 
Proposal 
Guaranty 


Sl-20 

Contract  Bond 
Required 


3 


Sl-21 

Execution  of 
Contract 


Sl-22 
Failure  to 
Execute 
Contract 


Sl-23 

Subletting  or 
Assigning 
of  Contract 


Sl-24 

Patent  Fees 
Royalties  and 
Licenses 


The  individual,  firm  or  corporation  to  whom  or  to  which  the  contract 
has  been  awarded  shall  sign  the  necessary  agreements,  entering  into  a  con¬ 
tract  with  the  State  and  return  them  to  the  office  of  the  Commissioner  within 
ten  (10)  days,  after  he  has  received  notice  of  award.  No  proposals  shall  be 
considered  binding  upon  the  State  until  the  execution  of  the  contract. 

Failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  of  these  specifications 
and  contract,  or  failure  to  enter  security  in  a  sum  equal  to  the  amount  of 
the  award  or  to  execute  the  contract  within  ten  (10)  days,  as  specified,  shall 
be  just  cause  for  the  annulment  of  the  award,  or  of  the  contract  if  executed, 
and  it  is  understood  by  the  Bidder,  in  the  event  of  the  annulment  of  the 
award,  or  of  the  contract,  that  the  amount  of  the  guaranty  deposited  with 
the  proposal  shall  be  retained  by  the  State  not  as  a  penalty  butTas  liqui¬ 
dated  damages. 

The  Contractor  shall  not  sublet,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  or  otherwise  dispose 
of  the  contract  or  any  portion  thereof,  or  of  the  work  provided  for  therein, 
or  of  his  right,  title  or  interest  therein  to  any  person,  firm  or  corporation, 
without  the  written  consent  of  the  Commissioner.  All  dealings  of  the  Com¬ 
missioner  shall  be  with  the  Contractor. 

If  the  contract  requires  or  the  Contractor  desires  the  use  of  any  design, 
device,  material,  or  process  covered  by  letters  patent  or  copyright,  he  shall 
provide  for  such  use  by  suitable  legal  agreement  with  the  patentee  or  own¬ 
er  and  a  copy  of  this  agreement  shall  be  filed  with  the  Commissioner;  if  no  such 
agreement  is  made  or  filed  as  noted,  the  Contractor  and  the  Surety  shall 
indemnify  and  save  harmless  the  State  from  any  and  all  claims  for  infringe¬ 
ment  by  reason  of  the  use  of  any  such  patented  design,  device,  material  or 
process,  or  any  trade  mark  or  copyright  in  connection  with  the  work  agreed 
to  be  performed  under  the  contract,  and  shall  indemnify  the  State  for  any 
costs,  expenses  and  damages  which  it  may  be  obliged  to  pay,  by  reason 
of  any  such  infringement,  at  any  time  during  the  prosecution  or  after  the 
completion  of  the  work. 


Sl-25 
Scope  of 
Work 


Sl-26 

Permits  and 
Licenses 


Sl-27 

Plans,  etc.,  to 
Be 

Followed 


Sl-28 

Interpretation 
of  Plans, 
Etc. 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

The  Contractor  shall  do  all  of  the  work  indicated  in  the  proposal  and 
on  the  plans,  remove  all  obstructions  from  within  the  lines  of  the  highway, 
and  shall  do  such  additional  extra  and  incidental  work  as  may  be  considered 
necessary  to  complete  the  highway  to  the  finished  lines,  grades  and  cross- 
sections  in  a  substantial  and  an  acceptable  manner.  He  shall  furnish,  unless 
otherwise  provided  in  the  “Special  Provisions”  of  the  proposal  and  in  the 
contract,  all  implements,  machinery,  equipment,  tools,  material  and  labor 
necessary  to  the  prosecution  of  the  work. 

The  Contractor  shall  procure  all  permits  and  licenses,  pay  all  charges 
and  fees,  and  give  all  notices  necessary  and  incident  to  the  due  and  lawful 
prosecution  of  work. 

The  approved  plans,  profiles  and  cross-sections  on  file  in  the  office  of  the 
Commissioner  will  show  the  location,  details  and  dimensions  of  the  work 
contemplated,  which  shall  be  performed  in  strict  accordance  therewith  and 
in  accordance  with  the  specifications.  Any  deviation  from  the  plans,  speci¬ 
fications,  etc.,  as  may  be  required  by  the  exigencies  of  construction  will,  in 
all  cases,  be  determined  by  the  Engineer  and  authorized  in  writing. 

On  all  plans,  drawings,  etc.,  the  figured  dimensions  shall  govern  in  the 
case  of  discrepancy  between  the  scales  and  figures.  The  Contractor  shall 
take  no  advantage  of  any  error  or  omission  in  the  plans  or  of  any  discrepancy 
between  the  plans  and  specifications,  and  the  Engineer  shall  make  such 
corrections  and  interpretation  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  fulfillment 
of  the  intent  of  the  specifications  and  of  the  plans  as  construed  by  him, 
and  his  decision  shall  be  final. 


4 


Should  any  construction  or  conditions  which  are  not  covered  by  the 
standard  specifications  be  anticipated  on  any  proposed  work,  “special  pro¬ 
visions”  for  such  work  will  be  stated  on  or  attached  to  the  proposal  form 
and  shall  be  considered  a  part  of  these  specifications  the  same  as  though 
contained  fully  herein.  Should  any  such  special  provisions  or  requirements 
conflict  with  these  specifications  the  “Special  Provisions”  shall  govern. 

The  Engineer  is  given  the  right,  with  the  approval  of  the  Commissioner, 
to  make  such  alteration  in  the  plans  or  in  the  character  of  the  work  as  may  be 
considered  necessary  or  desirable,  from  time  to  time,  to  complete  fully  and 
perfectly  the  construction  of  the  highway  provided  such  alterations  do  not 
change  materially  the  original  plans  and  specifications  and  such  alterations 
shall  not  be  considered  as  a  waiver  of  any  conditions  of  the  contract  nor  to 
invalidate  any  of  the  provisions  thereof.  Should  such  alterations  in  the 
character  of  the  work  be  productive  of  increased  unit  cost  or  result  in  de¬ 
creased  unit  cost  to  the  Contractor,  a  fair  and  equitable  sum  therefor,  to  be 
agreed  upon  in  writing  by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  before  such  work 
shall  be  begun,  shall  be  added  to  or  deducted  from  the  contract  price  as  the 
case  may  be. 

The  Contractor  shall  perform  such  work,  in  additional  quantities  other 
than  those  designated  in  the  estimate,  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  to  fully 
complete  the  highway  as  planned  and  contemplated  and  shall  receive  for 
such  additional  work,  payment  in  full,  at  the  prices  shown  in  the  contract 
unless  such  prices  are  modified  by  written  agreement  in  accordance  with 
the  foregoing  paragraph.  The  right  is  reserved  by  the  Commissioner  to 
limit  the  construction  under  the  contract  of  any  item  or  items  to  the  quantity 
of  the  item  or  the  total  cost  of  the  several  items  as  shown  in  the  contract. 

The  Contractor  shall  perform  unclassified  work,  for  which  there  is  no 
quantity  and  price  included  in  the  contract,  whenever,  to  complete  fully  the 
work  as  contemplated,  it  is  deemed  necessary  or  desirable,  and  such  un¬ 
classified  work  shall  be  done  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  therefor, 
or  in  the  best  workmanlike  manner  as  directed.  This  unclassified  work 
will  be  paid  for  at  a  unit  price  or  lump  sum  to  be  agreed  upon  previously 
in  writing  by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  or  where  such  a  price  or 
sum  cannot  be  agreed  upon  by  both  parties,  or  where  this  method  of  pay¬ 
ment  is  impracticable,  the  Engineer  may  order  the  Contractor  to  do  such 
work  on  a  “Force  Account”  basis. 

All  work  done  on  a  “Force  Account”  basis  will  be  paid  for  in  the  follow¬ 
ing  manner: 

(a)  For  all  labor,  teams  and  foremen  in  direct  charge  of  the  specific 
operation,  the  Contractor  shall  receive  the  current  local  rate  of  wage,  to  be 
agreed  upon  in  writing  before  starting  such  work,  for  each  and  every  hour 
that  said  labor,  teams  and  foremen  are  engaged  in  such  work.  To  this  sum 
shall  be  added  such  other  expense  as  is  directly  a  part  of  the  cost  of  the  work, 
and  to  the  total  there  shall  be  added  an  amount  equal  to  15%  of  the  total 
sum  thereof. 

(b)  For  all  materials  used,  the  Contractor  shall  receive  the  actual 
cost  of  such  materials  including  freight  charges,  as  shown  by  original  re¬ 
ceipted  bills,  to  which  cost  shall  be  added  a  sum  equal  to  ten  per  centum 
(10%)  of  the  cost  of  materials. 

(c)  For  any  machine-power  tools  or  equipment  including  fuel  and  lubri¬ 
cants,  which  it  may  be  deemed  necessary  or  desirable  to  use,  the  Engineer 
shall  allow  the  Contractor  a  reasonable  rental  price,  to  be  agreed  upon  in 
writing  before  such  work  is  begun,  for  each  and  every  hour  that  said  tools 
or  equipment  are  in  use  on  such  work  and  to  which  sum  no  percentage  shall 
be  added. 

The  Compensation  as  herein  provided  shall  be  received  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor  as  payment  in  full  for  work  done  on  a  “Force  Account”  basis,  and 
shall  include  superintendence,  use  of  tools  and  equipment  for  which  no 
agreed  rental  is  allowed,  and  profit.  The  Contractor’s  representative  and 
the  Inspector  shall  compare  records  of  work  done  on  a  “force  account” 


Sl-29 

Special  Work 
Requirements 


Sl-30 
Alteration 
of  Plans  or 
Character  of 
W  ork 


Sl-31 

Additional 

Work 


Sl-32 

Unclassified 

Work 


Sl-33 

Force  Account 
Work 


5 


Sl-34 

Unauthorized 

Work 


Sl-36 

Prosecution 
of  Work 


Sl-36 

Limitation  of 
Operations 


basis  at  the  end  of  each  day.  Copies  of  these  records  shall  be  made  in  dupli¬ 
cate,  on  “force  account  forms,”  provided  for  this  purpose  by  the  Engineer 
and  signed  by  both  the  Inspector  and  the  Contractor’s  representative,  one 
copy  being  forwarded  respectively  to  the  Engineer  and  the  Contractor. 
All  claims  for  work  done  on  a  “force  account”  basis  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  Engineer,  by  the  Contractor,  upon  certified  triplicate  statements  to  which 
shall  be  attached  original  receipted  bills  covering  the  cost  of  and  the  freight 
charges  on  all  materials  used  in  such  work;  and  said  statements  shall  be 
filed  not  later  than  the  tenth  (10th)  day  of  the  month  following  that  in  which 
the  work  was  actually  performed  and  shall  include  all  labor  charges,  etc., 
and  material  charges  insofar  as  they  can  be  verified.  Should  the  Contractor 
refuse  or  fail  to  prosecute  such  unclassified  work  as  directed  or  to  submit 
his  claim  as  required,  then  the  Commissioner  may  withhold  payment  of 
all  current  estimates  until  the  Contractor’s  refusal  or  failure  is  eliminated, 
or  after  giving  the  Contractor  due  notice,  the  Commissioner  may  make 
payment  for  said  work  on  the  basis  of  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  value 
of  the  work  performed. 

Work  done  without  lines  and  grades  being  given,  work  done  beyond 
the  lines  and  grades  shown  on  the  plans  or  as  given,  except  as  herein  pro¬ 
vided,  or  any  unclassified  work  done  without  written  authority  will  be  con¬ 
sidered  as  unauthorized  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor  and  will  not 
be  measured  or  paid  for  by  the  State.  Work  so  done  may  be  ordered 
removed  and  replaced  at  the  Contractor’s  expense. 

The  place  or  places  where  the  work  is  to  be  started  will  be  stated  in  the 
special  provisions.  The  Engineer  shall  have  the  right  to  change  the  point 
of  operation  of  the  Contractor’s  outfit  as  he  deems  necessary,  it  being  provided 
that  where  such  changes  entail  additional  cost  to  the  contractor  remunera¬ 
tion  shall  be  made  as  provided  in  Sl-30.  The  work  shall  be  prosecuted  in 
such  manner  as  is  necessary  to  insure  its  completion  within  the  time  set 
forth  in  the  proposal.  Should  the  prosecution  of  work  for  any  reason  be 
discontinued  by  the  Contractor,  with  the  consent  of  the  Engineer,  he  shall 
notify  the  Engineer  at  least  twenty-four  (24)  hours  before  again  resuming 
operations. 

At  no  time  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work  shall  more  than  a  reason¬ 
able  length  of  the  roadway  be  under  construction  or  obstructed  to  traffic 
without  permission. 


Sl-37 

Character  of 
Workmen 
and 

Equipment 


Sl-38 

Co-operation 

of 

Contractor 

Required 


The  Contractor  shall  employ  such  superintendents,  foremen  and  work¬ 
men  as  are  careful  and  competent,  and  the  Engineer  may  demand  the  dis¬ 
missal  of  any  person  or  persons  employed  by  the  contractor  in,  about  or 
upon  the  work  who  shall  misconduct  himself  or  be  incompetent  or  negligent 
in  the  due  and  proper  performance  of  his  or  their  duties  or  any  of  them, 
or  neglects  or  refuses  to  comply  with  the  directions  given,  and  such  person 
or  persons  shall  not  be  employed  again  thereon  without  the  written  consent 
of  the  Engineer.  Should  the  Contractor  continue  to  employ  or  again  employ 
such  person  or  persons,  the  Commissioner  may  withhold  all  estimates,  which 
are  or  may  become  due,  or  the  Engineer  may  suspend  the  work,  until  such 
orders  are  complied  with.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  such  equipment 
as  is  necessary  for  the  prosecution  of  the  work  in  an  acceptable  manner 
and  at  a  satisfactory  rate  of  progress.  Equipment  used  on  any  portion 
of  the  work  shall  be  such  that  no  injury  to  the  roadway,  adjacent  property 
or  other  highways  will  result  from  its  use. 

The  Contractor  will  be  supplied,  by  the  Engineer,  with  a  copy  of  the 
plans  and  of  the  specifications,  and  he  shall  have  them  available  on  the 
work  at  all  times,  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work.  He  shall  give  the 
work  his  constant  attention  to  facilitate  the  progress  thereof  and  shall  co¬ 
operate  with  the  Engineer  in  setting  and  preserving  stakes,  bench  marks, 
and  etc.,  and  in  all  other  things  that  are  necessary  to  satisfactorily  complete 


6 


the  work  as  contemplated.  He  shall  have  at  all  times  a  competent  and 
reliable  representative  on  the  work,  authorized  to  receive  orders  and  to  act 
for  him. 

The  Contractor  at  all  times  shall  observe  and  comply  with  all  State 
Laws  and  local  ordinances  and  regulations  in  any  manner  affecting  the 
conduct  of  the  work,  and  all  such  orders  or  decrees  as  exist  at  present  and 
those  which  may  be  enacted  later,  of  bodies  or  tribunals  having  any  juris¬ 
diction  or  authority  over  the  work  and  shall  indemnify  and  save  harmless 
the  State  and  all  of  its  officers,  agents 'and  servants  against  any  claim  or 
liability  arising  from  or  based  on  the  violation  of  any  such  law,  ordinance, 
regulation,  or  order  of  decrees,  whether  by  himself  or  his  employes. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  and  maintain  in  a  neat  and  sanitary  con¬ 
dition  such  accommodations  for  the  use  of  his  employes  as  may  be  necessary 
to  comply  with  the  requirements  and  regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Health; 
or  of  other  bodies  or  tribunals  having  jurisdiction  therewith.  He  shall  com¬ 
mit  no  public  nuisance.  The  Contractor  shall  make  provisions  for  cleaning 
up  the  camp  site  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer. 

The  Contractor  at  all  times  shall  conduct  the  work  in  such  manner  as 
to  ensure  the  least  obstruction  to  traffic  practicable.  The  convenience  of 
the  general  public  and  of  the  residents  along  and  adjacent  to  the  highway 
shall  be  provided  for  in  an  adequate  and  satisfactory  manner.  Materials 
stored  upon  the  highway  shall  be  placed  so  as  to  cause  as  little  obstruction 
to  the  travelling  public  as  is  necessary.  The  Contractor  shall  provide  and 
maintain  in  passable  condition  such  temporary  by-passes  and  bridges  as 
may  be  necessary  to  accommodate  the  local  traffic  diverted  from  the  road¬ 
way  under  construction  and  shall  provide  and  maintain  in  a  safe  condition 
temporary  approaches  to  and  crossing  of  intersecting  highway.  The  En¬ 
gineer  shall  instruct  the  Contractor  as  to  the  location  of  by-passes  and  tem¬ 
porary  bridges  for  accommodation  of  the  public  and  all  work  connected 
therewith  if  ordered  by  the  Engineer  in  writing  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  State 
as  unclassified  work  or  as  otherwise  agreed  upon.  The  State  shall  obtain 
the  right  of  way  for  temporary  by-passes  on  construction  and  the  State 
shall  maintain  detours  on  public  highways. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide,  erect  and  maintain  all  necessary  barri¬ 
cades,  suitable  and  sufficient  red  lights,  danger  signals  and  signs;  provide 
a  sufficient  number  of  watchmen  and  take  all  necessary  precautions  for 
the  protection  of  the  work  and  safety  of  the  public.  Highways  closed  to 
traffic  shall  be  protected  by  effective  barricades  on  which  shall  be  placed 
acceptable  warning  signs.  All  barricades  and  obstructions  shall  be  illuminated 
at  night  and  all  lights  shall  be  kept  burning  from  sunset  until  sunrise. 

When  the  use  of  explosives  is  necessary  for  the  prosecution  of  the  work, 
the  Contractor  shall  use  the  utmost  care,  so  as  not  to  endanger  life  or  prop¬ 
erty,  and  whenever  directed  the  number  and  size  of  the  charges  shall  be  re¬ 
duced.  All  explosives  shall  be  stored  in  a  secure  manner  and  all  such  storage 
places  shall  be  marked  clearly,  “DANGEROUS-EXPLOSIVES,”  and  shall 
be  in  care  of  competent  watchmen  at  all  times. 

The  Contractor  shall  not  enter  upon  private  property  for  any  purpose 
without  obtaining  permission  and  he  shall  be  responsible  for  the  preserva¬ 
tion  of  all  public  and  private  property,  trees,  monuments,  etc.,  along  and 
adjacent  to  the  roadway  and  shall  use  every  precaution  necessary  to  prevent 
damage  or  injury  thereto.  He  shall  protect  carefully  from  disturbance 
or  damage  all  land  monuments  and  property  marks  until  authorized  agent 
has  witnessed  or  otherwise  referenced  their  location  and  shall  not  remove 
them  until  directed.  The  Contractor  shall  not  wilfully  nor  maliciously  injure 
or  destroy  trees  or  shrubs  and  he  shall  not  remove  or  cut  them  without 
proper  authority.  He  shall  be  responsible  for  all  damage  or  injury  to  prop- 


Sl-39 

Laws  to  Be 
Observed 


Sl-40 

Sanitary 

Provisions 


Sl-41 

Public 

Convenience 

and 

Safety 


Sl-42 

Barricades, 
Danger  and 
Warning 
Signs 


Sl-43 
Use  of 
Explosives 


Sl-44 

Preservation 
and  Restoration 
of  Property, 
Trees, 
Monuments, 
Etc. 


7 


Sl-45 

Responsibility 
for  Damage, 
Claims, 
Etc. 


Sl-46 

Contractor’s 
Responsibility 
for  Work 


Sl-47 
Quality  of 
Materials 


erty  of  any  character,  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  resulting  from 
any  act,  omission,  neglect  or  misconduct  in  his  manner  or  method  of  exe¬ 
cuting  said  work  satisfactorily,  or  due  to  his  non-execution  of  said  work, 
or  at  any  time  due  to  defective  work  or  materials,  and  said  responsibility 
shall  not  be  released  until  the  roadway  shall  have  been  completed  and  ac¬ 
cepted.  When  or  where  any  direct  or  indirect  damage  or  injury  is  done  to 
public  or  private  property  by  or  on  account  of  any  act,  omission,  neglect, 
or  misconduct  in  the  execution  of  the  work,  or  in  consequence  of  the  non¬ 
execution  thereof  on  the  part  of  the  contractor,  he  shall  restore,  at  his  own 
expense,  such  property  to  a  condition  similar  or  equal  to  that  existing  before 
such  damage  or  injury  was  done,  by  repairing,  rebuilding  or  otherwise  re¬ 
storing,  as  may  be  directed,  or  he  shall  make  good  such  damage  or  injury 
in  an  acceptable  manner.  In  case  of  the  failure  on  the  part  of  the  Con¬ 
tractor  to  restore  such  property,  or  make  good  such  damage  or  injury,  the 
Engineer  may,  upon  forty-eight  (48)  hours  notice,  proceed  to  repair,  rebuild, 
or  otherwise  restore  such  property  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  and  the 
cost  thereof  will  be  deducted  from  any  moneys  due  or  which  may  become 
due  the  contractor  under  his  contract. 

The  Contractor  shall  indemnify  and  save  harmless  the  State  and  all  of 
its  officers,  agents  and  employes  from  all  suits,  actions  or  claims  of  any 
character,  name  and  description  brought  for,  or  on  account  of  any  injuries 
or  damages  received  or  sustained  by  any  person,  persons,  or  property  by  or 
from  the  said  Contractor  or  by  or  in  consequence  of  any  neglect  in  safeguard¬ 
ing  the  work,  or  through  the  use  of  unacceptable  materials  in  constructing 
the  roadway,  or  by  or  on  account  of  any  act  or  omission,  neglect  or  miscon¬ 
duct  of  said  Contractor,  or  by  or  on  account  of  any  claims  or  amounts  recov¬ 
ered  for  any  infringement  of  patent,  trade  mark  or  copyright,  or  from  any 
claims  or  amounts  arising  or  recovered  under  the  “Workmen’s  Compensa¬ 
tion  Law,”  or  any  other  law,  by-law,  ordinance,  order  or  decree  and  so  much 
of  the  money  due  the  said  Contractor  under  and  by  virtue  of  his  contract, 
as  shall  be  considered  necessary  by  the  Commissioner,  may  be  retained  for 
the  use  of  the  State,  or  in  case  no  money  is  due,  his  Surety  shall  be  held 
until  such  suit  or  suits,  action  or  actions,  claim  or  claims,  for  injuries  or 
damages,  as  aforesaid,  shall  have  been  settled  and  suitable  evidence  to  that 
effect  furnished  to  the  Commissioner. 

Until  acceptance  of  the  work  by  the  Commissioner,  it  shall  be  under  the 
charge  and  care  of  the  Contractor,  and  he  shall  take  every  reasonable  pre¬ 
caution  against  injury  or  damage  to  the  work  or  to  any  part  thereof  by  the 
action  of  the  elements  or  from  any  other  cause  whatsoever.  The  Con¬ 
tractor  shall  rebuild,  repair,  restore  and  make  good,  at  his  own  expense, 
all  injuries  or  damages  to  any  portion  of  the  highway  occasioned  by  any  of 
the  above  causes  before  its  completion  and  acceptance,  except  for  injuries 
or  damages  occasioned  by  acts  of  God  or  other  causes  manifestly  beyond 
the  control  of  the  Contractor. 

The  source  of  supply  of  each  of  the  materials  shall  be  approved  by  the 
Engineer  before  the  delivery  is  started.  Representative  preliminary  samples 
of  the  character  and  quantity  herein  described  shall  be  submitted  by  the 
Contractor  when  indicated  or  directed,  for  examination  or  test;  and  written 
approval  of  the  quality  of  such  samples  shall  be  received  by  the  Contractor 
prior  to  obtaining  materials  from  the  respective  sources  of  supply.  Only 
materials  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  these  specifications  shall  be 
used  in  the  work.  All  materials  proposed  to  be  used  may  be  inspected  at 
any  time  during  the  progress  of  their  preparation  and  use.  All  materials 
shall  be  approved  before  being  incorporated  in  the  work.  Representative 
samples  of  all  materials  requiring  laboratory  tests  shall  be  taken  and  such 
materials  shall  be  used  only  after  written  approval  has  been  received  by  the 
Engineer  in  charge  of  the  work,  and  only  so  long  as  the  quality  of  said  ma¬ 
terials  remains  equal  to  the  requirements.  If  after  trial  it  is  found  that 


8 


partially  developed  quarries,  ledges,  banks  or  other  sources  of  supply  which 
have  been  approved  upon  samples  or  otherwise,  do  not  furnish  a  uniform 
product,  or  if,  for  any  reason,  the  product  from  any  source  at  any  time  before 
commencing  or  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  proves  unacceptable, 
the  Contractor  shall  furnish  approved  material  from  other  sources.  After 
approval,  any  material  which  has  become  mixed  with  or  coated  by  dirt  or 
other  foreign  substances,  during  its  delivery  and  handling,  shall  not  be 
used  in  the  work. 

Materials  shall  be  stored  so  as  to  ensure  the  preservation  of  their  quality 
and  fitness  for  the  work.  When  considered  necessary  they  shall  be  placed 
on  wooden  platforms,  or  other  hard,  clean  surface  and  not  on  the  ground, 
and  shall  be  placed  under  cover  when  directed.  Stored  materials  shall  be 
located  so  as  to  facilitate  prompt  inspection.  Lawns,  grass  plots,  or  other 
private  property  shall  not  be  used  for  storage  purposes  without  written  per¬ 
mission  of  the  owner  or  lessee. 

The  material  from  all  structures  found  on  the  highway,  which  are  not 
to  remain  in  place  or  which  have  not  been  designated  for  use  in  the  construc¬ 
tion,  may  be  used  by  the  Contractor  for  temporary  purposes  in  connection 
with  the  construction  unless  specified  otherwise  in  the  “Special  Provisions’’ 
of  the  proposal.  When  such  materials  are  no  longer  needed  for  such  use 
or  are  not  to  be  used,  they  shall  be  stored  on  the  right  of  way  as  directed. 

The  Engineer  will  furnish  and  set  survey  stakes  for  the  center  line,  grade, 
side  of  slopes,  and  other  necessary  points  with  proper  notes  thereon  and  ac¬ 
companied  by  any  necessary  detailed  instructions.  The  Contractor  shall 
furnish,  free  of  charge,  all  additional  stakes,  and  other  materials  necessary 
for  making  and  maintaining  points  and  lines  given.  The  Contractor  shall 
be  held  responsible  for  the  preservation  of  all  stakes  and  marks  and  if  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Engineer,  any  of  the  survey  stakes  or  marks  have  been  care¬ 
lessly  or  wilfully  destroyed  or  disturbed  by  the  Contractor,  the  cost  to  the 
State  of  replacing  them,  shall  be  charged  against  him  and  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  payment  for  the  work.  Finished  surfaces,  in  all  cases,  shall  con¬ 
form  with  the  lines  and  grades  given  and  as  shown  on  the  approved  plans. 

The  crown  or  rise  of  the  finished  surface  of  the  roadway,  from  the  shoulder 
line  to  the  center  line,  shall  be  as  shown  on  the  typical  cross-section  of  the 
plans,  except  as  or  wherever  to  ensure  correct  drainage  or  for  other  reasons 
changes  may  be  directed.  On  curves  or  at  other  places  where  deemed  nec¬ 
essary,  the  Contractor  may  be  required  to  bank  the  roadway  so  that  the 
finished  surface  shall  slope  in  one  direction  from  one  side  line  to  the  other. 

The  inspector  shall  be  authorized  to  inspect  all  work  done  and  materials 
furnished.  Such  inspection  may  extend  to  all  or  any  part  of  the  work  and 
to  the  preparation  or  manufacture  of  the  materials  to  be  used.  An  Inspector 
shall  be  stationed  on  the  work  to  report  to  the  Engineer  as  to  the  progress 
of  the  work  and  the  manner  in  which  it  is  being  performed;  also  to  report 
whenever  it  appears  that  the  materials  furnished  and  the  work  performed 
by  the  Contractor  fail  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  specifications  and 
contract,  and  to  call  to  the  attention  of  the  Contractor  any  such  failure  or 
other  infringement;  such  inspection,  however,  shall  not  relieve  the  Con¬ 
tractor  from  any  obligation  to  perform  all  of  the  work  strictly  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  specifications.  In  case  of  any  dispute  arising 
between  the  Contractor  and  the  Inspector  as  to  materials  furnished  or  the 
manner  of  performing  the  work,  the  Inspector  shall  have  the  authority  to 
reject  materials  or  suspend  the  work  until  the  question  at  issue  can  be  re¬ 
ferred  to  and  decided  by  the  Engineer.  The  Inspector  shall  perform  such 
other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  him.  He  shall  not  be  authorized  to  revoke, 
alter,  enlarge,  relax  or  release  any  requirements  of  these  specifications,  nor 
to  approve  or  accept  any  portion  of  the  work,  nor  to  issue  instructions  con¬ 
trary  to  the  plans  and  specifications.  The  Inspector  shall  in  no  case  act  as 


Sl-48 
Storage  of 
Materials 


Sl-49 

Disposal  of 
Structures 
Found  on  the 
Highway 


Sl-50 

Line,  Grade 
and 

Measurement 

Stakes 


Sl-51 

Crown  of  Road¬ 
way  Surface 


Sl-52 
Authority 
and  Duties  of 
Inspectors 


9 


Sl-53 
Engineer 
to  Be 
Referee 


Sl-54 
Inspection 
of  Materials 
and  Work 


Sl-56 
Defective 
Materials  and 
Work 


Sl-56 
Failure  to 
Remove  and  Re¬ 
new  Defective 
Materials 
and  Work 


foreman  or  perform  other  duties  for  the  Contractor  nor  interfere  with  the 
management  of  the  work  by  the  latter.  Any  advice  which  the  Inspector 
may  give  the  Contractor  shall  in  no  wise  be  construed  as  binding  the  En¬ 
gineer  nor  the  County  in  any  way,  nor  releasing  the  Contractor  from  the 
fulfillment  of  the  terms  of  the  contract. 

To  prevent  misunderstanding  and  litigation,  the  Engineer  shall  decide 
any  and  all  questions  which  may  arise  as  to  the  quality  and  acceptability 
of  materials  furnished  and  work  performed  and  as  to  the  manner  of  perform¬ 
ance  and  rate  of  progress  of  said  work,  and  shall  decide  all  questions  which 
may  arise  as  to  the  interpretation  of  any  or  all  plans  relating  to  the  work 
and  of  the  specifications,  and  all  questions  as  to  the  acceptable  fulfillment 
of  the  contract  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor;  and  the  Engineer  shall  deter¬ 
mine  the  amount  and  quantity  of  the  several  kinds  of  work  performed  and 
materials  furnished  which  are  to  be  paid  for  under  the  contract,  and  such 
estimates,  in  case  any  question  shall  arise,  shall  be  a  condition  precedent 
to  the  right  of  the  Contractor  to  receive  any  money  due  under  the  con¬ 
tract.  Any  doubt  as  to  the  meaning  of  or  any  obscurity  as  to  the  wording 
of  these  specifications  and  contract  will  be  explained  by,  and  all  directions 
and  explanations  requisite  or  necessary  to  complete,  explain  or  make  definite 
any  of  the  provisions  of  the  specifications  or  contract  and  to  give  them  due 
effect,  will  be  given  by  the  Engineer. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Engineer  every  reasonable  facility  for 
ascertaining  whether  or  not  the  work  as  performed  is  in  accordance  with 
the  requirements  and  intent  of  the  specifications  and  contract.  If  the  En¬ 
gineer  requests  it,  the  Contractor,  at  any  time  before  acceptance  of  the 
work,  shall  remove  or  uncover  such  portions  of  the  finished  work  as  may 
be  directed.  After  examination,  the  Contractor  shall  restore  said  portions 
of  the  work  to  the  standard  required  by  the  specifications.  Should  the 
work  thus  exposed  or  examined  prove  acceptable,  the  uncovering,  or  remov¬ 
ing,  and  the  replacing  of  the  covering  or  making  good  of  the  parts  removed, 
shall  be  paid  for  as  “Unclassified  Work,”  but  should  the  work  so  exposed 
or  examined  prove  unacceptable  the  uncovering,  or  removing,  and  the  re¬ 
placing  of  the  covering  or  making  good  of  the  parts  removed  shall  be  at  the 
Contractor’s  expense. 

All  materials  not  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  these  specifications 
shall  be  considered  as  defective  and  all  such  materials,  whether  in  place 
or  not,  shall  be  rejected  and  shall  be  removed  immediately  from  the  right 
of  way,  unless  otherwise  permitted.  No  material  which  has  been  rejected 
— the  defects  of  which  have  been  corrected  or  removed,  shall  be  used  until 
approval  has  been  given.  All  work  which  has  been  rejected  or  condemned 
shall  be  remedied  or  if  necessary  removed  and  replaced  in  an  acceptable 
manner  by  the  Contractor  at  his  own  expense.  The  State  shall  have  author¬ 
ity  to  take  over  and  use  defective  work  without  compensation  to  the  Con¬ 
tractor  when  the  Contractor  fails  or  refuses  to  rebuild  such  faulty  work. 

Should  the  Contractor  fail  or  refuse  to  remove  and  renew  any  defective 
materials  used  or  work  performed  previously,  or  to  make  any  necessary  re¬ 
pairs  in  an  acceptable  manner  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
these  specifications,  within  the  time  indicated  in  writing,  the  Engineer  shall 
have  the  authority  to  cause  the  unacceptable  or  defective  materials  or  work 
to  be  removed  and  renewed  or  such  repairs  to  be  made  at  the  Contractor’s 
expense.  Any  expense  incurred  by  the  State  in  making  these  removals,  re¬ 
newals  or  repairs,  which  the  Contractor  has  failed  or  refused  to  make,  shall 
be  paid  for  out  of  any  moneys  due  or  which  may  become  due  the  Contractor, 
or  may  be  charged  against  the  “Contract  Bond”  deposited;  and  continued 
failure  or  refusal  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor  to  make  any  or  all  necessary 
repairs  promptly,  fully  and  in  an  acceptable  manner  shall  be  sufficient  cause 
for  the  Commissioner  to  declare  the  contract  forfeited,  in  which  case  the 
Commissioner,  at  his  option,  may  purchase  materials,  tools  and  equipment 


10 


and  employ  labor  or  may  contract  with  any  other  individual,  firm  or  corpora¬ 
tion  to  perform  the  work.  All  costs  and  expenses  incurred  thereby  shall  be 
charged  against  the  Contractor  and  the  amount  thereof  deducted  from  any 
moneys  due  or  which  may  become  due  him,  or  shall  be  charged  against  the 
“Contract  Bond”  deposited.  Any  work  performed,  as  described  in  this 
paragraph,  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  in  any  way  from  his  responsi¬ 
bility  for  the  work  performed  by  him. 

Upon  completion  of  the  work  and  before  acceptance  and  final  payment 
shall  be  made,  the  Contractor  shall  clean  and  remove  from  the  right  of  way 
and  adjacent  property,  all  surplus  and  discarded  materials,  rubbish  and 
temporary  structures,  restore  in  an  acceptable  manner  all  property,  both 
public  and  private,  which  has  been  damaged  during  the  prosecution  of  the 
work,  and  shall  leave  the  right  of  way  in  a  neat  and  presentable  condition 
throughout  the  entire  length  of  the  highway  under  contract. 

The  Engineer  shall  have  the  authority  to  suspend  the  work,  wholly  or 
in  part,  for  such  period  or  periods  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  due  to  un¬ 
suitable  weather,  or  such  other  conditions  as  are  considered  unfavorable 
for  the  suitable  prosecution  of  the  work,  or  for  such  time  as  is  necessarily 
due  to  the  failure  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor  to  carry  out  orders  given 
or  perform  any  or  all  provisions  of  the  contract.  If  it  should  become  neces¬ 
sary  to  stop  work  for  an  indefinite  period,  the  Contractor  shall  store  all 
materials  in  such  manner  that  they  will  not  obstruct  or  impede  the  travelling 
public  unnecessarily  nor  become  damaged  in  any  way,  and  he  shall  take 
every  precaution  to  prevent  damage  or  deterioration  of  the  work  performed, 
provide  suitable  drainage  of  the  roadway  by  opening  ditches,  shoulder  drains, 
etc.,  and  erect  temporary  structures  where  necessary.  The  Contractor  shall 
not  suspend  work  during  the  construction  season  without  authority. 

The  Contractor  shall  perform  fully,  entirely  and  in  an  acceptable  manner 
the  work  contracted  for  within  the  time  stated  in  the  contract.  If  the  satis¬ 
factory  execution  and  completion  of  the  contract  shall  require  work  or  ma¬ 
terial  in  greater  amounts  or  quantities  than  those  set  forth  in  the  contract 
then  the  contract  time  shall  be  increased  in  the  same  proportions  as  the  ad¬ 
ditional  work  bears  to  the  original  work  contracted  for.  No  allowance 
shall  be  made  for  delay  or  suspension  of  the  prosecution  of  the  work  due 
to  fault  of  the  Contractor.  Provided,  however,  that  upon  receipt  of  written 
notice  from  the  Contractor  of  the  existence  of  causes  over  which  said  Con¬ 
tractor  has  no  control  and  which  must  delay  the  completion  of  the  work, 
the  Commissioner  may  at  his  discretion  extend  the  date  specified  for  the 
completion  of  said  work,  and  in  such  case  the  Contractor  shall  become  liable 
for  liquidated  damages  for  failure  to  perform  work  within  the  time  as  so 
extended. 

For  each  working  day  that  any  work  shall  remain  uncompleted,  after 
the  time  specified  in  the  proposal  and  contract  and  allowed  by  the  Engineer 
for  the  completion  of  the  work  provided  for  in  these  plans,  specifications 
and  contract,  the  sum  per  day,  given  in  the  following  schedule,  unless  other¬ 
wise  specified  in  the  proposal,  shall  be  deducted  from  the  moneys  due  the 
Contractor,  not  as  a  penalty,  but  as  liquidated  damages. 

Amount  of  Liquidated 


Amount  of  Contract  Damages  per  Day. 

$5,000  and  less . $10.00 

More  than  $5,000  and  less  than  $10,000 .  15.00 

$10,000  and  less  than  $20,000 .  20.00 

$20,000  and  less  than  $50,000 .  25.00 

$50,000  or  more . 30.00 


Sl-57 

Final  Cleaning 
Up  of 

Right  of  Way 


Sl-58 
Temporary 
Suspension  of 
Work 


Sl-59 

Computation 
of  Contract 
Time  for 
Completion 


Sl-60 
Failure  to 
Complete  the 
Work  on 
Time 


11 


Sl-61 

Non-fulfillment 
of  Contract 


If  the  Contractor  fails  to  begin  the  work  under  contract  within  the  time 
specified,  or  fails  to  perform  the  work  with  sufficient  workmen  and  equip¬ 
ment  or  with  sufficient  materials  to  ensure  the  prompt  completion  of  said 
work,  or  shall  perform  the  work  unsuitably  or  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to 
remove  materials  or  perform  anew  such  work  as  shall  be  rejected  as  de¬ 
fective  and  unsuitable,  or  shall  discontinue  the  prosecution  of  the  work, 
or  if  the  Contractor  shall  become  insolvent  or  declared  bankrupt,  or  commit 
any  act  of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  or  shall  make  an  assignment  for  the 
benefit  of  creditors,  or  from  any  other  cause  whatsoever  shall  not  carry  on 
the  work  in  an  acceptable  manner,  the  Engineer  shall  give  notice  in  writing 
to  the  Contractor  and  his  Surety  of  such  delays,  neglect  or  default,  specifying 
the  same,  and  if  the  Contractor,  within  a  period  of  ten  (10)  days  after  such 
notice,  shall  not  proceed  in  accordance  therewith,  then  the  Commissioner  shall, 
upon  written  certificates  from  the  Engineer  of  the  fact  of  such  delays,  neglect 
or  default  and  the  Contractor’s  failure  to  comply  with  such  notice,  have  full 
power  and  authority,  without  violating  the  contract,  to  take  the  prosecution 
of  the  work  out  of  the  hands  of  said  Contractor,  to  appropriate  or  use  any  or 
all  materials  and  equipment  on  the  ground  as  may  be  suitable  and  accept¬ 
able  and  may  enter  into  an  agreement  for  the  completion  of  said  contract 
according  to  the  terms  and  provisions  thereof,  or  use  such  other  methods  as, 
in  its  opinion,  shall  be  required  for  the  completion  of  said  contract  in  an  ac¬ 
ceptable  manner.  All  costs  and  charges  incurred  by  the  State,  together  with 
the  costs  of  completing  the  work  under  contract,  shall  be  deducted  from  any 
moneys  due  or  which  may  become  due  said  Contractor.  In  case  the  expense 
so  incurred  by  the  State  shall  be  less  than  the  sum  which  would  have 
been  payable  under  the  contract,  if  it  had  been  completed  by  said  Con¬ 
tractor,  then  the  said  Contractor  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  the  difference, 
and  in  case  such  expense  shall  exceed  the  sum  which  would  have  been  pay¬ 
able  under  the  contract,  then  the  Contractor  and  the  Surety  shall  be  liable 
and  shall  pay  to  the  State  the  amount  of  said  excess. 


Sl-62  The  Contractor  shall  receive  and  accept  the  compensation  as  herein 

Scope  of  provided,  in  full  payment  for  furnishing  all  materials,  labor,  tools,  and 

Payments  equipment  and  for  performing  all  work  contemplated  and  embraced  under 

the  contract,  also  for  all  loss  or  damage  arising  out  of  the  nature  of  the  work, 
or  from  the  action  of  the  elements,  until  its  final  acceptance  by  the  Commis¬ 
sioner,  and  for  all  risks  connected  with  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  also 
for  all  expenses  incurred  by,  or  in  consequence  of,  the  suspension  or  discon¬ 
tinuance  of  the  said  prosecution  of  the  work  as  herein  specified,  and  for 
completing  the  highway  and  the  whole  thereof.  The  payment  of  any  current 
or  final  estimate,  or  of  any  retained  percentage  shall  in  no  way  or  in  no  degree 
prejudice  or  affect  the  obligation  of  the  Contractor,  at  his  own  cost  and 
expense,  to  repair,  correct,  renew  or  replace  any  defects  and  imperfections 
in  the  construction  of  or  in  the  strength  of  or  quality  of  materials  used  in 
or  about  the  construction  of  the  highway  under  contract  and  its  appurten¬ 
ances  as  well  as  all  damage  due  or  attributable  to  such  defects,  which  de¬ 
fects,  imperfections,  or  damages  shall  be  discovered  on  or  before  the  final 
inspection  and  acceptance  of  the  roadway,  and  of  which  defects,  imper¬ 
fections,  or  damages  the  Commissioner  and  the  Engineer  shall  be  the  Judge, 
and  the  said  Contractor  shall  be  liable  to  the  State  for  failure  so  to  do. 
No  moneys,  payable  under  the  contract,  or  any  part  thereof  except  the 
estimate  for  the  first  month,  or  period,  shall  become  due  and  payable,  if 
the  Commissioner  so  elects  until  the  Contractor  shall  satisfy  the  said  Com¬ 
missioner  that  he  has  fully  settled  or  paid  for  all  materials  and  equipment 
used  in  or  upon  the  work  and  labor  done  in  connection  therewith. 

In  the  case  of  paving  contracts  the  Contractor  shall  receive  in  addition 
to  the  price  bid  for  the  work  any  increase  in  cost  due  to  a  change  in  railway 
freight  rates  made  subsequent  to  the  award  of  the  contract,  and  there  shall 
be  deducted  from  the  contract  price  any  decrease  in  cost  due  to  a  change 
in  railway  freight  rates  made  subsequent  to  the  award  of  the  contract.  This 
shall  apply  only  on  carload  lot  shipments  of  material  used  in  construction. 


12 


The  Engineer  will  make  current  estimates  in  writing,  once  each  month, 
as  the  work  progresses  of  the  materials  in  place  complete  and  the  amount 
of  work  performed  in  accordance  with  the  contract,  during  the  preceding 
month  or  period  and  the  value  thereof  figured  at  the  unit  prices  contracted, 
except  as  noted  elsewhere  in  these  specifications.  On  paving  and  bridge 
contracts,  monthly  estimates  shall  include  the  value  of  all  cement  properly 
stored,  all  coarse  aggregate,  sand  and  steel  which  has  been  delivered  to  the 
railway  siding  adjacent  to  the  work  or  to  the  site  of  the  work.  From  the 
total  of  the  amounts  so  ascertained  eighty-five  per  centum  (85%)  will  be 
paid  in  the  manner  provided  by  Section  22,  Chapter  323,  Laws  of  1921.  No 
partial  estimates  will  be  allowed  on  contracts  of  less  than  $500.00. 

Whenever,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  the  Contractor  shall  have 
completed  the  highway  in  an  acceptable  manner  in  accordance  with  the 
terms  of  the  contract,  the  Engineer  shall  make  a  final  inspection  of  the  entire 
highway  and  upon  completion  of  all  necessary  repairs,  or  renewals,  he  shall 
certify  to  the  Commissioner  in  writing  as  to  said  completion,  and  shall  fur¬ 
ther  certify  as  to  the  entire  amount  of  each  class  of  work  performed  and 
as  to  the  value  thereof.  The  Commissioner,  upon  receipt  of  said  certificate, 
shall  in  turn  certify  the  aforesaid  certificate  or  estimate  for  final  payment, 
and  shall  notify  the  Contractor  and  his  Surety  of  the  acceptance  of  the 
highway.  The  action  of  the  Commissioner  and  the  Engineer,  by  which  the 
Contractor  is  to  be  bound  and  the  contract  concluded  according  to  the 
terms  thereof,  shall  be  evidenced  by  the  aforesaid  certificate  and  final  pay¬ 
ment,  all  prior  certificates  or  estimates  upon  which  payments  may  have 
been  made  being  merely  partial  estimates  and  subject  to  correction  in  the 
final  payment. 

The  Commissioner,  or  the  Engineer,  shall  not  be  precluded  or 
estopped  by  any  measurement,  estimate  or  certificate,  made  or  given  by 
them,  or  by  any  of  their  agents  or  employes,  under  any  provision,  or  pro¬ 
visions,  of  the  contract,  at  any  time,  either  before  or  after  the  completion 
and  acceptance  of  the  highway  and  payment  thereof  pursuant  to  any  meas¬ 
urement,  estimate  or  certificate,  from  showing  the  true  and  correct  amount 
and  character  of  the  work  performed  and  materials  furnished  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor,  or  from  showing,  at  any  time,  that  any  such  measurement,  estimate 
or  certificate,  is  untrue  or  incorrectly  made  in  any  particular,  or  that  the 
work  of  materials,  or  any  part  thereof  do  not  conform  in  fact  to  specifications 
and  contract,  and  the  Commissioner  shall  have  the  right  to  reject  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  aforesaid  work  or  material,  should  the  said  measurement, 
estimate,  certificate  or  payment  be  found,  or  be  known  to  be  inconsistent 
with  the  terms  of  the  Contract,  or  otherwise  improperly  given,  and  the  Com¬ 
missioner  shall  not  be  precluded  or  estopped  notwithstanding  any  such  meas¬ 
urement,  estimates  certificate  and  payment  in  accordance  herewith,  from 
demanding  and  recovering  from  the  Contractor  and  his  Surety  such  dam¬ 
ages  as  it  may  sustain  by  reason  of  his  failure  to  comply  with  the  terms 
of  the  specifications  and  contract.  Neither  the  acceptance  of  the  Commis¬ 
sioner,  the  Engineer  or  any  of  their  agents  or  employes,  nor  any  certificates 
by  the  Engineer,  for  payment  of  money,  nor  any  payment  for,  nor  accept¬ 
ance  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  work  by  the  Commissioner,  or  Engineer, 
nor  any  extension  of  time,  nor  any  possession  taken  by  the  State  or  its  em¬ 
ployes,  shall  operate  as  a  waiver  of  any  portion  of  the  contract  or  any  power 
herein  reserved  by  the  State,  or  any  right  to  damages  herein  provided,  nor 
shall  any  waiver  of  any  breach  of  the  contract  be  held  to  be  a  waiver  of  any 
other  or  subsequent  breach. 


Sl-63 

Partial 

Payments 


Sl-64 
Acceptance 
and  Final 
Payment 


Sl-65 

No  Waiver 
of  Legal 
Rights 


13 


( 


( 


c 


( 


# 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  Two. 


ROAD  CONSTRUCTION  DETAILS 


CLEARING 

Clearing  shall  consist  of  the  removal  or  burning  of  all  timber,  brush, 
stumps,  rubbish,  or  other  obstructions  from  within  the  limits  of  any  part 
or  of  the  entire  right-of-way,  also  from  such  areas  as  may  be  required  for 
off-take  ditches,  channel  changes,  borrow  pits  and  etc. 


Trees  and  brush  must  not  be  thrown  on  adjacent  lands,  but  must  be 
disposed  of  within  the  limits  of  the  clearing.  Trees  unavoidably  falling 
outside  of  the  specified  limits  must  be  cut  up,  removed  to  within  the  clear¬ 
ing  and  disposed  of. 

In  clearing  the  highway,  all  merchantable  timber  which  it  may  be  neces¬ 
sary  to  cut,  and  all  other  property  of  value  shall  be  piled  on  skid-ways  in 
close  piles  outside  of  the  highway,  unless  otherwise  directed. 

Such  material  as  is  not  removed  shall  be  piled  and  burned  on  the  high¬ 
way  in  such  manner  as  not  to  injure  any  trees  or  merchantable  timber  on  the 
right-of-way  or  abutting  property. 

In  clearing,  all  brush  must  be  cut  even  with  the  ground  surface;  choice 
trees  which  are  not  in  the  way  of  construction  or  which  will  not  damage 
the  road  shall  be  carefully  preserved. 

All  trees  and  stumps  within  the  limits  of  clearing  shall  be  cut  to  a  height 
not  to  exceed  one  (1)  foot  above  the  natural  ground,  except  where  grubbing 
is  specified  and  on  areas  covered  by  embankments  of  not  more  than  three 
(3)  feet  in  height.  On  areas  covered  by  such  embankments  all  trees  and 
stumps  shall  be  cut  off  within  six  inches  of  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

All  clearing  must  be  completed  in  advance  of  the  grading  or  ditching 
as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 


The  unit  price  bid  for  clearing  shall  include  all  of  the  foregoing  work 
and  the  furnishing  of  all  equipment,  tools  and  labor  incidental  thereto. 
The  unit  which  shall  be  used  as  a  basis  of  payment  for  clearing  shall  be 
specified  in  the  special  provisions  appearing  on  or  attached  to  the  bidder’s 
proposal  form.  This  shall  specify  which  of  the  following  two  units  is  to  be 
used: 

(a)  Acre  as  unit.  When  an  acre  is  specified  as  the  unit,  the  number 
of  acres  shall  be  determined  from  measurements  taken  by  the  Engineer 
of  the  areas  on  which  clearing  is  actually  performed.  The  minimum  amount 
of  clearing  that  shall  be  measured  shall  be  one  station  in  length  multiplied 
by  the  width  of  clearing  designated  in  the  proposal  blanks.  If  no  width 
is  designated  therein  the  full  width  of  the  right  of  way  is  to  be  cleared. 

(b)  Tree  as  unit.  When  a  tree  is  specified  as  the  unit,  the  number  of 
trees  will  be  determined  by  the  Engineer  by  actual  count  of  all  trees  of  four 
(4)  inches  or  more  in  diameter  which  are  cut  by  the  Contractor.  Smaller 
trees  and  brush  shall  be  cleared  in  conjunction  with  the  clearing  of  the  larger 
trees.  For  the  clearing  of  small  trees  and  brush  the  Contractor  shall  be 
paid  by  the  acre  as  above  specified,  under  (a). 


GRUBBING 

Grubbing  shall  consist  of  the  excavation  and  removal  of  all  roots,  stumps, 
stubs,  grubs,  submerged  logs,  etc.,  from  within  the  limits  of  any  part  of  the 
entire  right-of-way,  also  from  such  areas  as  may  be  required  for  off-take 
ditches,  channel  changes,  borrow  pits,  and  etc. 


S2-1 

Description 


S2-2 

Method 

of 

Clearing 


S2-3 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S2-4 

Description 


S2-5 

Method  of 
Grubbing 


S2-C 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S2-7 

Right-of-Way 

Obstructions 


S2-8 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S2-9 

Description 


S2-10 

Classification 
of  Materials 


In  the  operation  of  grubbing,  all  roots,  stumps,  stubs,  grubs,  submerged 
logs,  etc.,  shall  be  excavated  and  removed  to  a  depth  of  not  less  than  one 
(1)  foot  below  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground.  Excavated  material  shall 
be  piled  and  burned. 

Grubbing  must  be  completed  in  advance  of  the  grading  or  ditching  as 
designated  by  the  Engineer. 


The  unit  price  bid  for  grubbing  shall  include  all  of  the  foregoing  work, 
which  price  shall  include  all  equipment,  explosives,  tools,  labor,  and  work 
incidental  thereto.  The  unit  which  shall  be  used  as  a  basis  of  payment 
for  grubbing  shall  be  specified  in  the  special  provisions  appearing  on  or 
attached  to  the  bidder’s  proposal  form.  This  shall  specify  which  of  the 
following  two  units  is  to  be  used : 

(a)  Acre  as  unit:  When  an  acre  is  specified  as  the  unit,  the  number 

of  acres  shall  be  determined  from  measurements  taken  by  the  Engineer 
of  the  areas  on  which  grubbing  is  actually  performed.  The  minimum  amount 
of  grubbing  that  shall  be  measured  shall  be  one  square  rod. 

(b)  Tree  as  unit:  When  a  tree  is  specified  as  the  unit,  the  number 
of  trees  will  be  determined  by  the  Engineer  by  actual  count  of  all  trees  of 
four  (4)  inches  or  more  in  diameter  which  are-  grubbed  by  the  Contractor. 
Smaller  trees  and  brush  shall  be  grubbed  in  conjunction  with  the  grubbing 
of  the  larger  trees  for  which  no  additional  payment  will  be  allowed. 


The  Contractor  shall  remove  and  reset  all  fences  within  the  limits  of 
the  right-of-way  in  such  manner  and  to  such  prescribed  limits  as  the  En¬ 
gineer  may  direct. 

The  Contractor  shall  remove  all  buildings  within  the  limits  of  the  right- 
of-way  to  such  location  and  in  such  manner  as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 


The  price  of  moving  and  setting  fences  and  moving  buildings  shall  be 
by  cost  plus  percentage  in  accordance  with  Section  1-33. 


EXCAVATION 
(Other  Than  Hand  Ditching) 


Excavation  shall  include  the  removal  and  satisfactory  disposal  of  all 
material  taken  from  within  the  limits  of  the  work  contracted  for  (or  from 
a  borrow  pit)  which  is  necessary  for  the  construction  and  preparation  of 
the  roadbed,  embankment,  subgrade,  slopes,  inter-sections,  approaches, 
private  entrances,  etc.,  also  side  ditches  and  off-take  ditches  and  water¬ 
ways  which  may  be  dug  with  teams  and  ordinary  road  building  equipment 
as  indicated  and  directed. 


Excavation  shall  include  all  materials  of  whatever  nature  encountered. 
The  classification  of  material  will  be  made  by  the  Engineer  as  the  work 
progresses,  and  the  classification  determined  upon  by  the  Engineer  for  the 
work  completed  during  each  month  will  be  included  in  the  current  monthly 
estimate.  If  classification  thus  allowed  by  the  Engineer  is  not  protested 
by  the  Contractor  in  writing  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  the  date  of  pay¬ 
ment  of  each  estimate,  the  Contractor  thereby  waives  his  right  to  any  claim 
to  any  change  in  classifications  on  the  work  involved  in  such  estimate. 

Classification  of  excavation  material  shall  be  on  the  following  basis: 

Earth  shall  include  all  sand,  clay,  loam,  gravel,  and  other  materials  of 
every  description  as  found  which  are  not  included  in  the  following  classifi¬ 
cation  for  loose  and  solid  rock: 


2 


Loose  rock  shall  include  all  slate,  shale,  or  other  rock  which  can  be  quar¬ 
ried  or  loosened  with  a  pick  and  bar  without  blasting,  even  though  the  Con¬ 
tractor  may  resort  to  blasting  to  facilitate  the  work;  also  all  detached  rock 
or  boulders  measuring  not  less  than  one-half  Q/Q  cubic  foot  nor  more  than 
one-half  (3dD  cubic  yard  each. 

Solid  rock  shall  include  all  rock  in  masses  which  can  not  be  loosened  with 
a  pick  and  bar,  also  all  detached  rock  or  boulders  measuring  not  less  than 
one-half  i}/^)  cubic  yard  each. 

When  classification  is  allowed,  the  basis  of  payment  shall  be  upon  the 
determined  quantity  of  classified  material. 


Excavation  shall  be  made  in  all  cases  to  the  required  alignment,  grade 
and  cross-section.  All  suitable  materials  removed  from  the  excavation 
shall  be  used  so  far  as  practicable  in  the  formation  of  the  embankment, 
the  materials  being  deposited  in  such  a  manner  that  the  best  available  fin¬ 
ishing  material  is  placed  in  the  upper  six  inches  of  the  subgrade.  Any  extra 
overhaul,  which  this  provision  may  necessitate,  shall  be  agreed  upon  by  the 
Engineer  and  Contractor  at  the  time  the  work  is  done.  Excess  material 
shall  be  used  in  uniformly  widening  the  fills  or  in  raising  the  grade  line  where 
desirable  to  improve  the  profile  or  where  necessary  to  provide  for  future 
settlement.  No  borrowing  or  wasting  will  be  permitted  except  upon  written 
orders  of  the  Engineer.  In  case  the  distribution  of  excess  material,  or  the 
operation  of  obtaining  the  additional  material  required  results  in  any  excess 
cost  to  the  Contractor,  he  is  to  be  paid  for  such  excess  cost. 

Where  the  plans  provide  side  and  off-take  ditches  in  a  swamp,  filling 
will  not  be  permitted  previous  to  the  completion  of  the  ditching. 

All  side  slopes  on  old  embankments  which  are  to  be  widened  shall  be 
broken  by  horizontal  furrows  parallel  to  the  center  line  of  the  roadway 
and  not  more  than  two  (2)  feet  apart,  measured  along  the  slopes,  before 
any  material  is  placed  thereon. 

Filling  against  bridges  or  over  culverts  must  be  made  with  care  and  in 
such  manner  as  not  to  move  or  strain  the  structure.  In  case  of  any  damage 
being  done  by  such  work,  the  Contractor  will  be  charged  with  repairing  the 
structure  unless  such  filling  is  made  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the 
Engineer. 

No  logs,  stumps  or  plank  will  be  allowed  in  embankment;  sod,  vegetable 
matter,  peat  or  muskeg  material,  if  placed  therein,  shall  only  be  permitted 
on  new  work,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  then  uniformly  pulverized 
and  distributed  over  the  base  of  the  embankment.  The  use  of  such  materials 
in  back  filling  old  ditches,  or  shouldering  within  twelve  (12)  feet  of  the  center 
line  around  old  core,  will  not  be  permitted.  In  no  instance  will  sod  be  placed 
within  twelve  (12)  inches  of  the  subgrade.  Sod,  vegetable  matter,  peat 
or  muskeg  material  when  wasted  must  be  spread  uniformly  as  directed  by 
the  Engineer. 

Stone  placed  or  left  under  embankments  shall  be  at  least  as  much  below 
the  surface  of  the  subgrade  as  the  height  of  such  stone  is  above  the  natural 
surface  of  the  ground. 

Whenever  a  steam  shovel  is  used  in  excavating  cuts  shown  for  the  road¬ 
way,  sufficient  hand  work  shall  be  performed  on  the  back  slopes  of  the  cuts 
so  that  such  slopes  will  be  left  in  a  neat  and  workman-like  condition  and 
true  to  lines  given.  On  shallow  cuts  this  will  require  the  removal  of  the  ridge 
which  a  shovel  ordinarily  produces  along  the  banks  of  such  shallow  work. 
In  deep  cuts  this  will  require  such  hand  work  as  may  be  necessary  to  main¬ 
tain  approximately  the  designated  slope  in  the  upper  face  of  the  cut  and 
to  produce  a  back  slope  free  from  humps  and  hollows.  Hand  trimming  of 
the  bank  slopes  will  not  be  required  where  a  neat  uniform  face  corresponding 
to  the  designated  section  is  obtained  by  the  shovel  alone. 

In  order  that  the  grading  Contractor  may  be  entitled  to  payment  on 
any  portion  of  the  work  all  culverts  thereon  must  be  installed,  all  farm 
entrances  and  cross-roads  finished,  the  roadway  and  ditches  brought  to  the 


S2-11 

Construction 

Methods 


S2-12 

Completion 
of  the 
Grading 


3 


S2-13 
Basis  of 
Payment 


approved  alignment,  grade  and  cross-section,  and  the  roadway  made  smooth 
and  free  from  ruts,  waves  and  undulations  at  least  two  (2)  days  prior  to  the 
date  of  the  estimate  except  on  embankments  of  over  four  (4)  feet  in  height, 
and  excavation  section  shown  on  the  plans  as  the  source  of  materials  for 
such  embankments.  Thereafter  the  roadway  surface  shall  be  kept  free 
from  ruts,  waves  and  undulations  with  an  eight  foot  (S')  blade  grader  or 
planer  which  meets  the  approval  of  the  Engineer.  The  blading  shall  be 
performed  so  as  to  keep  the  roadway  flat  in  case  the  grading  is  to  be  followed 
the  same  season  by  surfacing.  If  no  surfacing  is  to  be  applied  until  the  fol¬ 
lowing  season  the  roadway  shall  be  shaped  to  provide  a  symmetrical  crown 
of  not  less  than  three  tenths  (0.3)  of  a  foot  or  more  than  seven  tenths  (0.7) 
of  a  foot  for  a  twenty-four  (24)  foot  roadway,  and  not  less  than  five  tenths 
(0.5)  of  a  foot  nor  more  than  one  (1)  foot  for  a  thirty  (30)  foot  roadway. 

After  this  maintenance  has  been  continued  for  a  period  of  thirty  (30)  days 
in  a  satisfactory  manner  on  one  or  more  consecutive  miles,  subsequent 
maintenance  on  such  sections  required  by  the  Engineer  shall  be  on  a  force 
account  basis. 

Requirements  of  this  section  shall  not  prevent  the  payment  of  any  partial 
estimate  providing  weather  conditions  make  the  finish  of  this  work  impos¬ 
sible. 

The  contract  price  per  cubic  yard  for  excavation  shall  include  all  the 
foregoing  work  and  the  furnishing  of  all  equipment,  tools  and  labor  incidental 
thereto,  providing  the  excavated  material  is  not  hauled  beyond  the  free 
haul  limit  of  five  hundred  (500)  feet.  For  material  hauled  more  than  five 
hundred  (500)  feet  measured  along  the  center  line,  the  Contractor  shall  be 
paid  in  addition  an  overhaul  price  per  cubic  yard  for  such  overhaul  com¬ 
puted  as  follows: 

The  limits  of  free  haul  shall  be  determined  by  fixing  on  the  profile  two 
points :  One  on  each  side  of  the  neutral  grade  point,  one  in  excavation  and 
the  other  in  embankment,  such  that  the  distance  between  them,  measured 
along  the  center  line  of  the  road,  shall  equal  the  specified  free  haul  limit  and 
the  included  quantities  of  excavation  and  embankment  balance.  All  haul  , 

on  material  beyond  this  free  haul  limit  shall  be  estimated  and  paid  for  on 
the  basis  of  the  following  methods  of  computation,  viz:  All  material  within 
the  limit  of  this  free  haul  shall  be  eliminated  from  further  consideration. 

The  distance  between  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  remaining  mass  of  exca¬ 
vation  and  center  of  gravity  of  the  resulting  embankment,  measured  along 
the  center  line  of  the  road,  less  the  limit  of  free  haul,  as  above  specified, 
shall  be  length  of  overhaul;  the  compensation  to  be  rendered  therefor  shall 
be  determined  by  multiplying  the  yardage  in  the  remaining  mass,  as  above 
described,  by  the  length  of  the  overhaul.  Payment  of  the  same  shall  be  units 
of  one  cubic  yard  hauled  one  hundred  (100)  feet.  In  the  case  of  excavation 
obtained  from  borrow  pits  the  haul  shall  be  measured  along  the  shortest 
practical  line  of  haul  which  shall  be  agreed  upon  by  the  Contractor  and 
the  Engineer  before  the  borrow  excavation  is  made. 

The  excavation  quantities  will  be  determined  by  cross  sections  taken  prior 
to  the  opening  of  cuts  and  again  upon  their  completion.  The  classification 
of  material  will  be  made  by  the  Engineer  as  the  work  progresses,  and  the 
classification  determined  upon  by  the  Engineer  for  the  work  completed 
during  each  month  will  be  included  in  the  current  monthly  esitmate.  If 
classification  thus  allowed  by  the  Engineer  is  not  protested  by  the  Con¬ 
tractor  in  writing  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  the  date  of  payment  of  such 
estimate,  the  Contractor  thereby  waives  his  right  to  any  claim  to  any  change 
m  classifications  on  the  work  involved  in  such  estimate. 

When  a  representative  of  the  Engineer  is  not  stationed  on  the  job  con¬ 
tinuously,  the  Contractor  shall,  in  order  to  claim  classification  of  material 
as  loose  rock  or  solid  rock,  notify  the  Engineer  prior  to  or  during  the  exca¬ 
vation  of  such  material,  so  that  proper  measurements  may  be  taken  to 
determine  the  quantity  of  material  under  each  classification.  Unless  such 
notice  is  given  by  the  Contractor,  and  proper  opportunity  is  given  the  En¬ 
gineer  to  obtain  such  measurements,  no  claim  for  special  classification  will 
be  allowed. 


4 


Where  special  provision  is  made,  as  shown  on  plans,  for  plowing  and 
excavation  of  the  old  core,  the  roadbed  shall  be  excavated  to  within  six 
(G)  inches  of  a  level  section  having  a  width  of  ten  (10)  feet  on  each  side  of 
the  center  line,  the  remaining  six  (6)  inches  of  depth  shall  be  plowed  pre¬ 
vious  to  the  construction  of  the  embankment. 


This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  of 
roadway  for  special  plowing  and  per  cubic  yard  for  special  excavation  which 
prices  will  include  all  tools,  equipment,  labor  and  work  incidental  thereto. 


HAND  DITCHING 


Hand  ditching  shall  include  the  removal  and  satisfactory  disposal  of  all 
materials  encountered  in  constructing  ditches,  channel  changes  and  water¬ 
ways  which  are  commonly  dug  by  hand  and  cannot  be  dug  with  teams  and 
ordinary  road  building  equipment.  Side  ditches  shall  include  all  such  ditches 
within  the  right  of  way,  the  center  lines  of  which  are  parallel  to  the  center 
line  of  the  proposed  roadway.  Off-take  ditches  shall  include  all  other  such 
ditches.  When  machine  ditching  is  performed  no  payments  will  be  made 
for  units  of  work  outside  the  prescribed  slopes  and  dimensions  of  the  ditches 
as  staked. 

Materials  excavated  from  side  ditches  shall  all  be  distributed  uniformly 
between  the  slope  stakes.  Any  roots,  grubs,  submerged  logs  and  stumps 
encountered  in  ditching  subsequent  to  grubbing,  shall  be  neatly  piled  and 
burned  as  directed  by  the  Engineer.  Materials  excavated  from  off-take 
ditches  shall  be  cast  to  either  or  both  sides  of  the  ditch  as  directed  by  the 
Engineer.  On  off-take  ditches  a  berm  of  four  (4)  feet  shall  be  left  between  the 
toe  of  the  spoil  bank  and  the  edge  of  the  ditch.  Sufficient  openings  must 
be  provided  in  spoil  banks  to  allow  free  ingress  of  water  from  adjacent  lands. 


Hand  ditching  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  cubic  yard, 
measured  in  excavation,  for  all  material  excavated,  which  price  will  include 
all  tools,  equipment,  labor  and  work  incidental  to  the  construction  of  said 
ditches  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications. 


TILE  DRAINS 


Tile  drains  shall  consist  of  clay  or  cement  concrete  drain  tile  of 
the  diameter  specified,  laid  in  a  trench  having  a  bottom  width  of  three  (3) 
inches  in  excess  of  the  diameter  of  the  tile  used,  in  accordance  with  the 
plans  and  in  conformity  with  these  specifications. 


Tile  used  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  the  American  Society  of  Test¬ 
ing  Materials  as  outlined  for  “Farm  drain  tile.”  Tile  shall  be  tested 
according  to  the  methods  given  in  these  standard  specifications,  beginning 
with  Page  526  of  the  specifications  adopted  in  1918. 


Trench  shall  be  excavated  to  such  a  depth  as  is  required  to  permit  the 
pipe  to  be  laid  on  a  firm  bed  to  the  grade  desired.  When  loose  running 
sand  is  encountered  the  joints  shall  be  wrapped  with  burlap  or  strips  of  tar 
paper.  If  rock,  shale,  hard  pan  or  other  very  hard  material  is  encountered 
the  pipe  shall  be  carefully  bedded  with  loam  or  clay  to  hold  the  pipe  true  to 


S2-14 

Special  Plowing 
and 

Excavation 


S2-15 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S2-16 

Description 


S2-17 

Construction 

Methods 


S2-18 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S2-19 

Description 


S2-20 

Tile 


S2-21 

Construction 

Methods 


5 


grade  and  alignment.  The  ends  of  the  pipe  shall  be  laid  together  as  closely 
as  possible,  and  in  no  case  shall  cracks  of  more  than  one-fourth  Q4)  inch 
be  laid.  Where  this  is  impossible  the  cracks  shall  be  well  covered  with  a 
piece  of  broken  pipe.  Lateral  connections  of  the  drain  shall  be  made  with 
special  connections  as  required.  The  pipe  in  the  trench  shall  be  inspected 
and  approved  by  the  Engineer  at  frequent  intervals,  after  which  they  shall 
be  promptly  covered  with  approximately  six  (6)  inches  of  clay,  black  dirt, 
or  porous  material  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Engineer.  Under  no  conditions 
shall  sand  or  boulders  be  placed  directly  on  the  pipe.  After  the  drains  have 
been  blinded  the  trench  shall  be  entirely  back-filled  with  all  material  ex¬ 
cavated  therefrom,  unless  a  porous  material  is  being  used  for  filling  the 
trench  as  herein  specified.  In  such  case  the  material  removed  in  excavating 
the  trench  shall  be  disposed  of  as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 

All  tile  outlets  shall  be  protected  with  a  concrete  headwall  constructed 
in  accordance  with  the  standard  tile  drain  headwall  plan  shown  on  the  sheet 
of  miscellaneous  standards. 


S2-22 
Basis  of 
Payment 


This  work  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for 
tile  drain  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  materials  (except 
porous  backfill  material  and  headwall  materials),  equipment,  tools,  labor, 
and  work  incidental  thereto,  also  all  excavation,  filling  of  the  trench,  and 
disposal  of  the  surplus  material. 


S2-23 
Basis  of 
Payment  Tile 
Outlet 
Headwalls 

S2-24 
Furnishing 
Porous  Back¬ 
fill  Material 


Such  headwalls  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  headwall 
complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  materials,  equipment,  tools, 
labor,  and  work  incidental  to  the  construction  of  such  headwalls. 

The  price  bid  per  cubic  yard  for  furnishing  porous  materials  shall  include 
all  charges  for  material,  freight,  and  haulage  necessary  to  furnish  the  material 
at  the  roadside  as  near  as  possible  to  the  point  where  it  is  to  be  used. 


STONE  DRAINS 


S2-26 

Description 


S2-26 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S2-27 

Description 


S2-28 

Stone 


Stone  drains  shall  consist  of  field  stone  laid  in  the  trench  having  a  bottom 
width  of  twelve  (12)  inches  and  filled  with  three  (3)  to  eight  (8)  inch  field 
stone,  the  larger  stone  being  placed  on  the  bottom.  The  trench  shall  be 
excavated  to  such  depth  as  is  required  to  permit  proper  drainage  of  the 
roadbed,  and  it  shall  be  brought  to  a  satisfactory  outlet. 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for 
stone  drain  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  equipment,  tools, 
labor  and  work  incidental  thereto,  also  all  excavation,  filling  of  the  trench 
and  disposal  of  the  surplus  material.  Material  for  stone  drains  shall  be  ob¬ 
tained  by  the  Contractor  from  the  road  right-of-way  if  suitable  material  is 
available  within  one-half  (J/0  mile  of  the  point  at  which  the  stone  drain  is 
to  be  constructed.  If  suitable  material  is  mot  available  within  one-half  (j/Q 
mile  haul  the  Contractor  shall  be  furnished  with  material  by  the  party 
of  the  first  part,  and  he  shall  be  paid  a  bid  price  per  cubic  yard  mile  for  haul¬ 
ing  the  stone  drain  material  any  distance  in  excess  of  one-half  i}/i)  mile. 

RIP-RAP 

Rip-rap  shall  be  composed  of  approved  stone  laid  on  side  slopes  or  shoulders 
in  the  places  indicated  on  the  plans  or  where  directed,  in  accordance  with 
these  specifications. 

This  stone  shall  be  sound  “one  man  stone”  of  approved  quality  not  less 
than  one-fifth  Q-)  of  a  cubic  foot  in  volume,  and  not  less  than  three  (3) 
inches  thick. 


6 


Slopes  where  rip-rap  is  used  shall  be  no  steeper  than  the  angle  of  repose 
of  the  embankment  material  unless  otherwise  indicated  or  directed.  The 
stone  shall  be  bedded  one  against  the  other  in  layers  perpendicular  to  the 
face  of  the  embankment  slope.  The  bottom  layer  of  the  rip-rap  shall  be 
embedded  in  the  natural  earth  at  the  toe  of  the  embankment  slope  not  less 
than  one  (1)  foot.  Rip-rap  shall  have  an  average  thickness  of  one  (1)  foot, 
but  not  less  than  eight-tenths  (0.8)  of  a  foot  at  any  point.  The  spaces  be¬ 
tween  the  larger  stone  shall  be  filled  with  spalls  of  suitable  size,  and  all  spalls 
shall  be  rammed  thoroughly  into  place.  The  finished  surface  of  the  rip-rap 
shall  present  an  even,  tight  surface,  true  to  lines,  grades  and  sections  given. 

This  work  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  cubic  yard  for 
rip-rap  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  necessary  hauling  and 
placing  material,  dressing  of  slopes,  furnishing  of  equipment,  tools  and 
labor  incidental  thereto.  Material  for  rip-rap  shall  be  obtained  by  the 
Contractor  from  the  road  right-of-way  if  suitable  material  is  available  within 
one-half  (}/0  mile  of  the  point  at  which  the  rip-rap  is  to  be  placed.  If  suit¬ 
able  material  is  not  available  within  one-half  (J4)  mile  haul  the  Contractor 
shall  be  furnished  with  material  by  the  party  of  the  first  part  and  he  shall 
be  paid  a  bid  price  per  cubic  yard  mile  for  hauling  the  rip-rap  material  any 
distance  in  excess  of  one-half  (J/Q  mile.  In  computing  the  quantities  of 
rip-rap  twenty-seven  (27)  square  feet  of  rip-rap  in  place  shall  be  considered 
as  one  cubic  yard. 


S2-29 

Construction 

Methods 


S2-30 
Basis  of 
Payment 


INSTALLATION  OF  PORTABLE  CULVERTS 


Installation  of  portable  culverts  shall  consist  of  the  unloading  of  the 
same  from  cars  at  the  railway  siding,  their  transportation  therefrom  to  the 
proposed  culvert  location  and  their  complete  installation  on  a  firm  bed 
true  to  line  and  grade  in  accordance  with  these  specifications. 

Where  the  culvert  is  to  be  laid  below  the  grade  line,  a  trench  shall  be 
excavated  to  the  required  depth,  and  the  bottom  of  -the  trench  shall  be 
shaped  to  conform  to  the  bottom  of  the  culvert.  The  trench,  as  formed,  shall 
afford  a  uniformly  firm  bed  for  the  culvert  throughout  its  entire  length. 
Excavation  for  the  culvert  shall  include  the  removal  of  any  old  culvert  in 
place,  in  case  such  old  culvert  is  located  within  the  limits  of  the  excavation 
required  for  the  new  culvert,  provided,  however,  that  the  removal  of  con¬ 
crete  or  masonry  box  culverts  shall  not  be  so  included. 

In  the  case  of  such  culverts,  also  other  culverts  which  must  be  removed  but 
which  are  not  replaced  by  new  culverts,  their  removal  shall  be  paid  for 
upon  a  contract  unit  price  or  as  provided  under  Section  1-32  for  unclassified 
work. 

Any  soft  yielding  material  encountered,  which  extends  below  the  grade 
of  the  new  culverts,  shall  be  removed  and  replaced  with  other  suitable  ma¬ 
terial,  which  shall  be  tamped  thoroughly  in  place.  Where  the  culvert  is 
not  laid  in  a  trench,  a  uniformly  firm  bed  shall  be  prepared  of  suitable  ma¬ 
terial,  and  this  shall  be  shaped  to  conform  to  the  bottom  of  the  culvert,  and 
shall  afford  a  uniformly  firm  bed  for  the  culvert  throughout  its  entire  length. 
The  cost  of  such  work  shall  be  paid  for  as  unclassified  work  in  accordance 
with  provisions  of  paragraph  Sl-32. 

Culverts  shall  be  laid  carefully,  hubs  upgrade,  spigot  ends  fully  entered 
into  the  adjacent  hub,  and  true  to  lines  and  grades  given.  The  joints  of  the 
pipe  shall  be  filled  with  an  approved  bituminous  joint  compound  or  with 
cement  mortar  composed  of  one  (1)  part  cement  and  two  (2)  parts  sand. 
Care  shall  be  taken  to  prevent  the  protrusion  of  mortar  into  the  inside  of 
pipe  in  such  a  manner  as  to  obstruct  the  flow  of  water. 


S2-31 

Description 


S2-32 

Excavation 

and 

Preparation 
of  Bed  for 
Culverts 


S2-33 

Laying 

Culverts 


7 


S2-34 

Refilling 

Around 

Culverts 

S2-35 

Relaying  Old 
Culverts 

S2-36 
Basis  of 
Payments 


S2-37 

Descript;on 
and  Basis 
of  Payment 


When  corrugated  metal  culverts  are  joined  on  the  work,  the  ends  shall 
be  butted  together  and  the  sections  joined  with  a  band  made  of  the  same 
material  as  the  culvert,  which  shall  be  eight  (8)  inches  wide  for  culverts 
up  to  thirty  (30)  inches  in  diameter  and  eleven  (11)  inches  wide  for  larger 
sizes.  Such  bands  shall  be  connected  at  the  ends  by  angles  or  straps  having 
a  cross  section  equal  to  one  (1)  inch  by  one-quarter  (%)  inch  and  fastened 
by  bolts  not  less  than  one-half  (}/i)  inch  in  diameter.  All  such  connections 
shall  be  made  of  galvanized  or  otherwise  suitably  protected  iron. 

Any  pipe  which  is  not  laid  in  true  alignment  shall  be  taken  up  and  relaid 
without  extra  compensation,  but  pipe  which  is  not  in  true  alignment  due  to 
settlement  shall  be  relaid  by  the  Contractor  as  unclassified  work  and  paid 
for  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  paragraph  Sl-32. 

The  filling  around  the  pipe  shall  be  made  in  layers  with  approved  material 
free  from  rock,  and  each  layer  shall  be  tamped  thoroughly  around  and  over 
the  culvert. 

Where  indicated  or  directed,  old  culverts  shall  be  carefully  removed  and 
installed  in  a  new  location  in  the  manner  specified  for  installing  new  culverts. 

The  installation  of  sectional  concrete  or  cast  iron  culverts  will  be  paid 
for  under  the  two  following  items : 

(a)  The  contract  unit  price  per  ton  mile  for  hauling  these  culverts  will 
include  all  equipment,  labor  and  work  incidental  to  the  delivery  of  the  cul¬ 
vert  material  from  the  cars  to  the  culvert  site.  The  number  of  ton  miles 
shall  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  length  of  haul  in  miles  and  fractions 
thereof  by  the  weight  of  the  culvert  in  tons  and  fractions  thereof. 

(b)  The  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for  placing  sectional  concrete 
or  cast  iron  culverts  shall  include  the  furnishing  of  all  equipment,  labor  and 
work  incidental  to  the  excavation  for  and  the  forming  of  the  bed  for  the 
culvert,  the  laying  of  the  culvert  and  refilling  around  the  culvert  in  accord¬ 
ance  with  the  plans  and  specifications. 

The  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for  installing  corrugated  metal 
culverts  shall  include  the  furnishing  of  all  equipment,  labor  and  work  in¬ 
cidental  to  the  delivery  of  the  culvert  material  from  the  cars  to  the  culvert 
site,  the  excavation  for  and  forming  of  the  bed  for  the  culvert,  the  laying 
of  the  culvert  and  refilling  around  the  culvert,  in  accordance  with  the  plans 
and  specifications. 

The  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for  installing  corrugated  metal 
culverts  shall  apply  to  the  installation  of  such  culverts  as  are  required  by 
the  plans  to  be  relaid  after  being  removed  from  the  bed. 


CONCRETE  END  WALLS 
(Plan  P.  2.) 

When  directed  by  the  Engineer  end  walls  shall  be  installed  in  accord¬ 
ance  with  Plan  P.  2,  payment  for  which  will  be  made  at  a  contracted  unit 
cost  per  cubic  yard  for  concrete  in  place. 

The  contract  price  per  cubic  yard  shall  include  necessary  excavation 
and  the  furnishing  of  materials,  equipment,  labor  and  work  incidental  to 
construction  in  accordance  with  plans. 

The  party  of  the  first  part  reserves  the  right  to  increase  the  length  of  any 
or  all  culverts  in  lieu  of  constructing  end  walls,  or  may  substitute  rip-rap 
end  walls  as  hereinafter  specified. 


GRAVEL  SURFACING 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  Three. 


Gravelling  shall  include  all  surfacing  with  gravelly  material. 

The  gravel  shall  be  composed  of  fragments  of  hard  durable  rock  of  high 
resistance  to  abrasion  together  with  sand,  clay  or  other  binding  material.  It 
shall  be  free  from  thin  or  elongated  pieces  and  shall  be  well  graded  from 
coarse  to  fine. 

The  gravel  when  tested  by  means  of  laboratory  screens  shall  meet  the 
following  requirements: 

Passing  a  one  and  one-half  (134)  inch  screen  not  less  than  100%. 

Total  retained  on  a  one-fourth  ()4)  inch  screen  not  less  than  25%  nor 

more  than  65%. 

The  cross  sections  of  the  roadway  shall  be  as  shown  on  the  standard 
cross  section  accompanying  the  plans.  Gravelling  upon  a  wet,  muddy 
roadway  will  not  be  permitted.  The  party  of  the  first  part  shall  shape  the 
roadway  to  the  cross  section  above  mentioned  before  gravel  is  placed  thereon. 
Thereafter  the  Contractor  shall  keep  it  dressed  to  the  specified  cross  section 
and  free  from  ruts,  waves  and  undulations,  as  a  part  of  his  contract. 

Loading  from  pits  shall  be  performed  in  such  a  manner  and  by  such 
method,  that  a  uniform  grade  of  materials  will  be  delivered  upon  the  road. 
When  the  gravel  deposit  contains  stone  exceeding  one  and  one-half  (1)4) 
inch  in  size  all  materials  must  be  screened.  Screening  shall  be  performed 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  material  as  delivered  to  the  trucks  or  wagons  shall 
be  uniformly  graded  from  coarse  to  fine. 

If  “grizzlies”  are  used  for  screening  the  spaces  between  the  grizzly  bars 
shall  be  not  more  than  one  (1)  inch  in  width.  Openings  in  screens  used  shall 
be  not  larger  than  one  and  one-half  (1)4)  inches  in  diameter. 

No  earth,  sod  or  any  foreign  or  vegetable  matter,  nor  any  excess  of  sand 
or  clay,  will  be  allowed  in  the  gravel,  and  care  must  be  taken  that  strippings 
be  not  mixed  with  the  gravel.  Any  loads  taken  to  the  work  containing  such 
objectionable  materials  will  be  rejected. 

If  the  amount  of  over-size  material  is  excessive  the  Contractor  may 
crush  the  over-size  and  use  it  for  surfacing,  providing  the  material  is  crushed 
to  the  size  specified,  is  uniformly  mixed  with  the  uncrushed  material,  and 
the  resulting  mixture  of  crushed  and  uncrushed  gravel  meets  the  grading 
requirements  for  material. 

The  material  shall  be  deposited  in  a  uniform  ridge  on  the  center  line  of 
the  road  and  shall  be  spread  immediately  upon  the  sub-grade  to  a  uniform 
section  by  the  party  of  the  first  part. 

In  case  it  is  not  practical  with  the  hauling  equipment  used,  to  dump 
the  material  in  a  uinform  ridge  the  cost  of  distributing  it  longitudinally  along 
the  road  shall  be  borne  by  the  Contractors. 

The  surfacing  material  shall  be  shaped  while  being  compacted  under 
travel  by  the  use  of  a  blade  grader,  tooth  harrow,  planer  or  other  suitable 
means.  Ruts  formed  by  the  hauling  or  by  travel  shall  be  dragged  full  at 
least  once  each  day  and  more  frequently  if  necessary  to  prevent  cutting 
through  the  surfacing  material  into  the  subgrade.  Holes,  waves  and  un¬ 
dulations,  which  develop  and  are  not  filled  by  planing  shall  be  filled  by 
adding  more  material  according  to  the  direction  of  the  Engineer.  The 
shaping  of  the  material  shall  be  performed  according  to  the  direction  of  the 
Engineer  and  shall  be  continued  until  the  material  is  well  compacted,  free 
from  ruts,  waves  and  undulations  and  is  made  to  conform  to  the  cross  sec¬ 
tion  indicated  on  the  standard  above  mentioned. 


S3-1 

Description 

S3-2 

Material 


S3-3 

Subgrade 


S3-4 

Loading 

and 

Hauling 


S3-5 

Dumping 

and 

Spreading 


S3-6 

Shaping 

and 

Compacting 


S3-7 

Measurement 

and 

Minimum 

Quantity 


S3-8 
Basis  of 
Payment 


The  Contractor  shall  furnish  sufficient  force  and  equipment  to  deliver 
not  less  than  100  cubic  yards  of  material  per  day.  Gravel  will  be  measured 
in  the  wagon  boxes  as  delivered  on  the  work,  by  an  Inspector  in  the  employ 
of  the  party  of  the  first  part.  In  case  the  Contractor  fails  to  deliver  the 
minimum  amount  specified,  there  shall  be  deducted  from  any  payments 
due  the  Contractor,  or  afterward  becoming  due,  the  sum  of  four  (4)  cents 
per  cubic  yard  for  each  cubic  yard  less  than  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  yards 
delivered  each  working  day  to  compensate  the  party  of  the  first  part  for 
the  extra  expense  incurred  in  keeping  a  checker  upon  the  work.  This  pro¬ 
vision  shall  not  apply  when  the  Contractor  is  obliged,  under  instructions, 
to  use  his  force  on  shaping  or  other  work  which  breaks  up  his  hauling  or¬ 
ganization.  The  Inspector  will  also  act  as  timekeeper  for  the  party  of  the 
first  part,  and  will  determine  and  record  the  nature  and  amount  of  the  force 
account  work  done  by  the  Contractor,  in  spreading,  shaping  and  compacting. 

(a)  The  necessary  stripping  of  gravel  pits  will  be  paid  for  by  the  cubic 
yard  measured  in  excavation.  Stripping  materials  shall  be  disposed  of  as 
directed  by  the  Engineer,  the  free  haul  not  to  exceed  two  hundred  (200) 
feet.  Overhaul  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  rate  of  two  (2)  cents  per  cubic  yard 
for  each  additional  one  hundred  (100)  feet. 

(b)  All  surfacing  material  will  be  furnished  free  to  the  Contractor  by 
the  party  of  the  first  part  in  the  pit  or  stock  pile,  or  F.  O.  B.,  cars  at  the 
nearest  railway  siding.  When  it  becomes  necessary  to  deliver  material  by 
rail  and  delivery  in  this  manner  is  not  provided  for  in  the  plans,  the  neces¬ 
sary  unloading  from  cars  to  the  stock  pile  shall  be  paid  for  as  specified  under 
Section  (1-32)  of  these  specifications.  Loading  from  stock  pile  or  from  cars 
direct  to  hauling  equipment  shall  be  included  under  the  contract  price  bid. 

The  right  is  reserved  to  change  gravel  pits  from  those  shown  on  the 
approved  plans,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Sections  (1-30)  and  (1-31)  of 
these  Specifications. 

(c)  Prices  submitted  in  the  proposal  and  contract  for  loading  and 
hauling  shall  cover  the  furnishing  of  all  labor  and  equipment  necessary  to 
load  the  material  as  furnished  by  the  party  of  the  first  part  and  deposit  it 
upon  the  road  in  the  manner  specified.  Payment  will  be  made  in  the  follow¬ 
ing  manner  for  screening,  loading  and  hauling:  screening  if  required  at  the 
bid  price  per  cubic  yard,  which  price  shall  be  figured  on  the  basis  of  the 
screened  material  placed  on  the  road,  and  the  bid  price  shall  include  the 
disposal  of  the  rejected  material,  and  overhaul  paid  on  same  basis  as  strip¬ 
ping;  hauling  0  to  Yi  mile  at  the  bid  price  per  cubic  yard;  hauling  %  to  1 
mile  at  the  bid  price  per  cubic  yard;  hauling  beyond  the  1  mile  point  at  the 
bid  price  per  cubic  yard  mile,  and  the  number  of  cubic  yard  miles  being 
determined  by  multiplying  the  number  of  yards  hauled  beyond  the  mile  point 
by  the  average  haul  of  that  material. 

(d)  Unless  otherwise  specified,  the  prices  bid  for  loading  and  hauling 
shall  include  the  building  and  rebuilding  or  maintenance  which  the  Con¬ 
tractor  considers  necessary  of  the  route  over  which  the  gravel  is  hauled. 
The  right-of-way  necessary  for  hauling  from  the  pit  to  the  road  will  be  fur¬ 
nished  by  the  party  of  the  first  part. 

(e)  The  Contractor  shall  submit  in  the  proposal,  unit  prices  per  hour 
at  which  he  will  furnish  men,' or  men  and  teams,  properly  equipped  to  handle 
the  spreading,  shaping  and  compacting  as  specified,  and  as  directed  by  the 
Engineer,  which  price  shall  include  all  profit,  superintendency,  use  of  tools 
and  equipment.  The  right  is  reserved  by  the  party  of  the  first  part  to  reject 
the  proposal  on  this  item  without  invalidating  the  proposal  as  a  whole.  In 
rejecting  any  such  proposal  the  party  of  the  first  part  agrees  to  do  the  work 
by  day  labor  under  the  direction  of  the  Engineer. 


♦ 


2 


Minnesota  Stand atd  Specifications 
Section  Four. 


GENERAL  CLAUSES  FOR  ALL  PAVEMENTS 


FINE  GRADING 

Fine  grading  shall  include  all  excavation  and  embankment  which  may 
be  necessary  to  bring  the  sub-grade  to  the  required  grade,  alignment  and 
cross  section. 

The  subgrade  will  be  considered  as  that  portion  of  the  road  upon  which 
the  pavement  is  to  be  placed  after  it  has  been  graded  in  accordance  with 
Sec.  2  of  these  specifications  or  in  its  existing  condition  at  the  time  the  con¬ 
tract  is  awarded  in  case  no  other  contract  is  let  for  the  grading  under  Sec. 
2  of  these  specifications. 

All  suitable  materials  removed  from  the  excavation  in  fine  grading  shall 
be  used  as  far  as  practical  in  the  formation  of  the  embankment,  as  may  be 
required.  Such  material  as  is  not  used  in  making  the  embankments  shall 
be  deposited  on  the  shoulders.  When  the  amount  of  the  embankment  ex¬ 
ceeds  the  amount  of  the  material  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  excavation 
suitable  material  shall  be  obtained  by  the  Contractor  from  borrow  pits 
located  beyond  the  limits  of  the  shoulders  or  embankment  slopes.  Materials 
shall  be  excavated  from  such  borrow  pits  in  such  a  manner  as  will  leave  the 
pits  in  condition  to  drain  completely,  and  will  leave  the  ditch  section  and 
back  slopes  of  the  cuts  with  a  neat  and  uniform  appearance. 

The  subgrade  shall  be  constructed  so  as  to  have,  as  nearly  as  practical, 
a  uniform  density  throughout  its  entire  width.  It  shall  be  brought  to  the 
proper  alignment,  cross  section,  and  to  such  elevation  that  the  finished 
subgrade  will  be  true  to  the  grades  given.  Wherever  the  subgrade,  before 
being  fine  graded  for  the  paving,  contains  a  crown,  the  material, 
within  the  limits  of  the  paved  roadway,  shall  be  sacrificed  to  a  depth  equal 
to  the  amount  of  the  crown  on  the  subgrade  within  the  limits  of  the  proposed 
pavement.  The  loosened  material  shall  then  be  spread  and  compacted  either 
by  hand  tamping  or  rolling,  so  as  to  bring  all  the  material  within  such  limits 
to  uniform  density.  When  required  by  special  provision  on  the  proposal 
form,  a  self-propelled  roller  shall  be  used  in  connection  with  the  above  opera¬ 
tion  in  accordance  with  the  direction  of  the  Engineer. 

All  depressions  developing  under  traffic  on  the  subgrade  or  in  connec¬ 
tion  with  rolling  shall  be  filled  with  suitable  material,  and  if  rolling  is  required, 
it  shall  be  continued  until  the  subgrade  is  uniformly  compacted,  properly 
shaped,  and  true  to  grade  and  alignment.  It  is  not  intended  that  the  roll¬ 
ing  shall  be  continued  beyond  this  point,  as  the  purpose  of  the  rolling  is 
not  to  produce  a  sub  grade  which  can  not  be  further  compacted,  but  to  pro¬ 
duce  a  uniformly  compacted  subgrade. 

After  being  prepared  in  the  above  manner,  the  subgrade  shall  be  so 
maintained  until  the  surfacing  material  is  in  place.  No  surfacing  shall  be 
placed,  on  any  portion  of  the  road,  until  the  subgrade  for  that  portion  has 
been  prepared,  as  herein  described. 

There  shall  not  be  left  on  the  subgrade  or  shoulders  berms  of  earth  or 
other  material  that  would  interfere  with  the  immediate  discharge  of  water 
from  the  subgrade  to  the  side  ditches,  and  the  subgrade  shall  be  maintained 
free  from  ruts,  so  that  it  will  drain  properly. 

All  hauling  over  the  subgrade  shall  be  distributed,  so  as  to  leave  the 
subgrade  in  a  uniformly  compacted  condition. 

The  subgrade  shall  be  tested  by  the  use  of  an  approved  scratch  templet 
resting  on  the  side  forms,  having  the  scratch  points  spaced  eight  (8)  inches 
apart  to  the  exact  elevation  and  cross  section  for  the  subgrade.  The  templet 


S4-1 

Definition 


S4-2 

Subgrade 


S4-3 

Construction 

Methods 


S4-4 

Preparation 

and 

Maintenance 

of 

Subgrade 


S4-5 

Checking 

the 

Subgrade 


S4-6 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S4-7 

Cement 


S4-8 

Water 


shall  be  drawn  along  the  forms  in  a  perpendicular  position,  and  any  high 
places  in  the  subgrade  indicated  thereby  shall  be  removed.  Any  low  places 
that  are  back  filled  shall  be  rolled  or  hand  tamped  until  smooth  and  firm. 
The  subgrade  shall  be  checked  and  completed  in  accordance  with  the  above 
requirements  not  less  than  one  hundred  (100)  feet  in  advance  of  the  concrete. 

If  hauling  over  the  subgrade  after  it  has  been  finished  and  checked  as 
above  specified,  results  in  ruts  or  other  objectionable  irregularities,  the  Con¬ 
tractor  shall  re-roll  or  hand  tamp  the  subgrade  and  place  it  in  a  smooth  and 
satisfactory  condition  before  the  materials  are  deposited  upon  it. 

If  the  condition  of  the  subgrade  is  such  that  it  can  not  be  placed  in  satis¬ 
factory  condition  to  receive  the  concrete  by  the  above  methods,  the  Con¬ 
tractor  shall  provide  and  haul  over  wooden  tracks  or  use  other  satisfactory 
means  for  protection  of  the  subgrade. 

The  price  bid  per  square  yard  for  base  in  the  case  of  all  pavements  laid 
in  more  than  one  course,  or  for  the  pavement  in  the  case  of  pavements  con¬ 
structed  in  one  course,  shall  include  all  fine  grading  where  such  work  does 
not  exceed  ten  (10)  cubic  yards  of  excavation  and  embankment  per  one- 
hundred  (100)  foot  station  of  pavement  eighteen  (18)  feet  in  width. 

In  calculating  the  quantity  of  excavation  and  embankment  for  payment 
of  fine  grading,  stations  of  one-hundred  (100)  feet  in  length  having  ten  (10) 
cubic  yards  or  less  of  excavation  and  embankment  shall  be  omitted  from 
further  consideration.  Where  the  excavation  and  embankment  per  one 
hundred  (100)  foot  station  exceeds  ten  (10)  cubic  yards,  only  the  excess 
yardage  over  and  above  the  specified  ten  (10)  cubic  yards  shall  be  consid¬ 
ered  the  pay  quantity. 

The  quantity  of  fine  grading  excavation  and  embankment  shall  be  cal¬ 
culated  from  cross  section  readings,  taken  by  the  engineer  transversely  on 
the  road,  at  intervals  of  twenty-five  (25)  feet,  measured  along  the  center 
line.  These  readings  shall  be  taken  at  the  time  the  stakes  are  set  for  the 
fine  grading,  and  hub  stakes  shall  be  provided  on  each  side  of  the  road  at 
these  25  foot  intervals  which  shall  be  set  for  the  grading  and  for  the  side 
forms.  The  fine  grading  excavation  and  embankment  shall  be  determined 
and  calculated  over  a  width  equal  to  the  width  of  the  pavement  plus  two 
(2)  feet. 

Where  the  pavement  is  of  greater  width  than  eighteen  (18)  feet,  the 
amount  of  excavation  and  embankment  per  100  foot  station  to  be  included 
in  the  bid  price  per  square  yard  for  pavement  shall  be  increased  five  (5) 
per  cent  for  each  additional  foot  of  width  of  pavement. 

Payment  for  fine  grading  will  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  calculated  quan¬ 
tities  of  excavation  and  embankment,  regardless  of  whether  or  not  materials 
obtained  from  the  excavation  required  in  fine  grading  are  used  for  the  em¬ 
bankment.  No  payment  will  be  allowed  for  borrow  excavation. 

The  contract  unit  price  per  cubic  yard  for  fine  grading  excavation  and 
embankment  determined  by  the  above  described  method,  shall  include  all 
of  the  foregoing  work,  and  the  furnishing  of  all  equipment,  tools,  and  labor 
incidental  thereto. 

MATERIALS 

The  cement  shall  be  a  standard  Portland  cement  and  shall  conform  to 
Standard  Specifications  C9-17  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 
The  cement  shall  be  shipped  in  carload  lots,  and  shall  not  be  used  until  ap¬ 
proved  by  the  Engineer.  Approval  can  ordinarily  be  given  within  thirty- 
six  (36)  hours  after  arrival,  if  the  cement  passes  the  specifications  for  fine¬ 
ness,  soundness  and  time  of  setting.  Care  must  be  experienced  in  the  storing 
and  protection  of  the  cement  on  the  work.  Any  cement  damaged  by  moist¬ 
ure  or  which  fails  to  meet  any  of  the  above  requirements  shall  be  rejected. 

Water  used  in  concrete  or  in  grout  filler  shall  be  clean  and  free  from 
oil,  acid,  alkali  or  vegetable  matter.  Before  installing  his  water  supply 
equipment,  the  Contractor  shall  secure  the  Engineer’s  approval  of  the  source 

2 


of  water  supply  which  he  proposes  to  use.  If  at  any  time  the  water  from 
this  source  should  become  of  unsatisfactory  quality  or  insufficient  quantity, 
the  Engineer  may  require  the  Contractor  to  provide  water  from  some  other 
source. 

Prior  to  the  placing  of  any  orders  for  any  materials  the  Contractor  shall 
notify  the  State  Plighway  Department  of  the  proposed  source  of  supply  of 
such  material.  If  so  directed  the  Contractor  shall  send  to  the  State  High¬ 
way  Department  prior  to  placing  an  order  for  shipment,  samples  of  coarse 
and  fine  aggregates,  the  sand  for  the  mortar  bed  and  grout  filler,  the  brick, 
the  bituminous  filler,  and  of  other  materials  which  he  proposes  to  use.  All 
samples  shall  be  plainly  labeled  with  the  name  of  the  Contractor,  the  name 
of  the  person  or  company  furnishing  the  material,  and  the  purpose  for  which 
each  material  is  to  be  used.  All  transportation  charges  on  materials  sent 
must  be  prepaid.  The  samples  of  fine  aggregate  and  of  sand  for  mortar 
bed  and  grout  filler  shall  weigh  about  20  pounds,  and  be  shipped  in  tight 
containers.  When  crushed  stone  is  used  for  the  coarse  aggregate  the  sam¬ 
ple  shall  consist  of  about  30  pounds  of  one  and  one-half  (1)4)  to  two  and 
one-half  (2)4)  inch  pieces,  and  of  about  10  pounds  of  material  of  the  size 
required  for  the  concrete.  One  large  sample  of  stone  measuring  approxi¬ 
mately  six  (6)  inches  long,  and  four  (4)  inches  wide,  and  two  (2)  inches 
thick  shall  also  be  submitted. 

Each  sample  of  brick  shall  consist  of  twelve  (12)  of  the  average  bricks, 
shipped  in  strong  boxes  and  tightly  packed.  When  the  shipment  of  bricks 
is  large  and  when  the  bricks  in  the  lot  are  not  uniform  in  appearance,  it  is 
generally  advisable  to  submit  more  than  one  sample. 

Each  sample  of  bituminous  filler  shall  consist  of  about  one  pound. 

The  Department  expects  to  make  tests  of  such  samples  of  material  prompt¬ 
ly  upon  receipt  of  the  same,  and  under  ordinary  circumstances  to  report 
thereon  within  ten  (10)  days.  The  acceptance  of  these  preliminary  samples 
shall  not  be  construed  as  a  guarantee  of  acceptance  of  all  materials  from 
the  same  source,  and  it  shall  be  understood  that  all  materials  delivered  on 
the  work  and  which  do  not  meet  with  the  requirements  of  these  specifications 
will  be  rejected. 

CONSTRUCTION 

Wherever  it  is  provided  in  the  special  provisions  on  the  proposal  form 
that  rolling  shall  be  done  on  the  embankment  or  on  the  roadbed,  there  shall 
be  used  a  self-propelled  roller. 

Concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  a  batch  mixer.  No  mixer  shall  be  used  which 
requires  a  fractional  sack  of  cement  to  form  a  batch. 


S4-9 

Test  Samples 
of 

Material 


S4-10 

Roller 


S4-11 

Concrete 

Mixer 


The  side  forms  shall  consist  of  three  (3)  inch  plank  or  steel  of  equal  rigid¬ 
ity.  They  shall  be  of  a  width,  at  least  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  pave¬ 
ment  at  the  edge.  For  one  course  concrete  pavement  this  will  require  side 
forms  not  less  than  seven  and  one-half  (7)4)  inches  in  width.  They  shall 
be  straight  and  free  from  defects  which  will,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer, 
in  any  way  impair  the  quality  of  the  surface  or  general  appearance  of  the 
finished  pavement.  The  use  of  side  forms  not  meeting  the  above  require¬ 
ments  will  be  permitted  in  the  case  of  Contractors  now  owning  forms  of  less 
width  provided  the  widening  of  these  forms  and  the  means  of  supporting 
them  is  made  acceptable  to  the  Engineer. 

The  water  supply  equipment  shall  be  of  such  capacity  and  nature  as  to 
insure  at  all  times  an  ample  supply  and  a  sufficient  pressure  for  all  the  re¬ 
quirements  of  machinery,  mixing,  sprinkling  subgrade,  sprinkling  the  finished 
pavement,  and  all  other  requirements  of  the  work  hereunder.  The  pipe 
line  should  have  a  minimum  diameter  of  two  (2)  inches,  and  where  pumping 
is  required,  duplicate  pumping  equipment  should  be  provided  to  insure  against 
breakdowns. 


S4-12 

Side  Forms 


S4-13 

Water  Supply 
Equipment 


3 


S4-14 
Alignment 
and  Super¬ 
elevation 
on  Curves 


S4-15 

Expansion 

Joints 


S4-16 

Pavement  on 
Bridge  Spans 


S4-17 

Setting 

Side 

Forms 


S4-18 
Roadbed 
to  be 
Sprinkled 

S4-19 

Protection 

of 

Aggregates 


S4-20 

Measuring 

Materials 


Wherever  there  is  an  angle  in  the  alignment  of  the  road  the  pavement 
shall  be  constructed  upon  a  curve  of  the  radius  shown  on  the  plans  or  as 
staked  by  the  Engineer.  Pavements  shall  be  super-elevated  in  accordance 
with  the  approved  standards  of  the  Highway  Department,  which  require 
a  super-elevation  on  curves  of  two  (2)  degrees  or  more  where  Portland  cement 
concrete  pavement  is  being  used,  and  on  curves  of  three  (3)  degrees  or  more 
where  asphaltic  concrete  or  brick  pavements  are  being  used. 

Expansion  joints  shall  be  constructed  as  a  part  of  the  paving  whenever 
permanent  structures  are  encountered  within  or  adjoining  the  paved  area, 
and  at  each  end  of  all  bridges  except  spandrel  filled  arch  bridges.  Wher¬ 
ever  such  expansion  joints  are  required  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  and 
install  suitable  expansion  joint  material. 

All  bridges  having  concrete  floors  in  place  shall  be  surfaced  with  a  wearing 
course  of  the  thickness  shown  on  the  plans,  which  wearing  course  shall  be 
built  in  conformance  with  the  specifications  for  one  course  pavement,  unless 
an  asphaltic  or  bituminous  macadam  surface  is  being  laid  in  the  adjacent 
pavement,  in  which  case  the  wearing  surface  shall  be  of  a  corresponding 
type.  Before  placing  the  wearing  course  on  the  bridge  the  concrete  surface 
of  the  bridge  floor  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  by  first  removing  all  loose  dirt 
or  other  material  and  following  this  with  a  vigorous  brushing  with  a  wire 
broom  to  loosen  and  remove  all  laitance,  scales,  or  other  inferior  or  undesira¬ 
ble  material.  All  other  details  of  construction  for  this  wearing  course  shall 
conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  regular  paving  specifications.  The 
finishing  of  the  surface  of  the  wearing  course  may  be  done  by  hand  with  a 
wood  float  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer.  The  finishing,  however, 
shall  be  subject  to  the  same  tests  as  are  required  for  the  rest  of  the  pavement 
surface. 

The  contract  price  per  square  yard  for  the  pavement  on  which  the  con¬ 
tract  is  awarded  shall  apply  to  the  area  of  the  wearing  course  placed  on 
bridge  floors.  The  thickness  of  such  wearing  course  in  the  case  of  Portland 
concrete  cement  pavement  shall  be  3"  at  the  sides  and  4"  at  the  center  unless 
otherwise  specified. 

Where  no  curbs  are  specified  the  pavement  shall  be  constructed  be¬ 
tween  the  side  forms.  The  top  of  such  forms  shall  be  accurately  set  to  the 
elevation  and  alignment  of  the  edge  of  the  finished  pavement,  and  shall  be 
supported  and  held  securely  in  place  by  adequate  stakes  and  bracing.  After 
the  side  forms  have  been  set,  the  joints  shall  be  gone  over  with  a  straight 
edge  at  least  ten  (10)  feet  long,  and  corrected  to  the  proper  grade  and  align¬ 
ment.  The  forms  for  integral  curb,  where  same  is  specified,  shall  be  of  the 
same  general  character,  and  shall  be  set  and  checked  in  the  same  manner 
as  herein  specified.  Intermediate  and  longitudinal  forms  will  not  be  per¬ 
mitted  nor  shall  warped  or  defective  side  forms  be  used. 

The  setting  of  forms  shall  proceed  a  reasonable  distance  in  advance  of 
the  mixing  and  placing  of  the  concrete.  All  forms  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned 
and  oiled  before  concrete  is  placed  against  them. 

The  subgrade  shall  be  thoroughly  wetted  immediately  before  concrete 
is  placed,  but  it  shall  not  show  pools  of  water. 

No  portion  of  the  aggregate  will  be  allowed  in  the  concrete  that  has  been 
placed  on  the  subgrade,  or  has  become  covered  with  dust.  When  fine  and 
coarse  aggregate  have  become  merged  with  each  other  they  shall  not  be 
used,  nor  will  aggregates  be  acceptable  which  have  become  mixed  with  foreign 
matter  from  any  cause  whatsoever. 

The  method  of  measuring  the  materials  for  the  concrete,  including  water, 
shall  be  one  which  will  insure  separate  and  uniform  proportions  of  each 
of  the  materials  at  all  times,  a  suitable  mechanical  measuring  device  being 
provided.  A  sack  of  Portland  cement  (94  pounds  net)  shall  be  considered 
one  (1)  cubic  foot. 


4 


The  cross  section  to  be  used  for  each  type  of  pavement  is  shown  on  the 
plans. 

Payment  for  items  outlined  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  7  to  21  inclusive, 
shall  be  included  in  the  price  bid  for  “One  Course  Cement  Concrete  Pave¬ 
ment,”  “Concrete  Base  for  Asphaltic  Concrete  Pavement,”  and  “Concrete 
Base  for  Brick  Pavement.” 


S4-21 

Cross-Section 
of  the 
Pavement 
S4-22 
Basis  of 
Payment 


After  the  completion  of  the  pavement,  the  earth  shoulders  shall  be  built 
to  such  an  elevation  that  they  conform  to  the  elevations  and  cross  section 
shown  on  the  plans.  The  side  ditches  shall  be  cleaned  and  trimmed  true 
to  grade  and  alignment.  In  finishing  the  shoulders,  care  shall  be  taken  to 
get  the  surface  of  the  shoulders  covered  with  black  soil. 

The  material  for  the  earth  shoulders  shall  be  obtained  from  the  location 
shown  on  the  plans  or  from  such  location  as  may  be  designated  by  the  En¬ 
gineer. 

The  contract  price  per  cubic  yard  for  earth  shoulders  shall  include  all 
the  foregoing  work  and  the  furnishing  of  all  equipment,  tools,  and  labor 
incidental  thereto,  providing  excavated  material  is  not  hauled  beyond  the 
free  haul  limit  of  500  feet.  For  material  hauled  more  than  500  feet  the 
Contractor  shall  be  paid  in  addition  an  overhaul  price  per  cubic  yard  for 
such  overhaul.  The  method  of  computing  overhaul  shall  be  that  described 
under  Section  2-10. 

The  right  is  reserved  to  reject  the  proposal  on  this  item  without  in¬ 
validating  the  proposal  as  a  whole.  In  rejecting  such  proposal  the  authori¬ 
zation  is  given  the  Engineer  to  do  the  work  by  day  labor. 

No  base  course  shall  be  constructed  within  three  (3)  feet  of  the  outside 
edge  of  any  structure,  nor  adjacent  to  a  railway  track  until  it  has  been  reset 
to  the  established  line  and  grade,  nor  shall  a  concrete  pavement  be  constructed 
before  all  structures  and  railway  tracks  have  been  brought  to  line  and  grade 
in  advance  of  placing  concrete.  The  Contractor  shall  give  notice  to  the 
Engineer  when  structures  or  tracks  require  resetting  or  attention,  which 
notice  shall  be  given  at  least  forty-eight  (48)  hours  in  advance  of  the  lay¬ 
ing  of  the  base  course  or  pavement  at  these  points.  Cast  iron  manholes 
and  valve  box  frames  shall  be  set,  by  their  owners,  fully  and  firmly  on  brick 
masonry  laid  in  mortar  composed  of  one  (1)  part  Portland  cement  and  three 
(3)  parts  approved  sand.  Where  the  masonry  needs  to  be  raised  one  (1) 
inch  or  less,  cast  iron  distance  pieces  and  wedges  one-half  [}/£)  inch  by  two 
(2)  inches  by  four  (4)  inches  in  size  shall  be  inserted  in  at  least  four  (4)  equi¬ 
distant  points  and  the  remaining  voids  filled  with  mortar.  The  cast  iron 
frame  in  all  cases,  shall  be  set  evenly  upon  the  substructure.  No  chipping 
of  cast  iron  structures  will  be  permitted.  Any  structure  or  sub-structure 
damaged  by  the  Contractor  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work  shall  be 
replaced  by  him.  All  materials  and  debris  falling  into  the  interior  of  any 
structure  shall  be  removed.  Any  structure  displaced  by  the  Contractor 
after  it  has  been  reset  by  the  owners  or  lessee  shall  be  again  reset  by  the 
Contractor  without  compensation.  Railway  tracks  shall  be  brought  to  the 
established  line  or  grade  by  their  owners  or  lessee.  All  structures  and  tracks 
shall  be  checked  by  the  Engineer,  before  any  base  course  or  pavement  ma¬ 
terials  are  placed  around  or  against  them. 


S4-23 

Finishing  Earth 
Shoulders 
and  Side 
Ditches 


S4-24 

Basis  of  Pay¬ 
ment  for 
Earth 
Shoulders 


S4-25 
Resetting 
Miscellaneous 
Public  Service 
Structures, 
Etc. 


5 


' 


■  ;  v>  .  'T 

m 


' 

•  ’  •  •  •  ill,',  /  <:  :•  .  .  ! .ii  j.S  i 

-  .  •  •  st  ■  fi'iswjfc). 

M  ’  "■*  <  U  •'  *H  •  O  i»  li!!.'  - 

!  ‘  ;  ...»  T 

-•i  i>Vi  -ikr  i.  vrOrfc, 


1  ... 


.0  -0,. 


•i 

. 


*•  1  '  ^  -J  rr  .oj>  •  >it«;  '.'i/  to  .fc; 


U:  t  ■  ,  ?„  / ,  m.  (  i,  ;•  •;  ,  u  [ 

/  s  »#.  %  - 


.  .. 

' 


•  •  • 

'*«  Y«v»Ii  >1  i);v£  io$,y\f!o’  > 

■  *  •■?<*>  ?••••.  i  ifl;  /d  tr>  yttif  fad&tfdftfc') 

■■■,;  ;  .... 

.  •  :  •  ,  :  ;  ■  : 


. 

• 

* 

' 

« 

Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  Five. 


ONE  COURSE  CONCRETE  PAVEMENT 


This  pavement  shall  consist  of  a  single  course  of  Portland  cement  con-  S5-1 

Crete  constructed  in  accordance  with  these  specifications.  The  thickness  Description 

of  the  slab  shall  be  seven  and  one-half  (7J^)  inches  throughout  its  entire 
width. 

S5-2 

The  provisions  of  “General  Clauses  All  Pavements,”  Section  Four  (4)  General 

shall  apply  in  detail  to  the  construction  of  concrete  pavement  under  these  Clauses  All 

specifications.  Pavements 


Fine  aggregate  shall  be  a  natural  sand  consisting  of  particles  of  durable  S5-3 

rock.  It  shall  be  clean  within  the  limits  herein  prescribed  and  free  from  A  Fine 

organic  matter,  lumps  of  clay,  and  other  deleterious  substances. 

It  shall  be  considered  to  be  free  from  organic  impurities  if  it  shows  the 
color  corresponding  to  Figure  2  or  less  when  tested  by  the  colormetric  test 
as  outlined  in  the  proceedings  of  the  A.  S.  T.  M.,  Volume  19,  Part  1,  1919. 

Appendix  to  report  of  committee  C-9  on  concrete  and  concrete  aggregate. 

Fine  aggregate  shall  be  well  graded  from  coarse  to  fine,  and  when  tested 
by  means  of  laboratory  screens  and  sieves  shall  meet  the  following  require¬ 


ments  : 

Passing  2"  Screen . 100% 

Passing  x/±'  Screen  not  less  than .  90% 

Passing  20  mesh  sieve . 25  to  65% 

of  portion  passing  screen. 

Total  passing  50  mesh  sieve  not  more  than .  25% 

of  portion  passing  screen. 

Passing  100  mesh  sieve  not  more  than .  5% 

of  portion  passing  screen. 


Not  more  than  3%  by  weight  shall  be  removed  by  the  elutriation  test. 
The  sieve  analysis  of  the  same  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the 
A.  S.  T.  M.  standard  method,  serial  designation  D7-18  as  slightly  modified 
in  conference  of  Testing  Engineers  in  Washington,  February,  1920. 

All  materials  passing  a  2"  screen  and  retained  on  a  screen  shall  meet 
the  requirements  for  gravel. 


Mortar  in  the  proportion  of  one  (1)  part  cement  to  three  (3)  parts  by 
weight  of  sand  to  be  tested  shall  develop  a  tensile  strength  at  least  equal  to 
the  strength  of  a  similar  mortar  composed  of  the  same  cement  and  standard 
Ottawa  sand,  when  tested  at  the  age  of  seven  (7)  and  twenty-eight  (28) 
days. 

Preliminary  acceptance  samples  shall  be  subject  to  both  seven  (7)  and 
twenty-eight  (28)  day  tests  and  acceptance  based  thereupon.  Samples 
tested  during  the  progress  of  the  work  will  be  accepted  on  the  basis  of  the 
seven  (7)  day  test. 

Coarse  aggregate  shall  be  well  graded  gravel  or  crushed  stone.  It  shall 
contain  no  coal  or  other  materials  which  easily  disintegrate,  and  shall  be 
free  from  frozen  lumps,  sticks,  flat  and  elongated  pebbles  and  vegetable 
or  other  deleterious  matter.  It  shall  conform  to  the  following  mechanical 


analysis,  using  laboratory  screens: 

Passing  2%"  screen . 100% 

Passing  2"  screen  not  less  than .  85% 

Passing  1"  screen . 25  to  75% 

Passing  J4"  screen  not  more  than .  10% 

Passing  }/%'  screen  not  more  than .  3% 


It  is  further  required  that  the  coarse  aggregate  shall  be  the  uniform 
product  of  the  plant  producing  it,  consisting  of  all  the  various  sizes  of  ma¬ 
terials  within  the  grading  specification. 


S5-4 

Strength 


S5-5 

Coarse 

Aggregate 


S5-6 

Crushed 

Stone 


S5-7 

Gravel 


S6-8 

Reinforcing 

Steel 


S6-9 

Cleaning 


S5-10 

Bar 

Reinforcing 


The  screen  analysis  of  broken  stone  or  gravel  shall  be  made  in  accordance 
with  the  A.  S.  T.  M.  standard  method,  serial  designation  D18-16  as  slightly 
modified  in  conference  of  Testing  Engineers  in  Washington,  February,  1920. 

Crushed  stone  shall  be  obtained  from  clean,  tough,  durable  rock,  which 


shall  meet  the  following  requirements : 

French  coefficient  of  wear,  not  less  than . 8% 

Toughness,  not  less  than . 8% 


This  material  shall  be  free  from  dust  or  coating  and  an  excess  of  flat 
and  elongated  pieces. 

Coefficient  of  wear  and  toughness  shall  be  determined  by  the  following 
methods:  Abraison  test  for  rock  A.  S.  T.  M.  standard  method,  serial  desig¬ 
nation  D2-08  as  slightly  modified  in  conference  of  Testing  Engineers  in 
Washington,  February,  1920.  Toughness  of  rock  A.  S.  T.  M.  standard 
method,  serial  designation  D3-18. 

The  gravel  shall  be  composed  of  clean,  hard  durable  particles  of  stone 
well  graded  in  size  and  washed  free  of  clay  or  coating  of  any  character.  The 
gravel  shall  not  contain  more  than  one-half  (}/%)  of  one  (1)  per  cent  of  slate 
and  shale,  and  shall  not  contain  any  other  foreign  matter. 

The  amount  of  shale  in  gravel  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with 
the  proposed  test  of  the  conference  of  Testing  Engineers  in  Washington, 
February,  1920. 

The  gravel  shall  not  show  more  than  10%  loss  when  tested  for  abrasion 
according  to  the  method  adopted  by  the  conference  of  Testing  Engineers  in 
Washington,  February  1920. 

The  reinforcing  for  concrete  pavement  shall  consist  of  round  bars  or  of 
flat  sheets  of  steel  fabric.  These  materials  unless  otherwise  specified  shall 
be  of  structural  or  intermediate  grade  according  to  the  specifications  begin¬ 
ning  at  Page  No.  148  of  the  1918  standards  of  the  A.  S.  T.  M.,  serial  desig¬ 
nation  A15-14. 

Before  reinforcement  is  placed  in  the  concrete  it  shall  be  free  from  excess 
rust,  scale,  paint,  grease,  or  coating  of  any  character,  which  will  tend  to 
prevent  its  bond  with  the  concrete,  and  the  Contractor  shall  provide  means 
on  the  work  for  properly  cleaning  the  steel. 

Bar  reinforcing  shall  consist  of  round  steel  bars  of  five-eighths  (%)  and 
three-fourths  (%)  inches  in  diameter. 


S5-11 

Placing 

Bar 

Reinforcing 


S5-12 

Fabric 

Reinforcing 


All  reinforcing  bars  shall  be  placed  three  (3)  inches  from  the  top  of  the 
slab.  One  longitudinal  bar  %  of  an  inch  in  diameter  shall  be  placed  six 
(6)  inches  from  each  outer  edge  of  the  slab.  All  longitudinal  reinforcing 
bars  shall  have  a  lap  of  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  at  their  ends. 

Transverse  bars  of  an  inch  in  diameter  having  a  length  six  (6)  inches 
less  than  the  width  of  the  pavement  shall  be  placed  in  each  slab  six  (6)  inches 
from  each  construction  joint,  and  also  at  intervals  of  8  feet  throughout 
the  length  of  the  slab. 

Reinforcing  bars  shall  be  placed  in  the  concrete  from  the  top  or  blocked 
to  position  above  the  subgrade  in  advance  of  the  concrete. 

Fabric  reinforcing  shall  consist  of  a  welded  or  woven  mesh  or  of  an  ex¬ 
panded  metal  which  shall  not  weigh  less  than  27  pounds  per  100  square  feet. 
The  main  members  shall  be  spaced  not  more  than  six  (6)  inches  apart,  and 
the  secondary  members  shall  be  spaced  not  more  than  twelve  (12)  inches 
apart.  When  the  fabric  is  not  cut  into  flat  sheets  by  the  manufacturer, 
the  Contractor  shall  straighten  the  material  with  suitable  rolls  manufactured 
for  this  purpose,  and  shall  at  all  times  have  a  sufficient  supply  of  fabric 
cut  and  straightened  for  not  less  than  one  day’s  work. 


( 


2 


The  fabric  reinforcement  shall  be  placed  two  (2)  inches  below  and  parallel 
to  the  finished  surface,  unless  otherwise  indicated  on  the  plans  or  directed, 
with  the  main  members  laid  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line  of  the  pave¬ 
ment.  This  reinforcement  shall  extend  to  within  three  (3)  inches  of  both 
the  ends  and  the  sides  of  the  slab,  or  sections.  Adjacent  sheets  of  fabric 
shall  be  lapped  not  less  than  four  (4)  inches  when  the  lap  is  made  at  right 
angles  to  the  center  line  of  the  pavement.  When  the  sheets  are  permitted 
to  be  lapped  parallel  to  the  center  line,  the  lap  shall  be  made  not  less  than 
twelve  (12)  inches. 

The  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  (1)  part  Portland  cement,  two  (2) 
parts  fine  aggregate  and  approximately  three  and  one-half  (3j/0  parts  of 
coarse  aggregate  unless  the  machine  tamper  and  finisher  is  used,  in  which 
case  approximately  four  (4)  parts  of  coarse  aggregate  may  be  used. 

In  order  that  there  may  be  no  question  as  to  the  amount  of  cement  re¬ 
quired,  the  following  schedule  of  requirements  is  stated: 


Barrels 

Sacks  per 

per 

Square 

Cu.  Yd. 

Yard 

Cement,  Hand  Finished  Cement 

Concrete . 

1.54 

1.28 

Cement,  Machine  Finished  Cem- 

ent  Concrete . 

1.44 

1.20 

Sufficient  water  shall  be  used  in  mixing  to  produce  a  concrete  which 
will  meet  the  following  test : 

The  concrete  shall  be  filled  in  three  (3)  inch  layers  in  a  thoroughly  clean 
4"x8"xl2//  conical  frustrum  placed  on  a  level  non-absorbent  surface.  Dur¬ 
ing  the  filling  the  molds  should  be  held  down  by  the  operator  placing  his 
toes  on  the  lips  at  the  bottom  of  the  mold.  As  each  layer  of  material  is 
introduced  it  should  be  puddled  with  a  half-inch  Qzfi)  pointed  rod,  so  as  to 
arrange  the  material  without  pocketing;  tamping  should  be  avoided.  After 
the  upper  layer  has  been  placed,  the  top  should  be  struck  off  with  a  small 
trowel  and  the  mold  removed  by  slowly  pulling  it  vertically  upward.  The 
difference  in  height  of  the  mold  and  the  frustrum  shall  be  measured  as  the 
slump.  For  machine  finishing  the  slump  should  be  from  one-half  Q/Q  inch 
to  one  (1)  inch.  For  hand  finishing,  from  one-half  (%)  inch  to  one  and  one- 
half  (1  j/Q  inch.  The  forms  should  be  filled  immediately  after  mixing  and 
withdrawn  three  minutes  after  mixing  has  been  completed. 

Concrete  shall  be  mixed  with  designated  consistency  in  a  batch  con¬ 
crete  mixer  of  an  approved  type  until  the  cement  is  uniformly  distributed 
and  the  concrete  is  homogeneous  and  uniform  in  color.  Each  batch  shall 
remain  in  the  mixer  at  least  one  (1)  minute.  The  mixer  shall  be  operated 
at  the  rated  speed  recommended  by  the  manufacturers,  subject  to  the  ap¬ 
proval  of  the  Engineer,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  mixing  drum  have  a  greater 
speed  than  eighteen  (18)  revolutions  per  minute.  The  mixer  shall  be  equip¬ 
ped  with  a  timing  device.  The  time  of  mixing  shall  be  figured  from  the  be¬ 
ginning  of  the  discharge  of  the  material  from  the  skip  to  the  mixer  until 
the  beginning  of  the  discharge  of  the  concrete  from  the  mixer.  Retempering 
or  remixing  concrete  that  is  partially  hardened  will  not  be  permitted. 

The  operation  of  depositing,  spreading,  and  finishing  the  concrete  shall 
be  as  nearly  continuous  as  possible  for  the  full  width  and  thickness  of  the 
base.  When  delays  of  sufficient  length  to  permit  the  concrete  deposited 
to  attain  initial  set  are  necessary,  a  special  timber  header  shall  be  placed 
at  right  angles  and  perpendicular  to  the  road  surface  and  the  concrete 
finished  to  this  header  to  true  elevation  and  cross  section. 

The  concrete  may  be  transported  from  the  mixer  to  place  on  the  sub¬ 
grade  in  any  approved  manner  which  avoids  the  segregation  of  materials. 
Any  device  or  method  of  operation  which  tends  to  segregate  the  materials 
in  such  a  manner  that  later  operations  do  not  completely  eliminate  such 
segregation,  will  not  be  permitted. 


S5-13 

Placing 

Fabric 

Reinforcing 


S5-14 

Composition 


S5-16 

Consistency 


S5-16 

Mixing 

Concrete 


S5-17 

Placing 

Concrete 


3 


S5-18 

Machine 

Finishing 


S5-19 

Hand 

Finishing 


S5-20 

Character 

of 

Surface 


Immediately  after  the  concrete  is  deposited  upon  the  subgrade  it  shall 
be  struck  off  and^thoroughly  tamped  with  a  tamping  bar  in  accordance  with 
the  methods  described  in  S5-18  and  S5-19. 

bC;.  The^machine  shallfbej operated  in  such  a  way  that  there  will  be  just 
enough  tamping  and  no  more  than  enough  to  produce  a  compact  mass,  and 
bring  sufficient  mortar  to  the  surface  to  give  a  smooth,  regular  finish  with 
all  the  coarse  aggregate  covered.  Should  an  excess  amount  of  mortar  be 
brought^to  the  surface  with  only  a  small  amount  of  tamping,  the  Engineer 
may^instruct  the  Contractor  to  increase  the  amount  of  coarse  aggregate 
to  such  a  point  that  an  excess  of  mortar  will  not  be  obtained. 
f$f|  The  final  belting  and  tamping  of  the  slab  shall  be  performed  at  the  time 
thejg water  glazefor  sheen  has  disappeared.  The  operation  of  the  final  belt¬ 
ing  shall  be  performed  in  long  stretches. 

H>  When  machine  finishing  is  employed,  the  machine  used  shall  be  so  ar¬ 
ranged  as  to  strike  off  and  thoroughly  tamp  the  concrete  and  operate  re¬ 
peatedly  over  the  same  area  under  its  own  power.  In  striking  off,  the  strike 
board  shall  be  set  at  least  one-fourth  (34)  of  an  inch  above  the  finished 
pavement  grade,  and  in  operating  shall  push  ahead  of  it  at  least  one  (1) 
inch,  and  not  to  exceed  four  (4)  inches,  of  concrete  for  the  entire  length  of  the 
strike  board.  The  strike  board  and  tamper  on  the  machine  shall  be  cut 
according  to  the  direction  of  the  Engineer,  with  such  excess  crown  as  may 
be  necessary  to  provide  the  crown  required  by  the  approved  plans. 
jt$i§  Machines  to  serve  the  purpose  above  indicated  shall  be  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Engineer.  The  mechanical  device  or  devices  shall  be  so 
made  and  operated  as  to  leave  the  finished  slab  true  to  grade,  crown,  and 
surface,  and  absolutely  free  from  porous  places. 

Where  a  machine  finisher  is  used  the  Contractor  shall  provide  necessary 
equipment  for  hand  finishing,  both  on  normal  sections  and  on  super-elevated 
sections,  so  that  these  may  be  available  for  use  in  case  the  machine  finisher 
breaks  down. 

Where  a  mechanical  finisher  is  not  used  the  concrete  shall,  after  spread¬ 
ing,  be  thoroughly  hand  tamped  by  means  of  a  tamper  of  the  nature  of  a 
strike  board  operated  by  one  or  two  men  stationed  at  each  end  of  the  tamper 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  roadway.  The  strike  board  shall  be  made  with  a 
crown  one-fourth  (34)  inch  in  excess  of  the  crown  specified  for  the  pavement, 
and  its  lower  edge  shall  be  shod  with  a  strip  of  metal  fastened  with  counter¬ 
sunk  screws.  Hand  tamping  shall  be  vigorous  and  sufficient  to  consolidate 
the  concrete  in  such  a  manner  as  to  close  all  voids. 

After  the  concrete  has  been  struck  off  it  shall  be  rolled  with  an  approved 
metal  hand  roller  by  passing  the  roller  repeatedly  from  one  edge  of  the  pave¬ 
ment  to  the  other  in  one  operation,  until  free  water  ceases  to  come  to  the 
surface.  The  hand  roller  shall  have  a  smooth  even  surface,  and  shall  be 
six  (6)  feet  in  length  and  not  less  than  nine  (9)  nor  more  than  twelve  (12) 
inches  in  diameter.  It  shall  weigh  one  (1)  pound  per  inch  of  length,  and 
shall  be  so  equipped  with  a  five-eighths  ((4)  inch  rope  that  the  rolling  may 
be  done  by  men  standing  at  the  edges  of  the  pavement,  and  so  that  the 
pressure  of  the  roller  on  the  pavement  will  be  uniform.  In  each  successive 
transverse  rolling  the  roller  shall  be  advanced  nine  (9)  inches. 

After  rolling,  the  concrete  surface  shall  be  belted  by  moving  a  belt  along 
it  with  a  longitudinal  and  crosswise  motion.  Care  should  be  taken  so  that 
the  edges  of  the  belt  will  not  dig  into  and  mar  the  surface  of  the  concrete 
or  will  not  work  the  crown  out  of  the  pavement.  The  belt  shall  be  of  canvas 
or  rubber  not  less  than  ten  (10)  inches  in  width  and  about  two  (2)  feet  longer 
than  the  width  of  the  pavement.  After  the  water  glaze  or  sheen  has  dis¬ 
appeared  from  the  surface  of  the  concrete  the  operation  of  rolling  and  belt¬ 
ing  shall  be  repeated. 

The  surface  of  the  pavement  shall  be  tested  by  the  Inspector  with  a  ten 
foot  straight  edge,  placed  parallel  to  the  center  line  of  the  pavement.  The 
presence  of  any  depressions  in  excess  of  one-quarter  (34)  inch  in  depth  shall 
be  sufficient  grounds  for  the  rejection  of  that  portion  of  the  pavement  where 


( 


4 


said  depression  occurs,  and  of  such  additional  area  as  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Engineer  will  be  damaged  in  making  the  necessary  corrections. 

In  testing  the  surface  of  the  pavement,  successive  positions  of  the  straight 
edge  shall  be  lapped  one-half  the  length  of  the  straight  edge. 

Note:  Tests  as  above  described  should  be  made  immediately  proceed¬ 
ing  the  final  belting  of  the  surface.  In  this  manner  depressions  or  irregu¬ 
larities  may  be  discovered  and  corrected  before  the  concrete  has  taken  its 
initial  set. 

The  pavement  shall  be  covered  with  canvas  as  soon  as  the  concrete  is 
sufficiently  hardened  and  within  twenty-four  (24)  hours  with  a  layer  of  earth 
two  (2)  inches  thick,  which  shall  be  kept  wet  at  least  ten  (10)  days  by  sprink¬ 
ling  with  water  or  the  concrete  may  be  flooded  by  using  suitable  dykes. 

Under  the  most  favorable  condition  for  hardening  in  hot,  dry  weather, 
the  pavement  shall  be  closed  to  traffic  for  twenty-one  (21)  days,  and  in  cool 
damp  weather  for  an  additional  length  of  time  to  be  determined  by  the 
Engineer.  If  at  the  time  the  pavement  is  laid  or  during  period  of  curing, 
the  temperature  during  the  day  time  drops  below  50  degrees  Fahrenheit 
sprinkling  and  covering  of  the  pavement  shall  be  omitted  at  the  discretion 
of  the  Engineer. 

The  Contractor  shall  erect  and  maintain  suitable  barriers  to  protect  the  con¬ 
crete  from  traffic  and  any  part  of  the  pavement  damaged  from  traffic  or 
other  causes,  occuring  prior  to  its  being  opened  to  traffic  as  above  des- 
scribed,  shall  be  repaired  or  replaced  by  the  Contractor  at  his  expense,  in 
a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer.  Before  the  pavement  is  opened  to 
traffic,  the  covering  shall  be  removed  and  disposed  of  as  directed  by  the 
Engineer. 

This  work  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  square  yard 
for  one  course  cement  concrete  pavement,  complete  in  place,  which  price 
will  include  all  concrete,  steel,  and  joint  materials,  all  forms,  equipment, 
tools,  labor  and  work  incidental  thereto,  including  the  subgrade  preparation. 

Upon  the  opening  of  the  pavement  to  traffic  and  the  completion  of  the 
incidental  work  on  sections  of  not  less  than  one  mile  in  length,  final  payment 
on  such  portions  may  be  made  upon  approval  of  the  Party  of  the  First 
Part,  the  Surety  and  the  Engineer. 

When  and  where  required  by  the  plans  or  by  the  Engineer  integral  con¬ 
crete  curbing  shall  be  constructed  on  the  edge  of  the  concrete  slab  of  the 
dimension  shown.  This  curbing  shall  be  placed  immediately  after  the  con¬ 
crete  in  the  slab  has  been  placed  and  before  it  takes  its  initial  set,  so  that 
the  curbing  will  bond  thoroughly  with  the  concrete  slab.  The  bonding  of  the 
concrete  curb  with  the  concrete  slab  shall  further  be  effected  by  spading  thor¬ 
oughly  the  curb  concrete  into  the  slab  concrete  as  the  curb  concrete  is  being 
placed.  The  upper  surface  of  the  curb  shall  be  finished  true  to  grade,  align¬ 
ment,  and  cross  section  in  a  smooth,  workman-like  manner. 

The  concrete  curb  shall  consist  of  concrete  mixed  in  the  same  propor¬ 
tion  as  specified  for  the  concrete  pavement. 

Payment  for  the  integral  concrete  curbing  will  be  made  at  the  bid  price 
per  lineal  foot  for  such  curbing  complete  in  place,  which  price  shall  include 
the  furnishing  of  all  materials,  all  forms,  equipment,  tools,  labor  and  work 
incidental  thereto. 

PLAIN  CEMENT  CONCRETE  BASE  COURSE 

This  plain  concrete  base  course  shall  consist  of  a  concrete  foundation 
having  the  specified  dimensions,  design,  and  cross  section,  constructed  in 
accordance  with  these  specifications  on  the  prepared  subgrade. 

This  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  (1)  part  Portland  cement,  two 
and  one-half  (2%)  parts  fine  aggregate,  and  approximately  four  (4)  parts 
of  course  aggregate,  unless  a  machine  tamper  and  finisher  is  used,  in  which 
case  approximately  five  (5)  parts  of  coarse  aggregate  shall  be  used. 


S5-21 

Protection 

of 

Concrete 


S5-22 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S6-23 

Final  Estimate 
on  Sections  of 
Contract 


S5-24 

Integral 

Concrete 

Curbing 


S6-25 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S5-26 

Description 


S5-27 

Composition 


5 


I 


S5-28 

Thickness  of 
Base  and 
Curb 


S5-29 

One  Course 
Concrete 
Specifications 
Which  Apply 
to  Base 
Course 


S5-30 

Constructing 
the  Integral 
Concrete 
Curbing 


S5-31 

Proportions 
for  Concrete 
Curbing 


S5-32 

Marking  Base 
for  Asphaltic 
Concrete 
Pavement 

S5-33 

Protection  of 
Concrete 

S5-34 
Basis  of 
Payment 


In  order  that  there  may  be  no  question  as  to  the  amount  of  cement  re¬ 
quired,  the  following  schedule  of  requirements  is  stated: 


Barrels 

Asphaltic, 

Brick, 

Per 

Sack 

Sacks 

Cu.  Yd. 

Per 

Per 

Sq.  Yd. 

Sq.  Yd 

Cement,  Hand  Finish . 

.  1.33 

0.88 

0.72 

Cement,  Machine  Finish... 

.  1.18 

0.80 

0.64 

Thickness  of  the  completed  base  for  brick  pavement  construction  shall 
be  five  (5)  inches  throughout  except  for  the  curb,  which  shall  have  an  addi¬ 
tional  thickness  of  three  and  one-fourth  (3^)  inches.  The  thickness  of  the 
completed  base  for  an  asphaltic  concrete  surface  shall  be  six  (6)  inches  through¬ 
out  except  for  the  curb,  which  shall  have  an  additional  thickness  of  one  and 
three-fourths  (lJkQ  inches. 

The  following  paragraphs  of  this  Section  of  the  Specifications  shall  apply 
in  detail  to  the  construction  of  plain  cement  concrete  base  course:  2,  3,  4, 
5,  6,  7,  15,  16,  17,  IS,  19,  and  20,  with  the  following  modifications: 

The  crushed  stone  for  coarse  aggregate  shall  have  a  French  Coefficient 
of  wear  of  not  less  than  three  (3),  and  no  specific  requirements  as  to  tough¬ 
ness.  When  crushed  stone  is  to  be  used  having  a  French  Coefficient  of  wear 
of  less  than  eight  (8),  such  stone  shall  first  be  approved  by  the  Engineer. 
The  gravel  shall  not  show  more  than  12%  loss  when  tested  for  abrasion, 
nor  contain  more  than  4%  of  slate  and  shale. 

A  concrete  curb  shall  be  constructed  on  each  edge  of  the  concrete  base, 
and  of  the  dimensions  shown.  This  curbing  shall  be  placed  immediately 
after  the  concrete  in  the  base  has  been  placed  and  before  it  takes  its  initial 
set,  so  that  the  curbing  will  bond  thoroughly  with  the  concrete  base.  The 
bonding  of  the  concrete  curb  with  the  concrete  base  shall  be  further  effected 
by  spading  through  the  curb  concrete  and  into  the  base  concrete  as  the  curb 
concrete  is  being  placed.  The  upper  surface  of  the  curb  shall  be  finished 
true  to  grade  and  alignment  and  in  a  smooth,  workmanlike  manner. 

The  curb  shall  be  cut  in  sections  about  ten  (10)  feet  in  length  by  means 
of  metal  plates  one-eighth  (j/g)  of  an  inch  thick,  which  shall  be  set  in  place 
in  the  form,  before  the  concrete  is  deposited.  The  lower  edge  of  the  metal 
plates  shall  be  at  the  elevation  of  the  top  of  the  concrete  base.  The  concrete 
on  each  side  of  the  metal  plate  shall  be  finished  to  the  same  elevation.  As 
soon  as  the  concrete  sets  sufficiently  the  metal  plates  shall  be  withdrawn, 
care  being  taken  not  to  injure  the  concrete  in  so  doing. 

The  concrete  curbing  shall  consist  of  concrete  mixed  in  the  same  pro¬ 
portion  as  specified  for  the  concrete  base.  Both  faces  of  the  curb  shall  be 
thoroughly  tamped  and  spaded  to  prevent  the  formation  of  rock  pockets 
or  porous  places. 

Immediately  before  the  initial  set  of  the  concrete  base  the  face  shall 
be  marked  to  provide  a  bond  in  case  an  asphaltic  concrete  surface  is  to  be 
used.  The  marking  shall  be  accomplished  by  a  method  approved  by  the 
Engineer. 

The  slab  shall  be  ponded  or  kept  wet  by  sprinkling  for  a  period  of  five 
(5)  days,  and  no  hauling  will  be  permitted  on  it  for  two  (2)  weeks. 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  square  yard 
for  “plain  cement  concrete  base  course”  for  “brick  pavement”  or  “plain 
cement  concrete  base  course  for  asphaltic  concrete  pavement,”  complete 
in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  material,  equipment,  tools,  labor,  and 
work  incidental  to  such  base  including  the  integral  curb. 


( 


( 


6 


MINNESOTA  STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS 


J 

SECTION  SIX 


BROKEN  STONE  BASE 

This  base  shall  consist  of  eight (8'/  inches  of  completed  thick-  S6-1 
ness  of  stone  laid  in  t'.TO  courses  in  accordance  with  the  following  Description 

specifications . 


The  provisions  of  ’’General  Clause,  all  Pavements”  shall  apply  in  S6-2 
detail  to  the  construction  of  concrete  pavements  under  these  specif ica-  General 
tions.  Clauses 

All  pavements 


(a)  Crushed  Stone.  The  crushed  stone  shall  consist  of  angular 
fragments  of  limstone,  granite,  trap  rock  or  other  approved  road 
metal  of  uniform  quality  throughout,  free  from  thin  or  elongated  pieces, 
soft  or  disintegrated  stone,  dirt  crother  objectionable  matter,  and 
shall  meet  the  following  requirements: 


French  coefficient  of  wear  net  less 
Toughness  not  less  than. ........... 

The  stone  shall  be  that  portion  of 
tested  by  means  of  laboratory  screens,  wi 
ments . 


han  «f..c..oo,.c,o.o,o 

•  c 

i«*9)«e*&ooc<iO(i»9»oo»o  U’ 

the  crusher  product  which  when 
i.l  meet  the  following  require*- 

Per  cent 


S6-3 

Material 


Passing  three  andone-half  (3§;-)  inch  screen. 300 
Retained  on  two  andone-half  (?/j)  inch  s  Preen  not  loss  than  85 
Retained  on  two  (2)  inch  screen  not  loss  than......... .  35 

(b)  Screenings  shall  b e  that  portion  of  the  crusher  product,  includ¬ 
ing  the  dust  nef  fracture,  which  when  tested  by  means  of  laboratory 


screens,  will  meet  the  following  requirements:  Per  cent 

Passing  three-fourths  (ip)  inch  screen. . . .  100 

Retained  on  one-quarter  (ip)  inch  screen. .40  to80 


The  screenings  must  be  approved  and  may  or  may  not  be  of  the  same 
quality  of  rock  permitted  in  clause  (a). 


CONSTRUCTION 


Before  the  pavement  is  laid,  earth  shoulders  shall  be  built  up 
along  each  side  of  a  sufficient  height  to  permit  placing  the  stone. 

The  shoulders  shall ::be  constructed  separately  for  each  course  of 

sufficoint  heigiht  so  that  the  shoulder  and  stone  can  be  rolled  to-  S6-4 

gether  as  later  described  under  rolling*  The  shoulders  shall  be  Shoulders 

true  to  alignment  and  constructed  so  that  the  side  next  to  the  stone 

will  be  as  nearly  vertical  as  the  natural  soil  will  permit.  After 

completion  of  pavement  shoulders  shall  be  shaped  and  finished  as 

shown  on  plans . 


After  the  subgrade  and  shoulders  have  been  properly  prepared  a 
layer  of  approved  base  course  shall  be  uniformly  spread  to  such  a  SS-5 

thickness  as  will  produce  the  completed  thickness  of  four  (4)  inches  Spread - 

after  rolling.  The  stone  should  be  spread  uniformly  andmust  not  be  allow-  ing 
ed  to  separate  into  si^es  either  during  transportation  or  handling .  Stone. 


The  coarse  stone  shall  be  rolled  with  a  self  propelled  three- 
Y'/heel  roller  weighing  not  les  than  ten(lO)  tons.  Where  no  curbs  p0 
are  used  the  rolling  shall  begin  at  the  outer  edge  and  the  roller  run 
forward  andbnckward  along  the  edge  of  the  stone  until  the  shoulder 
and  stone  are  firmly  bound  together.  When  the  sides  have  been 
firmly  rolled,  the  rolling  shall  progress  gradually  toward  the  center 
totil  the  entire  course  has  been  thoroughly  rolled  and  all  settlement 
has  ceased*  Any  low  places  that  develop  during  rolling  shall  be 
loosened  andthen  refilled  with  the  sou  kind  of  material  as  that  of 
which  thiscourse  is  constructed  and  again  rolled  as  required  above. 
After  this  rolling  hasbeen  completed  an  additional  four  (4)  inches 
of  base  stone  (after  rolling)  shall  be  spread  endroi led  as  above 
specified,  making  a  total  thickness  after  rolling  ofnot  less  than 
eight  (8)  inches. 


After  the  rolling  has  been  completed  as  described  above,  screen¬ 
ings  shall  be  applied  gradually  over  the  surface  during  the  finishing 
process  of  dry  rolling  in  such  amount  as  will  completely  fill  the 


interstices , 

The  screenings  shall  not  be  dumped  on  the  surface  of  the  stone, 
but  shall  be  cast  thinly,  with  a  spreading  motion  of  the  shovel,  from 
piles  at  the  roadside. 

The  rolling  shall  continue  while  the  screenings  are  being  spread 
so  that  the  jarring  effect  of  the  roller  will  aid  an  settling  them 
to  the  bottom.  The  screenings  shall  not  be  allowed  to  cake  or  bridge 
on  the  surface  of  the  stone  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  the  per¬ 
fect  filling  of  all  voids  and  the  direct  bearing  of  the  roller  on  t 
face  of  the  stone.  It  may  be  required  that  the  screenings  shall ‘be  ' 
swept  in  noith  rattan,  or  other  fiber  brooms. 

The  dry  speading  and  rolling  shall  continue  until  the  voids  are 
filled  but  there  shall  be  no  excess  of  screenings  on  the  surface. 


no 


This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  square 
yard  for  broken  stone  base  complete  in  place  which  price  will  include 
all  materials,  equipment,  tools,  labor  and  icrk  incidente.1  thereto. 


s6-6 

ling  Base 
Stone 


S6-7 

Applying 

Screenings 


S6-8 

Basis  of 
payment . 


•  *  *.  • 


i 


MINNESOTA  STANDARD  SPECIFICATION 

SECTION  7 

BITUMINOUS  MACADAM  PAVEMENT  (PENETRATION) 

The  bituminous  macadam  pavement  shall  consist  of  a  wearing  course,  S7-i 
composed  of  broken  stone  and  bituminous  binder,  v/ith  a  bituminous seal  Descrio 
coat  and  stone  chip  covering,  constructed  on  an  approved  base  as  herein  tion 
specified  and  when  completed  shall  have  the  cross-section  shown  on  the 
plans . 

lUo  bituminous  met  trial  to  be  used  on  this  work  shall  be  a  natural 
lake  asphalt,  nn  05  j  p  shvs  l  rrn  refined  tar.  ecrv*eprmndinw.  to  the 
following  specifications .  The  kind  of  bituminous  material  to  bo  us? oh. 
boing  prescribed  in  the  proposal  end  contract. 

The  fluxed  native  asphalt  shall  be  homogeneous,  free  from  water, 
and  shall  not  foam  when  heated  to  175°C.  (347°F.) 

It  shall  meet  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Specific  gravity  25°/25°C.  (77°/77*F.)  1.025  to  1,050. 

2.  Flash  point  not  less  than  175°C.  (347°F.) 

3.  Melting  point  40°C..  (104°F.)  to  50°C .  (122°f„) 

4.  Penetration  at  25°C.(77°F>  100  g.,  5  sec.,  SO  to  120.  b7"3 

5.  Loss  at  163°C.  \325°F.)  5  hours  not  more  than  3.0%.  Fluxed 

(a)  Peetration  of  residue  at  25°C.  (77°F.)  100  g.,  5  sec.,  Natural 

not  less  "than  {%  of  the  original)  50%.  Laire  Asphalt 

6.  Total  bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disulphide)  not  less  than  95%. 

(a)  Inorganic  matter  insoluble  1.5  to  2.5%. 


S7-2 

Bdtumino 

.  •  or  j  j.  1 


The  oil  asphalt  shall  be  homogeneous,  free  from  rater,  and  shall  not  S7-4 
foam  when  heated  to  175°C.  (o47°F.)  It  shall  meet  the  following  re-  Oil 
quirements.  Asphalt 

1.  Specific  gravity  25°/  25°C.  (77°/770p.)  not  less  than  1.00 

2.  Flash  point  not  less  than  175°C.  (347°F.) 

3.  Melting  point,  35°C.  (95°E.)  to  55°C,. '  (131°F.) 

4.  Penetration  at  25°0.  (77°F.  100  g.,  5  sec.,  90  to  120 

5.  Loss  at  163°C.  (325°F.)  5  hours  not  more  than  1.00% 

(a)  Penetratin  of  residue  at  25°C  (77°F.)  100g.,  5  sec. 


6. 


1. 


not  less  than  (%  of  original  )  80%. 

Total  bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disulphide)  not 
(a)  Organic  natter  insululie  not  more  than  0.2% 
Specific  Gravity-U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


less  than  99.5%  j7~b 

Methods  of 

Bulletin  314,  Testing 


2. 


p.  5 . 

Flash  point 


(open  cap)  U.3.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin 


314,  p.  117. 

3.  Melting  point  -A.S.T.M.  Tentative  Standard  D3S-16T,  Proc.  A.S.T.M. 

1918,  p.  707. 

4.  Penetration-  A.S.T.M*  Standards  Test  D5-18 

5.  Volstilization*U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314, p. 19, 

using  50  gram  sample. 

6.  Total  bitumen  -  U.S .  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  >?14,  p.  25 


\ 


<• 


.  1 


% 


z. 


The  refined  tar  shall  be  homogenous  and  free  from  water.  It 
shall  meet  the  following  requirements  for  use  in  "rearing  course 

1.  Specific  Gravity  25°/25°C.  (77°/77°F.)  1*22  to  1.28 

2.  Float  test  at  50°C .  (132°F. )  120  to  180  Sec. 

3.  Total  distillate  by  weight. 

To  1/’0°C  ,  (338°F.  )  not  more  than  0.0/6 
To  300°C .  (572°F. )  not  more  than  15,0/0 
Specific  gravity  total  distillate  25°/25°C.  (77°/77°F. ) 
not  less  than  1.03 

Melting  point  of  residue  not  more  than  65°C. 

4.  Total  bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disulphide)  75 °/o  -o 

5.  Inorganic  matter  ^ash)  not  over  0.5%. 


87-6 

He find  Tar 
for  Wearing 
dourec  pop 
First  Seal 


Coat 


It  shall  meet  the  following  requirements; 

1.  Specific  Gravity  25°/2o°d.  77°/77°F.)  1.15  to  1.18 

2.  Viscosity  at  40°C ,  (104°F. )  not  more  than  250  Sec.  nor 
less  than  175°  Sec.  for  100°G.G, 

3.  Total  distillate  by  weight. 

To  170°G.  (338^'F. )  not  more  than  7 %. 

To  300°C.  (5'72°F.)  not  more  than  35%. 

(a)  Specific  gravity  of  entire  distillate  25°  /25°0, 

Not  less  than  1,01. 

(b)  Melting  point  of  residue  not  more  than  52°C. 

4.  Total  Bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disulphide)  8 9%  to  93%, 


87-7 

Refined  Tar 
for  Second 
Seal  Goat. 


1.  Specific  Gravity  TI.S  .  Department  of  agriculture  Bulletin 

314  p.5 

2.  Float  test  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314  pc  9 

3.  Distillation  test  A.S.T.1.1.  Standard  Test  D-20-38 

4.  Melting  point-A.S ,T .M.  Tentative  Standard  D56-16T  Froc, 

A.G.T.M.  1918,  p. 707 

5.  Total  bitumen-U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314, 

p.  2.5. 

6.  Inorganic  matter  (ash)  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin 

614,  p.  27. 

7.  Specific  viecosity-U.S .  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin 

314,  p.  7 

The  crushed  stone  shall  consist  of  angular  fragments  of  limestone, 
graphite,  trap  rock  or  other  approved  , road  metal  of  uniform  quality 
throughout,  free  from  this  or  elongated  pieces,  soft  or  disintegrated 
stone,  dirt,  or  other  objectionable  matter,  and  shall  meet  the  follow¬ 
ing  requirements. 

French  coefficient  of  'wear  not  less  than. ........... 6 

Toughness  not  less  than . . . . .6 

The  stone  shall  be  that  portion  of  the  crusher  product  with  no 
intermediet.e  sizes  removed,  which  a  bon  tested  by  means  of  laboratory 
screens,  will  meet  the  following  requirements. 

Passing  t  ro  and  one-half  (2-|!1  )  inch  screen.. . 100% 

Retained  on  one  (]."')  inch  screen  not  less  than  95/6. 


S7-8 

Methods  of 
Testing 


<v7  o 

tJ  !  '"3 

Mineral 
Aggregate 
C).  i.’sb.G' 
Stone . 


t  i  • 


t 


3. 


The  stone  cliipn  shall  bo  u.f  the  same  kind  or  in 

wearing  course  and  which  tested  by  means  of  laboratory  screens 
shall  meet  the  following  requirements: 

Passing  a  one  (1")  inch  screen . .  •lOO't 

Passing  a  one-half  (bu)  inch  screen  not  over . . . 


S7-10 

Stone  Chips 
’for  Wearing 
Coui  se 


The  stone  chips  shall  be  of  the  same  kind  of  stone  used  in 
wearing  course  when  tested  by  means  of  laboratory  screens  shall 
meet  the  following  requirements: 

Passing  a  five-eights  5/8u  inch  screen . 100% 

Passing  a  one-quarter  (i*"$  inch  screen  not  over  .  5/o 

CONSTRUCT  ION 


S7-11 

Stone  Chips 
For  Seal 
Coat . 


Upon  the  broken  stone  or  concrete  base  as  specified  shall  be 
uniformly  spread  a  layer  of  wearing  course  stone  not  less  than 
three  (3)  inches  thick  frfier  rolling  and  compacting. 


S7-}  2 
Thi ckness 


After  the  stone  is  spread,  and  before  rolling,  it  shall  be 
thoroughly  harrowed  several  times  over  and  until  a  maximum  S7-13 

density  is  obtained  s.nd  all  fine  material  which  may  have  been  Harrowing 
mixed  with  ^he  stone  has  been  shaken  to  the  bo  item  of  the  layer. 

Any  thin,  flat  or  oversized  stones  that  appear  on  the  surface 
at  any  time  during  theprocess  of  construction  shall  be  removed 
therefrom. 


This  course  shall  then  be  rolled  until  the  stone  is  thoroughly 
keyed  and  the  surface  is  even  and  conforms  to  the  established  grade 
and  cross  section.  The  rolling  shall  begin  at  the  sides  of  the  pavement 


and  gradually  progress  toward  the  center.  Any  low  places  that 
develop  during  the  rolling  shall  be  loosened  and  then  refilled 
with  the  game  kind  of  material  as  that  of  which  this  course  is  con¬ 
structed  and  again  rolled  as  above  acquired. 

When  rolled  and  ready  ^or  the  application  of  the  bituminous  binder 
the  structure  shall  be  sufficiently  open  to  permit  the  complete  pene¬ 
tration  of  the  bituminous  material. 

If  from  any  cause  an  excess  of  fine  material  collects  at  the  surface, 
preventing  the  perfect  penetration  of  the  bituminous  material,  such 
section  shall  be  replaced  with  parser  stone. 

No  bituminous  material  shall  be  applied  when  the  temperature  of 
the  atmosphere  on  the  Tork  is  below  32°F.,  nor  when  the  air  tcmPa^ure 
within  the  preceding  24  hours  has  been  25°F.  or  lower,  nor  when  the 
stone  is  damp  or  wet , 

The  bituminous  materiel  3hall  be  heated  in  kettles  or  other 


S7-14 

Rolling 


S7-15 

Applying 

Bituminous 

Filler 


suitable  appliances  so  Resigned  as  to  admit  of  tne  vea  Liea 

control 


-m; 


of  the  entire  mass  with  an  efficient  and  positive  control  of  the 
heat  at  all  times.  It  shall  be  heated  an  directed  to  a  temperature 
between  275°F.  and  350°F.  If  asphalt,  and  200°F,  and  2?S°F.  if  tar. 
AH  bituminous  materials  heated  beyond  the  above  maximum  either  before 
or  during  application  shall  be  rejected. 

After  the  surface  dnd  condition  of  the  st6ne  has  been  a  pp roved 
by  the  Engineer,  nof  lets  than  one  and  seven  tenths  (1,7)  nor  more 
than  one  and  eighth  Mirths  (l.r)  gallon  ;  qT  asphalt  c;  tar  heated 
as  above  spec il lea  6 haul  be  uniformly  applied  to  every  square  yard 
by  means  or  an  approved  pressure  spray. 


Immediately  after  this  appiiuaiion  -tat r  e  shell  be  evenly  spread 
over  the  entire  surface,  hard  clean  material,  as  psccified  under 
"Stone  Chips  for  Wearing  Coarse",  in  amount  sufficient  to  fill  the 
surface  voids.  The  road  shall  then  be  thoroughoy  rolled  before  the 
bituminous  material  stiffens  enough  to  prevent  the  chips  from,  oeing 
readily  incorporated  with  it. 

During  the  rolling  the  stone  chips  shall  be  evenly  distributed 
with  a  push  broom  to  insure  the  proper  filling.  It  shall  bo  so 
applied  as  to  leave  a  minimum  amount  of  material  on  the  surface. 

The  rolling  shall  continue  until  a  firm  and  sooth  surfuce  results, 
conforming  to  the  requirements  of  the  plans. 

Any  surplus  loose  stone  chips  not  held  by  the  binder  shall  be 
swept  off  and  the  surface  kept  clean  until  the  seal  cost  is  applied, 

Not  less  than  one-half  (|r)  '.nor  mere  than  three  quarters  (f-) 
of  a  gel  Ion  of  the  sameasphalt  or  tar  as  used  in  wearing  course 
shall  be  uniformly  spread  over  each  square  yard  and  the  surface  S7-3.6 

covered  with  stone  chips  for  seal  ccv$>t  at  the  rate,  approximately  gecond  Co^t 
of  one  (l)  cubic  yard  to  seventy  (70)  square  yards  of  surface,  or  of  Litvmiccu 
an  amount  to  sufficiently  cover  the  surface9  The  road  shall  than  Material 
be  rolled  until  thoroughly  compacted.  &  sufficient  amount  of  cover 
shall  be  left  on  the  surface  to  protect  the  rond  while  setting  up. 

The  pavement  shall  ppened  to  traffic  only  upon  written  per- 
m  ission  of  the  Engineer. 

Within  thirty  to  sixty  ,ays  after  the  completion  of  the  above 
portion  of  the  pavement  and  its  use  by  traffic,  and  at  such  time  S7-17 

as  approved  by  ^he  Engineer,  the  pavement  shall  be  thoroughly  Second  Seal 
swept  and  all  dust  and  dirt  removed.  Coat. 

•after  the  surface  has  been  cleaned,  and  when  it  is  dry,  not  less 
than  one-quarter  (|r)  nor  more  than  one-half  (g-)  gallon  of  the  same 
asphalt  as  used  in  wearing  course  (or  if  tar  was  used,  in  wearing 
course  than  use  tar  as  specified  for  -econd  seal  coat)  shall  be  un~ 
formly  applied  by  means  of  a  suitable  pressure  distributor.  This 
second  seal  cost  shall  be  applied  up  to  the  maximum  of  one-half 
(•§■)  gallon  per  square  yard  if  the  pavement  retains  it  without  running 
to  the  sides. 

Within  twenty-four  (24)  hours  after  the  pplications  of  the  bituminous 
material  the  surface  shall  be  uniformly  covered  with  stone  chips  in 
sufficient  Truant ity  to  completly  cover  the  surface.  The  approximate 
amount  of  covering  material  required  is  one  (1)  cubic  yard  to  one 
hundred  and  f if ty  (150)  square  yards  of  surface. 

No  traffic  shall  be  allowed  on.  the  newly  applied  bituminous 
material  until  the  covering  has  been  applied. 

No  portion  of  the  finished  surface  shall  be  more  than  one-half 
(ir)  inch  below  a  template  cut  to  the  crown  shown  on  the  cross-section?.  S7-18 
drawings,  placed  on  the  pavement  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line  Testing 

of  the  road  andno  portion  shall  be  more  than  one-half  (g)  inch  ow  •'  Surface 
a  straight  edge  ten  (10)  feet  in  length. 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  contract  unit  price  per  square  S7-19 

yard  for  bituminous  Macadam  Pavement  complete  in  place  which  price  Basis  of 
will  include  all  materials,  equipment,  tools  labor  and  work  inQ  payment 

cidenta.1  thereto. 


X 


MINNESOTA.  STAKEOUT  SPECIFICATIONS 
SECTION  EIGHT 


T 


ASPHALTIC  CONCRETE 
(  CLASS  A, ) 

This  pavement  shall  consist  o.f  an  asphaltic  concrete 
rearing  course,,  consisting  of  a  compacted  lAlrttire  of  mineral  ,  8.8-*! 
aggregate  and  bituminous  material,  having  a  thickness  of  not  •  Description 
less  than  two  {2h  '$  inches  and  constructed  or;  the  p  repared  base 
ocurse  in  accordance  irith  these  specifications, 

ihe  bituminous  unsStpriak  to  t>o  '  r:v..ll  £•'-—£ 

be  a  natural  i ®.!ce  asphalt  or  an  oil  asphalt,  corresponding  to  the  Bituminous 
following  specifications o  The  kind  of  asphalt  to  be  v.sed  being  Material 
prescribed  in  the  proposal  and  contract 0 

The  fitsned  native  asphalt  shall,  be  homogeneous,  free  from 
■water,  and  shall  not  foam  vhan  heated  to  5. ?5oG »  (34?qF0 )®  SL8-3 

X*c  shall  meet  the  following  requirements*,1  Flatted  Natural 

1.  Specific  Gravity  2?of25O0, (7VoF.)  J.,050  to 

2y  Flash  point*  not  less  than  £75oC» {347oFa ) 

3*  Melting  point,  45oC .  (r.3oF„ )  to  55o  Ct.(  isioF,) 

4,  Penetration  at  25oC.,(7?oFc.)  X00g«,  5  sec,,  40  to  50* 

5,  Loss  at  263oCa{  325cF* )  5  hours,,  not  more  than  3flG$. 

(a)  Penetration  of  residue  at  25oC, (T/oF,)  100  g,* 

5  sec*^  not  less  than  30 , 

Sr.  Total  bitunen  (soluble  in  carbon  dtsulph5.de)  not  less  than 


j:  ««,  J/* 


It 

shal  ). 

meet  the 

fol 

1* 

5peo5 

fic  gravit 

\T  2 

\J 

2t 

Fiash 

point,  not  X 

Sc 

Melt! 

ng  point# 

a: jo' 

4, 

Per.efc 

ratoon  at 

2Sc" 

5, 

Losj 

at  l*.63cC, 

/  r g  r\ 

(a)  Anorganic  matter  insoluble  2  r.  0/1  to  3,5  /£, 

The  oil  asphalt  stall  be  homogeneous,,  free  from  r/ater,  and  shall 
not  foam  '.Then  heated  to  lYbc&e  (34'Vo  F*)#  S3 -4  Oil  Asphalt 

.Ting  requirements  s 

f2bo  C»  i  Yi oF0)  not  less  than  1*0x0, 
s  than  l?5o  C0(M7oFu) 

(l04oF...  >  to  60oCo.(il40o?«) 

(7VoF. ;  lOOgc,  5  sec-o  40  to  50, 
oF0 )  5  hours  not  mere  than  1 » 0% 

(a)  Penetration  of  residue  at  25o  C„{77oF,}  100g., 

5  sec,,  not  less  than  30, 

6,  Total  bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disuljshide)  not  less  than 

(a)  Organic  matter  insoluble  not  more  than  0*2% 

Tests  o.f  ti>e  phyiy-*'':*!  and  chemical  properties  of  the  asphalt  shall 
be  made  in  accordance  'with  the  following  methods:  S8->5  Methods 

Of  Testing 

1 ;  Specific  Gravity,  U. 3,  Department  of 
Agriculture  Bulletin  3X4,  p,  5, 

£.  Flash  point  (open  cup)  U.3*  Department  of  Agricultuv 

Bulletin  314,  p,  x  t  •  Melting  point  A,5sl*.M,  Tentative  Standard  D~56*\j.6"T 

.  t  FpoctAcS,T.,M,  X9I6,  pr„  549.  n  r 
4t  lent.ration:  oxkA  ,£UT  ,Ml  standard  Test  .05-16, 


-  A  * 


. 


•  * 


1 


1 


<c 


5„  ‘Volatilisation  Test  U.S*  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin 
214.  p*  19,  using  50  grain  sample. 

6,  Total  bi'cumen  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314. 
p*  25. 

The  broken  stone  shall  consist  of  angular  fragments  of  rock 
excluding  schist,  shale,  and  slate*  free  from  thin  or  elongated  pieces* 
soft  or  ais integrated  sxone,  dirt,  or  other  o  bjectionable  matter,  occuring 
either  free  or  as  a  coating  on  the  stone. 


JT 


C  ">  v*  •!  **  *  V, '  ^*r-*  ri 4 

»'*  M.  4t  *  i  ”  V  V  .,V  .  V  '  -  ^ '  A  •. 


r^ouire^en’cs  i 


SS-6 


French  coefficient  not  less  than, . ...6  Mineral 

Toughness  not  less  than ............... . .......  8  Aggregate 

It  shall  be  theprcduct  of  the  crusher  ~Th?.eh,  when  Broken  Stone 
tested  by  means  of  laboratory  screens r/  will,  meet  the  following  requirements  $ 
Passing  (*g-)  inch  screen,  not  .Less  thane. ...... .95  p  er  cent* 

Retained  om  (-J)  inch  screen,  not  less  than. ...20  per  cent. 

The  sand  shall  be  composed  of  sound  durable  stone  particles  S8-7 
free  from  a  coaxing  of  clay  or  loam,  when  tested  by  means  of  iaboratorySand 
screens  the  sand  shall  meet  t?ie  fol lairing  requirements.: 

Passing  *1}  inch  screen* . .  J 00  par  cent . 

Retained  on  (200^  nesh  sieve,  not  less  than.. ...90  per  cent* 


The  mineral  filler  shall  consist  of  limestone  dust,  dolomite 
dust,  Portland  cement,  or  natural  cement i  It  shall  be  free  from  foreign 
or  other  objectionable  material*  S8-8 

When  hashed  by  means  of  laboratory  sieves,  the  Mineral  Filler 

,  r*  *** **  o  ^  f'*  1  1  ^  r*  *■•„!»  "  7  ~  r  ’f-  o  ^  ^  y  «•!•-*  ••  o ^ n  «* 

*■  i  afa  *  M,  ,  k  4.-^  .  «ii  m.V.  '  C  l-  '.Vv  U  Jk  «•  •  «  «V  A  *-  %>  1  £  mU  »  V  - h  -  it  , 

Passing  (50 )  mesh  sieve. . . . .100  per  cent. 

Total  passing  (200 )  mesh  sieve,  not  less  than... 65  per  cent* 

The  total  mineral  aggregate  shall  consist  of  a  uniform  mixture 
of  the  broken  stone,  send,  and  mineral  filler.,  the  required  grad-  S8«9 
ing  of  each  being  each  as  to  procure,  when  properly  proportioned, Total  Mineral 
a  mixture  conforming  to  the  following  limitations  for  grading*  Aggregate 
The  exact  proportion  of  each  constituent  producing  a  total  mineral 
aggregate  within’  these  limits xions  phalli.  be  as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 

When,  teoidd  by  means  of  laboratory  screer.e  and  sieves  the  total 
mineral  aggregate  snail;  meet  the  following  requirements  ? 

Passing  vg*  )  inch  and  retained  on  {^}  inch  screen. *  *7ioI4  PerCent 
Passing  (y)  inch  screen  and  retained  on(l0);  mesh  sieve  12  to30  ,J 
Passing  (XOjmeoh  and  retained  ow/40)  mesh  sieve. ....... /to  20 *' 

Passing 449  )  mesh  and  retained  on (80  )  uvash  sieve** «.  ••  .Dj.  to-  36 
Passing  t80;inesh  and  retained  on  (200  jmesh  sieve .....  10  tco  25 

Passing  {200 )  mash  sieve-,.  ............................ .7  to  II'4 


The  broken  stone  and  sand  for  the  bituminous  concrete 


S8-10 


shall  be  heated,  as  directed,  before  entering  the  mixer  to  HeatingMinera.A 

between  225o  F«  and  325o  F. ,  in  revolving  dryers  in  which  no  Aggregate 
flame  shall  be  permitted  to  come  in  contact  with  the  broken  stone 
and  sand  and  in  which  stone  and  sand  shall  be  continuously  agitated 

during  the  heating* 

The  bn cuminous  material  shall  to  heated  in.  kettles  so  S8«  ».X 
designed 'as  to  admit  of  even,  heating  of  the  entire  mass,  with  an  ci  'IpTeating 
efficient  and  positive  control  cf  the  heat  at  all  times*  It  shall  Bituminous 
be  heated  as  directed  to  a  temp  erature  between  275oF*  and  350oF.  J-fe.ter.iad 
All  bituminous  material  heated  beyond  350oF„,  either  before  or  during 
mixing  with  the  mineral  aggregate  shall  be  rejected* 


i 


The  Contractor  shall  provi.de  a  sufficient  number  of  S3»12 
accurate,  efficient,  stationary  thermometers  for  determining  Thermometers 
the  temperatures  of  the  bituminous  material  in  kettles*  Furnished  by 

Contractors 

When  thoroughly  heated  to  the  temperature  directed, 
the  bituminous  material  and  the  mineral  aggregate  for  the  bituminous  S.8-23 
concrete  shall  be  accurately  measured  and  nuxed  so  that  the  resul  tingMixing 
mixture  shall  contain  from  seven.  (?)  to  ten iiiGJ}  per  cent  of  bitumen 
as  directed^ 

A  Mixer  shall  be  used,  having  revolving  blades,  and  so  designed 
and  operated  as  to  produce  and  discharge  a  thoroughly  coated  and  uniform 
mixture  of  nor:3  ogre  get  ::d  broken*  stone,  sand  and  bituminous  material,  "Saion 
discharged  the  mixture  shall  have  a  temp  erature  not  more  than  325  F.,  and 
not  less  than  250  F„f  as  directed. 

All  defective  areas  in  the  foundation  shall  be  repaired  as  S3*44 
directed  in  advance  of  laying  the  bituminous  concrete.  Before  laying  Surface 
the  bituminous  concrete  the  surface  of  the  foundation  shall  be  dry  andFaurdat i on 
thoroughly  cleaned «, 


The  bituminous  concrete,  heated  and.  prepared  as  specified  S8-15 
shall  be  delivered  direct  from  the  mixer  to  the  point  of  deposition  Laying 
on  the  foundation  in  trucks,  provided  with  canvas  covers  for  retainBituminous 
«ing  the  heat.  As  delivered  the  bituminous  concrete  shall  have  Concrete 
a  temperature  of  at  least  225o  F*  Material  having  a  loner  temperature 
than  this  shall  nob  be  laid  upon  the  foundation..  Before  the  bituminous 
concrete  is  placed,  all  contact  surfaces  of  curbs,  edgings,  manholes,  etc., 
shall  be  well  painted  with  hot  bituminous  material.  The  mixture  shall  be 
dumped  far  enough  in  advance  of  its  final  position  to  insure  the  entire 
load  being  turned,  and  when  ordered  by  the  Engineer,  each  "oad  shall  be 
dumped  on  wooden  oi  sceel  platforms  instead  of  dumping  on  the  concrete* 

The  bituminous  concrete  shall  bo  immediately  spread  as  directed  over  the 
foundation  course  by  men  experienced  in  such  work,  so  that  when  rolled  it 
shall  have  a  thickness  at  no  place  less  than  two  (2  »  inches  and  shall  be 
free  from  surface  depressions  and  irregularities.  The  paving  shall  be  done 
as  continously  as  practicable,  to  reduce  to  a  minimum  the  number  of  joints 
between  hot  and  cold  materials*  Such  joints  shall  be  constructed  as  directed* 


Rollers  used  in  the  bituminous  concrete  coat  shall  be 


36-16 
Rolling 


well  balanced,  self  ^propelled,  tandem  rollers  weighing  between 
eight  (8)  and  ten  fj.O)  tons  each.  Each  shall  have  a  compression  under 
the  rear  roller  of  between  two  hundred  (?CG)  and  three  hundred  (300)  pounds 
per  lineal  inch  of  roil,  and  shall  be  provided  with  an  ash  pan,  which  shall 
prevent  ashes  from  dropping  upon  the  bituminous  concrete, 

The  bituminous  concrete  wearing  course,  laid  as  specified 
shall  be  rolled  at  one  while  the  mixture  is  warm  and  pliable,  beginning 
at  the  edges  and  working  toward  the  center,  Means  for  preventing  the 
bituminous  material  from  adhering  to  the  roller  shall  be  provided  as  directed* 
Rolling  shall  continue  without  .interruption  until  ail  roller  marks  disappear 
and  the  surface  shows  no  further  compressibility.  Places  which  the  roller 
cannot  effectively  reach  shall  be  compressed  with  hot  iron  tempers.  After 
the  initial  compression  has  been  obtained  the  surface  shell  be  swept  with 
a  heavy  layer  of  dry  Portland  dement  and  the  rolling  continued. 


1* 


WO  ^urfcion  of  the  finiohoil  surface  shall  be  more  S8  17 
than  one-half  (-gr)  inch  below  a  template  cut  to  the  crown  on  Testing  Surface 
the  cross**section  drawings,  placed  on  the  pavement  at  right  angles 
to  the  center  line  of  the  road  and  no  portion  of  it  shall  be  more  than  one 
fourth  (f)  inch  below  a  straight  edge,,  ten(lO)  feet  in  length  or  more  tharo 
one-eight  (3/8)  inch  below  a  straight  edge,,  three  (3)  feet  in  length  laid 
on  the  pavement  parallel!  to  the  center  line  of  the  read* 


.  llz  bz.turin*v-r  ce-rrHio  shall  h  ?  mired  or  placed  between- December 
1  and  April  lv  except  by  written  permission.,  and  no  bituminous  concrete  S0»10 
shall  be  placed  when  the  foundation  is  damp  or  otherwise  unsat i sf act oryc Seas ora 

and 

Weather 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  Limitat&oro 
per  square  yard,  for  Class  :,a51  Asphaltic  Concrete*  complete  in  S8~>!9 

place*  which  price  will  include  all  materials,  equipment,  tools.  Basis  of 
labor  and  work  incidental  thereto.  Payment 

ASPHALTIC  CONCRETE  CLASS"3,! 

This  pavement  shall  consist  of  an  asphalt  to  concrete  $8-*20 
wearing  course,  consisting  of  a  compacted  mixture  of  mineral  Description 
aggregate  and  bituminous  nutter iai, having  a  thickness  of  not  less  than 
two  (2)  inches  ant.  constructed  on  the  prepared  base  course  in  accordance 
with  these  specifications « 


'T'V  . 


jL  w  .‘ 


lu  ^ 


+  ry  3  r  •l-V* 

/'  •  s  -■ 


qn 

or'i.2, 


shall  be  a  fluxed  natural  lake  asphalt  or  an  oil  asphalt.  Bituminous 
corresponding  to  che  following  specifications#  The  kind  of  Material 
asphalt  to  be  used  being  prescribed  in  the  proposal  and  contract. 


88*22 


The  fluxed  native  asphalt  shall  be  homogeneous, 
free  from  water,  and  shall  not  foam  when  heated  to  175o  C »  Fluxed  Natural! 
(347oF«)  It  shall  meet  the  following  requirements ;  Lake  Asphalt 

1 1  Specific  Gravity  25e/25o  C*  \(77aF*  )w.  1,080  to  1  ;,070« 

2C  Flash  point,  r.ot  less  than  i?5oCfi (347oFa  } 

3ft  Melting  point, 4-hoO,  (‘lif*,?#  ’  )  to  56ct*(loidF.  ) 

4  j  Penetration  at  25cC«  *?7oF, ),  XOOg « •,  5  sec .  v»  80  to  60* 

5.  Loss  at  L63o0a  (325oF«  »  5  hours,,  hob  more  tha-x  3$0$s 

(&.)  Penetration  of  residue  at  £5oC* {77oF„ )  100  g»,> 

5  sec not  less  than  30,? 

6,  Total  bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disupphide),  not  less  than 

94*5 fo. 

'*) )  tnorgandc  matter  i ns o  1  rfbi. e,  2 c Ofo  to  3,5$. 

'The  oil  asphalt  aliaH  be  homogeneous s  free  from  water,  and  shall 

j  C*  O  rr 

1>0*>CQ 


n 

he? ted  bo 

1V5  C 

) 

j 

It 

shall  meet  the 

fc  llov; 

ing  requiremen 

\.i  *b  t 

Oil 

1* 

Specific 

Gravit 

y  25o/ 

25o  0, 

(?7o 

3.  <  f  Or  s>  } 

not 

less 

than  1 

2c 

Flash  po 

ini,  net  less 

than 

175o 

cc; 

347 

oF.) 

3c 

Melting 

point. 

nOoG ^  \ 

lOftoFc 

!  'c  o 

6CoC » 

(UC 

oF, } 

4  « 

Perot cat 

ion  at 

25oC  i 

VVoFc ; 

,  10 

i e  ^ 

■> 

5 

sec. 

f  50 

to  60. 

5c 

Loss  at 

333o0c 

c'i5h 

ours 

,  no 

t  m 

ore  ■ 

than 

i„G%. 

fa  ' 
v-v 

Peneti 

at  ion 

of  res.idtie 

at 

25o 

c,( 

77oF# 

)  100g 

5  S6  3„ 


r.oc  less  than  40, 


6,  Total  bitumen  (  soluble  in  carbon  disulphide,)  not  less  than 
99,5$. 


s 


f. 


. 

/ 


<  (a)  Organic 'md-fc-t or  incoliibl-c,  not  mOTfc  'than  O' ~^c'/o. 

Tests  of  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  asphalt  S8 *24 
shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  following  method s  i  Method  c 

lo  Specific  Gravity  U*Sr>  Department  of  Agriculture  Testing 

Bulletin  314,  pu  5. 

2C  Flash  coin!;  ioon.n  cup)  U&S„  Department  of  Agriculture 
Bulletin  314,  pi  17 

3*  Melting  point  A, 8  T Tentative  Standard  D«3Sv-5S-T. 

Prooo  A*3,.T,M,  1316,  P4  549, 

4,  Penetretion  A  oS  fT  ,Mt  Standard  Test  D^‘5^16,, 

C«,'  Vo!? ti ? ise.ti on  test  Tf  Sj  D-ipa-*’”? e:*t  of  Arvicvlb  r;?, 

Bulletin  314.,  p*  19,  using  50  gram  aempiev. 

Co  Total  bitumen  UoS*  Department  ox*  Agriculture  Bulletin 

3*?  /.  ~v  *'  n 

4  £  P  t.  K/c)  6 


The  broken  stone  shall  consist  of  angular  fragments  of  S8--25 
rock,  excluding  schist,  shale,  and  slate,  free  from  thin  or  elon-  Broken 
gated!  pieces^  soft  or  disintegrated  atone,  dirt,  or  other  object-  Stone 
ionable  matter,  occur ing  either  free  or  as  a  coating  on  the  stone, 

The  stone  shall  metfit  the  following  requirements; 

French  coefficient  of  wear,  not  less  than . ,8 

Toughness,  not  less  than . ,  . . ,8 


The  broken  stout  for  the  coarse  aggregate  shall  be  that  S8-26 
of  the  pTG<*iwt  cf  the  w.'*1  s?>i\  whiofc$  when  tested  by  means  Coarse 
of  laboratory  screen;^  wAav.  khe  following  requir  emente 3  Aggregate 

covfev3.fr,  not  less  than . ,95  per  cent 


portion 


passrw; 

Total  passing  y3/4y))  inch  scree;*. , , , , . 

inch  screen,  not  less  thai 


Retained  on  {•}■:■  inch 


j. 
CiK 

O  o  t  f  I  q  I  JU 


1) 


-I 

The  sand  for  fine  aggregate  shall  be  composed  of  sound!  88^27 
durable  stone  particles 9  free  from  a  coating  of  clay  or  loan*  Sand 

When  tested  by  means  of  laboratory  worsens  the  sand  shall 
meet  the  following  requirements  $ 

Passing,  (x)  inch  soreenc , . « . » . . *  * « »o 10 0  per  cehb 

Total  passing  40  mesh  sieve,  . . 20  to  73  "  l1 

Retained  on  IOC  mess  si ev-\  not  less  than- «90  ”  " 


Tho  mineral  filler  shall  consist  of  limestone  dust ^  dolomite? 8 -28 


dust,  Portland  cement,  or  natural  cement.  It  shall  be  free  from 
foreign  or  other  objectionable  material. 

When  tested  by  means  of  laboratory  sieves r  the  mineral 
filler  shall  meet  the  following  requirements; 

T  v  c*  *  ^  »«•«.-  *■'■>  *  *  ^ 

a  -v—  c  4.^^  'iv*  *^v/  w/.,»  ova  O  •«>£.»  w 

Total  passing  200  mesh  sieve,  not  less  than.. 65  u 


J: 


Mineral 

Filler 


The  broken  stone  and  sand  for  the  bituminous  concrete  S8-29 
shall  be  heated,,  as  directed,  before  entering  the  mixer  to  betweeiiEeating 
225F,  and  325  Ft  in  revolving  dryers  in  which  no  .flame  shall  be  Mineral 
permitted  to  core  in  contact  with  the  broken  stone  and  sand,  and  Aggregate 
in  which  the  broken  stone  and  sand  shall  be  continuously  agitated 
during  the  heating. 


i . 


»  /  .1.. 
■ 


y  The  b5.i'.uni'ncus  material  shall  be  heated  in  kettles  so  designed  S8-0C 

2.s  to  admit  of  even  heating  oi  the  entire  mss,  vith  on  ofiicient  and  pos-  Keating 
itive  control  of  the  heat  at  all  tines.  It  shall  be  heated  as  directed  to  xituninou 
a  temperature  betveen  275o  ?•  and  350  of.  11  bituminous  material  heated  Materia.: 
beyond  350o  either  before  or  during  mixing  "./ith  the  mineral  •  r err e rate  shall  be 
rejectee. 


The  Contractor  shall  provide  a  sufficient  number  of 


S3- 31 


accurate*  efficient,  stationary  thermometers  for  determining  trie  ten-  Thermometer 
perature  of  the  bituminous  material  in  kettles. 


0 urn.  1  shea  ■/: 
Contractor 


hen  thorouphljr  he-'1 


3 oG.  *c 0  -unc  tempera cure  airccoca, 


the .bituminous  material  and  the  mineral  aggregate  shall  be  accurately  S-6-32 

measured  and  nixed  so  what  the  resulting  mixture  shall  meet  the  following  mixing 
requirements :  . 

passing  Xgr  inch  screen  and  retained  on  a  3/4  inch...  1851  to  34/ 

passing  8/4  inch  screen  and  retained  on  a  /inch . 16/  to  31  / 

Passing  if  inch  screen  and  retained  on  40  mesh  sieve .12/  to  28/ 
Passing  a  40  mash  sieve  and  retained  on  a  200  mesh* .9/  to  25/ 


Passing  200  mesh  sieve 


Bitumen. 


•  •  •  ? 


.©*w*#r**o> 


• •  u  .  5/  to  8/ 
..6/  to  9/ 


hen  discharged,  the  mixture  shall  have  a  temperature  of  not  more 
than  325o  -and  not  less  than  2  5  Oof  . ,  as  directed. 

the  mineral  aggregate  shall  be  thoroughly  dried  and  heated  in  a 
rotary  dryer,  and  .‘bile  still  hot,,  shall  be  separated  into  at  least  four  sizes 
by  means  of  3,  rotary  screen  so  arranged  that  the  product  of  each  screen  section 
shall  drop  into  a  corresponding  compartment  or  bin.  The  aggregate  capacity  of  all 
compartments  to  be  net  less  than  ten  (10)  cubic  yards*  from  these  several  compart¬ 
ments  the  desired  amount  of  each  size  aggregate  shall  be  dram  into  a  veigh  box 
resting  on  a  multi -be  \n‘ scale j  and  each  size  shall  be  weighed  accurately  and  separate¬ 
ly  therein*  after  -which,  the  trhole  batch  ehu] 1  be  emptied  into  a  ?1T.r:ln«fugu  mixer, 
here  it  shall  be  thoroughly  mixedvith  the  separately  heated  asphaltic  cement,  until 
■he  combination  Is  0.  uniform  bituminous  concrete . 


as  directed 


w  t J 


All  defective  areas  in  the  foundation  shall  be  repaired 
in  advance  of  laying  the  bituminous  concrete.  Before  laying  the  bit  urn-  88 

inous  concrete  the  surface  of  the  foundation  shall  bo  dry  and  thorough-  Surface  . 
ly  cleaned,  foundation 


As 


The  bituminous  concrete,  heated  and  prepared  as  specified 
shall  be  delivered  direct  from  the  mixer  to  the  point  of  deposition  on  the 
foundation  in  trucks,  provided  .'ith  canvas  covers  for  retxinin;  the  heat, 
delivered  ,  the  bituminous  concrete  shall  have  a  benper  //’cure  of  at  least  226oF* 

Mr  ’serial  having  a  lover  temperature  then  this  shall  not  bo  laid  upon  the  S8*~34 
“bund  at  ion*  Before  the  bituminous  concrete  is  pi  .coo.,  .11  contact  surface  Maying 
f  curbs,  edgings,  manholes,  etc Ik  shall  be  '  ell  gain -ad  viih  hot  uitvninous 

bituminous  material.  the  xalxtur©  shall  be  droned  i  r  enough  in  advance  Concrete, 
of  its  final  position  to  in  ure  the  entire  load  being  turned,  and.  hen  ordered  by 
the  bhsineer,  each  ]oad  sh-11  l»s  dunned  on  an  or  tool  pi  hvcrais  instead 

dumninr:  on  the  concrete.  The  bituminous  concoct 0  s,;  .11  be  immediately  spread  as 
directed  over  the  foundation  course  by  man  ern.rianced  in  such  *ork* 


7 


Immediately  aft or  the  veariug  Surface  has  been  spread  33 

uid  before  it  has  been  compacted  in  any  manner,  it  shall  be  covered  with  B.ea.l  Jou'. 
•eal  coat  mixture,  which  has  been  mechanically  mixed.  The  seal  coat  mix- 
ore  shall  consist  of  approximately  one^feurth  (ip)  gallon  asphaltic  cement 
jO  twenty  (20 )  pounds  of  mineral  aggregate  not  la?.- per  than.'-  one- fourth  (g:) 
nch  diameter,  and  shall  be  used  in  sufficient  quantity  (approximately 
;hirty«five  (35  )  pounds  per  square  yard  )  to  comp'f e beiy  seal  the  surface 
?fter  compression,  Immediately  after  spreading  the  s^al  coat,  it  shall  be 
thoroughly  rolled  into  the  surface  mixture.  then  rolled  it  shall  have  a 
sickness  at  no  place  less  than  two  (2 )  inches  and  shall  be  free  from  surf¬ 
ace  depressions  and  irregularities.  The  paving  shall  be  done  as  contin- 
usly  as  practicable,  to  reduce  to  a  minimum  tne  numoer  ox  joints  between 
o t  and  cold  materials.  Such  joints  shall  be  constructed  as  directed. 


Rollers  used  c 
elr  propelled  rollers,  weigh! 
e  provided  with  an  ash  pan., 
oon  the  bit-ominous  concrete,., 

The  biiumi  nous 
fhall  be  rolled  at  on  ce  while 
h  the  edges  and  working  toward 
luminous  material  from  adder  .in 
lolling  shall  continue  without 
and  the  surface  shows  no  f  oot 
can  not  effectively  reach  she.  2 


n  the  bituminous  concrete  coat;  shall  be 
ng  not  less  than,  ten  (.10)  tons,  and  shall 
which  shall  prevent  ashes  from  cropping 


Sl3»-o6 

Rolling 


concrete  'Tearing  course,,  laid  as  specified 
the  mixture  is  '.'arnr.  and  pd cable,  beginning 
the  center o  Means  for  preventing  the  bi « 

g  to  the  roller  shall  be  provided  as  directed, 
interruption  until  all  roller  marks  disappear 
her  compressibility.  Places  "which  the  roller 
i,  be  compressed  "ith  hot  iron  tampers  * 


No  portion  of  the  finished  surface  shall  be  more  than  one- 
half  (|r)  inch  be  lor*  a  template  cut  to  the  cream  shewn  on  the  cross  section 


••  •  •  i*-  •  c 


^  "  Ct  °  ^ 

t  auW  ‘ 


V  .-w 


right  t  the  c:  it  or  'lire  cf  the 


.  oad,,  and  no  portion  of  it  shall  be  more  than  one-fourth  inch  below 
.t  straight  edge  (10 )  feet  in  length  or  more  than,  one^oighb  \l/S)  inch 
oelgiT  a  straight  edge  three  (3  )  feet  in  length  laid  on  the  p  avement 
•arailel  to  the  center  line  of  the  road. 


58-37 

Testing 


No  bituminous  concrete  shall  be  mixed  or  placed  between. 
December  1  and  April  1,  except  by  written  permission  and  no  bituminous 
concrete  shall  be  placed  when  the  foundation  is  damp  or  others. Lse 
unsatisfactory. 


38-35 
S.eas  onaX 
and  Weather 
Limitations 


This  work  wi 

Per  sqUare  yard ^ for  Class 
nich  price  will  include  a  12, 
work  incidental  thereto. 


IX  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price 
‘‘13%  Asphaltic  Concrete,  complete  in  plac 
materials,  equipment,  tools,,  labor,  and 


o 
**  5 


is  claimed 
struct ion 


Note:  Class  UB”  Asphalwic  Concrete  is  a  pc. vement  irhich  it 
by  barren  Bros.  Company  as  covered  by  their  patents  fair  con- 
of  bithulithio  pavements* 


£3-39 
Tias'ts  of 
Payment 


I 


~£r 


\ 


*7 


3 


ASi.'Ix.  JjTIC  0 OK CRETE 
(CVxSiJ.  c ) 


This  pavement  shall  consist  of  an  asphaltic  concrete  birder 
course  one  and  one-half  (Iff}  inches  thick,  and  an  isphu^tic  con-  So— '.0 

Crete  ’..'earing  course  one  and  lone-half  (if/)  inches  thick.  Description 

constructed  on  the  prepared  base  course  in  accordance  i.ith  these 
spec! f i c at 1 e n s  * 

the  bituminous  materia]  to  be  used  in  both  the  binder  and  the 
..•caring  course  shall  conform  ait  it  the  require  ends  atrf  cd  in  F.v..*-  SS-;." 

graphs  2,3,4,  and  5  of  this  section.  Bituminous 

Material 

BIDDER 


Broken  stone  for  the  binder  shall  consist  of  angular  .fragments 
of  rock,  excluding  schist,  shale,  and  slate.  It  shall  be  free  S3<»42 
from  thin  or  elongated  pieces,  soft  or  disintegrated  stone,  dirt.  Mineral 

Aggregate- 
broken  btone. 


or  other  objectionable  natter,  occurring  cither  free  or  as  a 
coating  on  t h e  s t  -aio . 

The  stone  snail  meet  the  folio  ring  requirements: 
french  coefficient  not  loss  than. .  .8 
Toughness  not  less  than, .8 
It  shall  be  oho  product  of  the  crusher,  vhich  "hen  tested  by 
means  of  laboratory  screens  trill  meet  the  fo.llo. ring  requirements  : 


Passing  iff  screen.,..*.. 

All  of  vhich  shall  be  screened  over  or  retained 


>  e-. 


1.*- 


•**  v*  •>**- 

-  r  ^  * 


The  binder  stone  shall,  in  all  cases,  be  veil  graded  onc- 
third  (.1/3)  by  veiglvc  being  from  ono-eighth  (l/8)  inch  in  size 
to  size  passing  a  five-eighths  (5/8)  inch  screen,  the  remaining 
too -thirds  (2/o)  being  of  a  larger  size# 

The  sand  shall  be  composed  of  hard,  sound.,  durable  stone 
particles,  free  from  coating  of  clay  or  loam.  V/hen  rested  by 
means  of  Libor aton*  screens  the  sand  shall  meet  the  following 


S3  *•••43 

O 

Oe  J »,  v.1 


reouirenents ; 


Pa  s  s  i  n  g  s  c  r  eon, 


100% 


S5«44 

Composition 
of  Binder 


Retained -on  200  mesh  sieve  not  less  than  93fo 
The  binders  shall  have  the  following  percentage  of  composi¬ 
tion  : 

Bx  cumxn.  4  co  6,0 

Sand  'j  •*  ir.Oro  oO,  0 

Broker.  Stone  65  to*? 5^ 

Departure  from  standard  proportions  given  ab6ve  shall 
be  at  the  discretion  of  the  Engineer « 

The  asphaltic  cement  sand  and  S’cone  shall  be  separately 
veighed  into  each  hatch. 

The  aggregate  shall  bo  dried  and  heated  in  properly  de¬ 
signed  driers  before  mixing  viih  the  asphaltic  cement*  The 
driers  shall  be  of  the  revolving  type,  thoroughly  agitating  and  53-45 
turning  the  materials  during  the  process  of  drying ,  when  the  Heating  Miner 
aggregate  is  thoroughly  dried  ar.d  heated  to  a  temperature  of  from  Aggregate . 
200o  to  350o  ‘Fahrenheit,  it  shall  immediately,  before  cooling, 
be  mixed  ith  0.  hot  asphaltic  cement* 


o 


The  asphaltic  Ctownt  ok- i.i  v©  moltovi  u i  a  kanic  ui  rangea  so' the 
heat  c an  be  properly  and  easily  controlled.  hen  melted  and  raised 
to  a  temperature  of  from  250o  to  I550o  F.,  it  shall  be  combined  v:ith 
the  hot  aggregate  .and  immediately  mined  in  a  properly  designed 
miner  ..ith  the  revolving  blades  until  a  thorough  and  intimate 
mixture  of  the  ingredients  has  been  accomplished  and  the  parti¬ 
cles  composing  the  aggregate  evenly  and  thoroughly  coated  vrith 
the  asphaltic  cement. 


S6- 


»\rO 


I.X-'  -.  inr.  i,.  i . < 
nous  water., 
nd  ..-ixini  , 


T^o  binder  mixture  prepared  -as  above  described  shall  then  be 
d  tc  the  street,  suitably  covered,  aiiilc  in 


S8«-V7 

T  •  r*»  •  # 

mo  aa 
0 cur fee v 


hauled  tc  the  street,  suitably  covered,  r.-hilc  in  transit,  so  as 
to  rfcaoh  the  street  wt  c.  Temperature  of  from  2’5Co  to  ScOo  Ft  The 
mixture  shall  then  be  promptly  and  uniformly  spread  upon  the 
foundation  to  such  thickness  that  after  being  immediately  and 
thoroughly  compacted  by  rollin'-:,  it  shall  have  a  thickness  of  ono 
and  •mc-h.-lf  (if)  inches*  and  its  upper  surface  shall  be  parallel 
tc  the  finished  surfo.ee  tc  be  laid  thereon. 

In  places  here  rolling  is  impossible  or  impracticable,  the 
binder  shall  be  compressed  by  tamping  •..•ith  hot  iron  tampers i 

Before  laying  the  binder  the  foundation  shall  be  svrept  end 
cleaned  and  all  dirt,  foreign  matter,  .aid  loose  materials  shall  be 
removed . 

Me  traffic,  except  such  as  may  bo  required  in  depositing  the 
surface  mixture*-  shall  be  altered  Ion  the  binder  course. 

Any  part  of  the  binder  course  that  shoos  lack  of  bond  or  that 
is  in  any  vy.  defective  or  "hich  may  become  loose  or  broken  up  must 
bo  taken  up  and  removed  irvm  the  street  end  replaced  '"ith  good  mater¬ 
ial,  properly  laid,  all  in  accordance  *  ivh  these  specific  /bi-ns* 

■  binder  shall  be  folio.. ed  and  covered  .ith  the  caring  surface  mixture 
as  soon  as  practicable  in  order  to  effect  the  moat  fh  rcu  h  bond  bet  'ocn 


the  binder  and  .oaring  surf  ce.  The  ..mount  of  uncovered  binder  in  xd- 

under  control  of  the 


v.'.ncc  of  the  •caring  surface  shall  be  o.t  all  tf.es 
in  inecr. 


generally,  no  placing ' of  binder  ill  be  -.Hu  ee.  in  cold  or  rain;/ 
Gather*  "he  engineer  may,  hoi/ever,  permit  ork  of  this  char.  ctcr  to 
?.  continue  then  overtoken  by  sudden  r  .in,  up  to  the  amount  diich  rx.y  be 
•  in  transit  from  the  clo.nl  at.  the  time,  but  the  plant  must  be  shut  dean 
on  his  orders  and  no  additional  material  laid. 

Binder  shall  al  ays  be  dumped  outside  of  the  space  in 
be  spread* 


1  *  *  *  •  _ 

Inch  10  is 


to 


On  the  binder  course  as  heretofore  specified,  shall  be  1  .id  S8»*48 

bituminous  concrete  •  earing  surface,  a hich  shall  be  constructed  ..caring  Covr  a 

in  'ccordancc  v-itb  paragraphs  S  to  13  inclusive,  of  this  Section* 


The  asph.  .ltic  c  pi:  nt  sho.ll  be  equipped  xitb  in  apparatus 

for  making  cont incus  record  of  the  temperature  of  heated  asphaltic  S8«d9 

cement  no.  mineral  ’ggregxtc  this  is  used.  This  -apparatus  shall  Fouipmenfkuv 
be  approved  by  the  ng incur,  and  drily  record  shall  be  submitted  to  nished  by  0- 
him  it  his  request.  he  pi  nt  sho.ll  be  oquipisi  a  ith  a  laboratory  tre.ctor. 
hiving  eight-inch  (8")  brass  screens  for  each  of  the  sizes  of  ag¬ 
gregate  specified,  a  send  scale,  be w  f  rk  testing  laboratory  penetromet¬ 
er,  i.ll  necessary  Thermometers,  a  heating  outfit  for  drying  sand,  sample 
bars,  tin  xcs,  md  pat  test  paper •  Those  facilities  shall  be  .vail.,  le 
/.or  use  ./  The  inspect ors  employed  by  the  engineer. 

This  . ork  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  square  S8«*50 
yard  for  class  C  asphaltic  concrete  complete  in  pli.ee,  .hich  price  .ill  fc.si:’ 


include  .11 


ri  Is,  equipment,  tools,  labor,  nd  ork  incidental  tc  eh 


c  not rue .ion  of  both  binder  nd  veering  course  as  specified. 


I 


1. 


MINNE30T A  STANDARD  3 PEC IFICAT IONS 
SECTION  NINE 

BITUMINOUS  FILLED  BRICK  PAVEME  NT 


This  pavement  shall  consist  of  a  vitrified  trick  wearing  surface 
three  (3)  inches  in  depth  and  a  cement  sand  bed  three-sixteenths  S9-1 

(3/16)  of  an  inch  in  depth,  with  a  bitupinaus  filler ,  constructed  on  Description 
a  prepared  base  course,  in  accordance  with  these  specifications. 


The  provisions  of  "General  Clauses  all  Pavements",  Section  4, 
shall  apply  in  detail  to  the  construction  of  bituminous  filled 
brick  pavements  under  these  specifications. 


S9-2 

General  Clauses 
all  Pavements 


MATERIALS 


The  sand  for  the  cement-sand  bed  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  S9-3 

Paragraph  S5-3^  and  4,  "Specifications  for  One  Course  Concrete  Sand  for 
Pavement."  Cement-Sand  Bed 

Vitrified  brick  shall  meet  the  following  requirements. 

(a)  Quality.  These  brick  shall  be  repressed  or-  wire  cut 
blocks,  thoroughly  annealed  tough,  durable,  regular  in  size  and 

shape  and  evenly  burned.  When  broken  they  shall  show  a  dense  stone-  S9-4 
like  body,  free  from  lttaps  of  uncrushed  or  improperly  mixed  Brick 

materials,  from  lime,  and  from  air  pockets  and  shall  show  but  slight 
laminations,  cracks  or  other  defects,  which  would  tend  to  depreciate 
their  value  as  paving  material.  Kiln  marks  shall  not  exceed  three- 
sixteenths  (3/l6)  of  an  inch  in  depth  and  the  wearing  surface  shall 
show  but  slight  kiln  marks. 

(b)  Size:  All  standard  sized  blocks  shall  meet  the  following  re¬ 
quirements  as  to  dimensions: 

Length  . . . . . inches 

Width  . . . 4  " 

Depth  . . . . . .....3 

Variations  aijiong  brick  from  a  single  plant  shall  not  exceed  the 
following  limits. 

Variations  in  length  . . . . . .  inch 

Variations  in  width  or  depth . . . „..l/8  M* 

If  the  edges  of  the-  brick  are  rounded  the  radius  shall  not  exceed 
three-sixteenths  (3/lS)  of  an  inch. 

(c)  Resistance  to  abrasion:  All  blocks  shall  show  a  satisfactory 
resistance  to  abrasion  as  determined  by  the  standard  "Rattler"  test, 
the  test  to  be  conducted  as  described  in  the  "1916  specifications  of 
the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials". 

Representative  samples  of  the  brick  shall  meet  the  following 
requirements  when  subjected  to  the  "Rattler"  test; 

Average  *  .  loss  by  abrasion  of  repressed  blocks  not  more  than  24$. 

Loss  by  abrasion  of  each  individual  repressed  block  not  more  than  26$. 

Average  loss  by  abrasion  of  wire  cut  blocks  (each  individual  wire 
cut  block)  not  more  than  27$. 


2. 

The  maximum  difference  in  per  cent  by  abrasion  when  more  than 
one  representative  sample  is  tested  shall  be  not  more  than  8$. 

The  brick  shall  be  subjected  to  inspection  subsequent  to  delivery 
at  the  place  of  usq  prior  to  and  during  laying,  in  order  to  call 
out  blocks  or  to  reject  the  brie::  which  vary  from  the  provisions 
of  the  preceding  sections.  The  following  unsatisfactory  blocks 
l^hall  also  be  culled  out  or  rejected. 

"  )(a)  All  bricks  which  are  broken  through,  or  chipped  in  such  a 
.aanner  that  neither  wearing  surface  remains  substantially  intact, 
or  in  such  a  manner  that  the  lower  or  bearing  surface  isreduced 
in  area  by  more  than  rone -eighth. 

(b)  All  bricks  which  are  cracked  to  a  depth  greater  than  one- 
eighth  {1/8)  of  an  inch  on  any  surface  or  which  are  cracked  on  the 
wearing  surface. 

(c)  All *> ricks  which  are  so  misshaped,  bent,  twisted,  or  kiln 
marked  that  they  will  not  form  a  proper  surface  or  align  properly 
with  other  bricks. 

(d)  All  bricks  which  are  obviously  too  soft  and  too  poorly  vit¬ 
rified  to  endure  street  we ar  or  which  will  show  abnormally  high 
absorption. 


The  method  of  sampling  and  testing  the  brick  and  the  rattler 
used  shall  be  that  recommended  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  except  that  the  loss  on  individual  brick  shall  be  con-  S 9-5 

sidered.  When  so  tested,  the  brick  shall  show  an  average  loss  by  Tests  of 

abrasion  of  not  more  than  twenty-three  (23)  per  cent  and  a  loss  Brick 

for  individual  bricks  of  not  more  than  twenty-seven  (27)  per  cent. 


"  /  The  bituminous  filler  shall  be  a  fluxed  native  bitumen.or  a 
product  obtained  in  refining*  petroleum.  It  shall  be  homogenous  free 
from  water  and  shall  not  foam  when  heated  to  200°O.  (392°f.  ) 

It  shall  meet  the  following  requirements: 

1,. Specific  Gravity  250/250^.  (770/710  F. )  not  less  than  o.980.  S9-6 

2.  Flash  point,  not  less  than  £0Q°£f  (392°F.)  Bituminous 

3.  Setting  point,  not  less  than  8Qoa.  (1?2°F.)  ■  Material 

4.  Pentration  at  35°e,  (7?°F.)  100  g,,  5  sec,,  30  to  50. 

Penttation  at  0°C.  (32oF. )  200  g.,  1  min,,  not  less  than  20. 

Pentration  at  46.10&.  (115°F. )  50  g,,  5  sec.,  not  less  than  100. 

5.  Loss  at  163°C,  (3250F.)  5  hour®  not  more  than  1,0$. 

Penetration  Of  residue  at  (77°f.)  100g.  5  sec,,  hot 

less  than  20. 

6.  Tatal  bitumen  (soluble  in  carbon  disulphide),  not  less  than  99.5$ 

(a)  Organic  matter  in  oluble,  not  more  than  0,2$. 

Tests  of  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  oil  asphalt  shall 
be  made  in  accordance  with  the  fallowing  methods. 


1.  Specific  Gravity,  U.  S,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bulletin  314,  p.5 

2.  Flash  point  (open  cup)  U.&,  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314,  p.  17 
%)  3.  Melting  point,  A.9.T.M,  Tentative  Standard  EU.36-16T,  Proceedings 

A.a.T.M.  1916,  p.  549 

4,  Penetration  A.S.T.M.  Standard  Test  U-5-16 

5,  Volatilisation  test  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314. 
p.  19,  using  50  gram  san^le. 

6,  Total  bitumen,  U.  S,  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314,  p.  25. 


jc 


t 


1 


1 

CONSTRUCT  IQi: 

The  brick  shall  be  hauled  end  neatly  piled,  without  the  edging 
line  in  sufficient  quantities  to  complete  the  hrick  surface.  Clamps 
and  conveyors  may  be  used  in  connection  with  the  work,  but  the  brick 
shall  not  be  dumped  from  industrial  cars  or  vehicles  nor  shall  they 
be  throi/n  to  piles  or  industrial  cars  or  vehicles.  The  brick  shall 
not  be  piled  in  any  place  where  they  will  be  spattered  or  covered 
with  mud  or  concrete,  or  otherwise  injured.  They  shall  preferably 
be  piled  at  the  edge  of  the  concrete  base  so  that  in  the  operation 
of  delivering  brick  to  the  dropper  the  men  will  not  be  required  to  step 
off  the  pavement  surface 


S.9-7 

Hauling 

Brick 


The  sand  for  the  cement-sand  bed  shall  be  thoroughly  mixed  dry  with 
Portland  cement  in  the  proportions  of  one  (l)  part  cement  to  four  (4) 
parts  of  sand.  The  sane  may  be  moist  but  must  not  be  wet.  The 
mixture  shall  be  spread  on 'the  concrete  base  to  a  thickness  of 
approximately  one  and  one-fourth  (l-^")  inches. 

After  the  cement- sand  cushion  has  been  carefully  placed  and  shaped 
it  shall  be  struck  off  to  the  desired  cross  section  and  a  smooth,  even 
surface  by  means  of  a  templet  supported  on  the  concrete  curb.  The 
templet  shall  be  adjusted  ’!So  as  to  give  a  thickness  of  one-half  (-g-) 
inch  to  the  cement-sand  bed. 

The  cdtfdrete  base  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  moistened  before 
the  cement-sand  bed  is  applied. 

The  operation  of  shaping  the  cement-sand  bed  for  the  brick  is  of 
prime  importance  in  securing  the  desired  thickness  and  surface  for 
the  finished  pavement.  The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  equip  him¬ 
self  with  the  proper  implements  and  to  secure  skilled  workmen  for  this 
part  of  the  work. 

In  delivering  the  brick  from  the  piles  for  placing  in  the  pavement, 
no  iTheeling  in  barrows  will  be  allowed  on  the  brick  surface,  but  they 
shall  be  carried  or  delivered  by  conveyors.  If  the  brick  are  carried  on  S9-9 
the  pavement,  it  shall  be  delivered  in  such  a  way  that  the-  carriers  will  Deliver  of 
not  wall!  on  andoff  the  pavement.  The  men  on  the  pavement  shall  be  Brick  to 

required  to  walk  on  one-inch  boards  placed  on  the  brick  already  i-aid.  Pavement. 

Prior  to  being  carried  on  the  pavement  the  brick  shall  be  hacked,  that 
is  r.epiled  in  such  a  way  that  the  best  side  is  up.  When  delivered  to  the 
dropper  the  brick  shall  lie  in  such  order  that  each  brick  in  the  regular 
operation  of  placing  it  upon  the  cement-sand  bed  will  bring  the  kiln  marks 
all  in  the  same  direction  ’with  the  best  side  uppermost. 


Upon  the  cement -sand  bed  as  prepared  the  brick  shall  be  laid  with  the 
best  side  up,  'with  courses  straight  and  at  right  angles  to  the  edging  S.9-10 

line.  If  the  brick  used  are  provided  with  lugs,  the  lugs  shall  be  in  one  Laying 
direction.  If  lugless  bricks  are  used,  extreme  care  must  be  exercised  in  the 

laying  the  brick  to  secure  spacing  equivalent  to  the  spacing  that  would  Brick 

be  secured  if  lug  brick  were  used.  If  deemed  advisable,  the  Engineer 


may  require  the  use  of  a  suitable  spacing  device  between  courses  to  insure 
uniform  and  adequate  spacing. 

Nothing  but  whole  brick  shall  be  used  except  in  starting  and  finish-  S9-11 

ing  the  course,  or  in  such  case  asmay  be  directed  by  the  Engiheer.  The  Rolling 
cutting  and  trimming  of  the  brick  shall  be  done  by  experienced  men.  the 

Brick. 


S.9-& 

Clement «  sand 
Beu 


( 


t 


Broken  and  chipped  brick  suitable  for  butting  may  be  used  to  the 
extent  of  obtaining  the  necessary  half  brick  fnr  breaking  courses 
and  making  closures.  Nothing  less  than  three  (3)  inch  bats  shall 
be  used.  The  fractures  ends  shall  be  turned  toward  the  center  of 
the  pavement.  All  brick  when  laid  shall  be  free  from  frost  and 
clean,  and  shall  be  kept  clean  and  entirely  free  from  dirt  or  other 
foreign  matter  until  the  pavement  is  completed.  All  the  work  of 
brick  laying  shall  be  done  over  the  brick  already  laid.  Walking  upon 
the  cement-sand  bed  will  not  be  permitted. 

Immediately  after  the  brick  have  been  laid,  all  soft,  broken 
or  badly  s pawled  brick  shall  be  removed.  All  misshapen,  brick 
shall  beturned  over  or  removed.  In  order  that  the  culling  operation 
may  be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  both  the  carriers  and  the  setters  shall 
use  due  care  to  see  that  only  acceptable  brick  are  put  into  the 
pavement.  The  Contractor  shall  promptly  cull  the  brick  andmake  the  necessary 
changes  and  replacements. 

After  the  brick  have  been  inspected  and  culled,  all  broken 
pieces  and  detritus  shall  be  swept  from  the  surface.  The  brick  shall 
then  be  rolled  with  a  tandem  roller  weighing  four  (4i)  to  six  (6)  tons, 
the  rolling  being  first  in  alongitudinal  direction,  the  roller  being 
moved  slowly  and  worked  gradually  from  the  curb  to  the  middle  of  the 
pavement.  It  shall  then  be  taken  to  the  opposite  side  s.nd  the  other 
half  of  the  surface  rolled  in  the  same  manner.  The  surface  shall  then 
be  rolled  a  second  time,  the  roller  being  worked  diagonally  across  the 
roadway  at  asnear  an  angle  of  45  degrees  as  ispossible  on  the  width 
of  roadway,  the  roller  being  manipulated  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cover 
the  entire  surface  during  the  diagonal  rolling.  When  this  has  been 
completed,  the  brick  shall  be  again  inspected  and  any  broken  or  damaged 
brick  removed  andreplaced  after  which  the  brick  shall  be  rolled  a 
third  time,  the  roller  moving  diagonally  across  the  surface  in  the 
opposite  direction  from  the  first  diagonal  rolling.  The  rolling  shall 
be  completed  before  the  cement-sand  bed  begins  to  set. 

After  rolling,  any  high  place-W  that  may  exist  in  the  surface  shall  S9-12 

be  corrected.  For  this  purpose,  a  suitable  hand  tampinh  device  may  be  used.  Hand 

Tamping 

After  the  brick  have  been  given  the  final  rolling  the  pavement 
surface  shall  be  tested  by  means  of  a  ten-foot  straight-edge  laid 
parallel  to  th<&  center  line  of  the  pavement.  In  testing  the  surface  S9-13 

of  the  pavement,  successive  positions  of  the  straight  edge  shall  be  (Character 
Japped  one-half  of  the  length  of  the  straight  edge.  Any  depressions  one-  of 
quarter  (ip )  inch  or  more  in  depth  shall  be  corrected  by  removing  and  Surface, 
relaying  the  brick.  The  surfaces  of  adjacent  brick  shall  not  differ  in 
elevation  more  than  one-eighth  (1/8)  of  an  inch. 


n  .  i 


5. 


If  at  any  time  is  it  considered  necessary,  the  Engineer 
may  suspend  the  laying  of  the  cement -sand  bed  until  the  laying,  S9-14 

rolling,  and  culling  of  the  brick  and  the  correction  the  Completion 

pavement  surface  has  been  brought  Up  satisfactorily,  At  the  of  Hoadway 

end  of  a  working  period  or  upon  stopping  work,  the  brick 
laying,  inspection,  rolling,  correction  ofsurface,  and  sprinkling 
shall  be  Completed  asfar  as  the  cement-sand  bed  has  been  laid. 


In  warm  weather,  after  the  brick  have  been  culled  andr oiled 
as  herein  specified,  the  surface  ofthepavement  shall  be  sprinkled,  S.9-15 

sufficient  water  being  used  to  thoroughly  moisten  the  cement -sand  -.pi  T.p.i'J.i-ng 

bed,  Care  should  be  taken  to  use  no  more  water  thab  is’necessary.  -Ac '‘brack 

In  cool  or  wet  weather,  the. .sprinkling  of  the  brick  may  be  omitted,  'll  r 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Engineer,  and  other  suitable  means  employed 
for  moistening  jfcshe  cement-sand  bed. 


After  the  brick  and  cement-sand  bed  have  become  dry,  the  joints 
shall  be  filled  with  bituminous  filler  of  the  quality  herein 
specified.  The  bituminous  filler  shall  be  poured  on  the  surface  of 
the  pavement  and  shall  be  immediately  worked  into  the  joints,  by 
means  of  squegees .  Repeated  application  of  the  filler  shall  be  made 
until  the  joints  are  completely  filled.  Practically  no  excess 
bituminous  filler  shall  be  left  on  the  pavement  surface  after  the 
joints  have  been  filled. 

The  bituminous  filler  shall  be  applied  while  at  a  temperature  of 
at  least  300  degrees  F.  The  kettle  shall  be  equipped  with  an 
approved  thermometer  to  register  its  temperature.  The  filler  shall 
not  be  applied  when  the  atmospheric  temperature  isbelow  forty  (40) 
degrees  F. 

Immediately  after  the  bituminous  filler  has  been  applied,  and  while 
it  is  still  hot  a  top  dressing  of  sand  approximately  one-eighth  (l/8) 
of  an  inch  thich  shall  be  spread  over  the  surface  of  thepavement. 


&S-16 

Applying 

Bituminous 

Filler 


As  soon  as  the  bituminous  filler  hs.-s  been  applied  and  the  cement 
in  the  cement-sand  cushion  shall  have  had  time  to  become  thoroughly 
set,  the  road  may  be  opened  to  traffic*  No  traffic  shall  be  allowed 
on  the  road  sooner  than  one  week  after  the  sand-cement  cushion  has 
been  sprinkled. 


S9-17 
Opening 
the  Road 
to  Traffic 


The  'price  per  square  yard  for  bituminous  filler  brick  pavement 
shall  include  the  furnishing  of  all  materials,  tools,  equipment, 
labor,  work  andsupplies,  and  constructing  the  paved  surface  com¬ 
plete  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications. 


&9-18 
Basis  of 
Payment , 


'  i  .  ,  « 


t 

I 

t 


X  x 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 

-  Section  Ten. 

WOOD  GUARD  RAIL. 

Guard  rail  shall  consist  of  wood  railings  and  woven  wire  fencing,  sup¬ 
ported  by  wood  posts  erected  where  indicated  or  directed,  in  accordance 
with  these  specifications. 

All  wood  posts  used  for  this  railing  shall  be  made  of  seasoned,  straight, 
sound  cedar  or  other  approved  wood,  at  no  place  less  than  six  (6)  inches  in 
diameter  or  six  (6)  inches  square,  but  round  and  square  posts  shall  not  be 
used  on  one  contract.  They  shall  be  not  less  than  seven  (7)  feet  in  length 
and  the  bottom  shall  be  sawed  off  square,  the  bark  removed  and  all  knots 
hewn  flush  with  the  face  and  the  surface  shaved  smooth. 


S10-1 

Description 


S10-2 

Wood  Posts 


The  lower  portion  of  all  posts  shall  be  treated  with  creosote  oil  before 
being  set.  The  creosote  oil  shall  be  applied  by  the  “Open  Tank  Process.’’ 
The  posts  shall  be  heated  for  one  or  more  hours  in  the  creosote  oil  at  a  tem¬ 
perature  of  from  180  degrees  Fahrenheit  to  220  degrees  Fahrenheit.  The 
posts  shall  then  be  quickly  transferred  to  a  tank  of  creosote  oil  at  a  tem¬ 
perature  of  about  100  degrees  Fahrenheit,  and  left  there  for  one  hour  or 
more.  The  treatment  of  the  posts  shall  extend  upward  from  the  bottom 
for  a  distance  of  four  and  one-half  (434)  feet-  The  penetration  of  the  pre¬ 
servative  at  three  and  one-half  (3)4)  feet  from  the  butt  shall  not  be  less 
than  one-half  (34)  inch.  The  posts  shall  not  be  treated  until  thoroughly  dry. 


S10-3 

Treatment 

of 

Posts 


The  Creosote  oil  shall  be  a  distillate  of  coal-gas  tar  or  coke  oven  tar.  It 
shall  comply  with  the  following  requirements : 

1.  It  shall  not  contain  more  than  3%  of  water. 

2.  It  shall  not  contain  more  than  0.5%  of  matter  insoluble  in  benzol. 

3.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  oil  at  38°/15.5°C.  shall  not  be  less  than  1.03. 

4.  The  distillate,  based  on  water-free  oil,  shall  be  within  the  following 
limits : 

Up  to  210°C.  not  more  than  5%. 

Up  to  235°C.  not  more  than  25%. 

5.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  fraction  between  235°C.  and  315°C.  shall 
be  not  less  than  1.03  at  38°/15-5°C. 

6.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  fraction  between  315°  and  355°C.  shall  be 
not  less  than  1.10  at  38°/15.5°C. 

7.  The  residue  above  355°C.  (if  it  exceeds  5%)  shall  have  a  float  test 
of  not  more  than  50  seconds  at  70°C. 

8  The  oil  shall  yield  not  more  than  2%  coke  residue. 

9.  The  foregoing  tests  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  standard 
methods  of  the  A.  S.  T.  M.  Serial  designation  D-38-18. 


S10-4 

Creosote 

Oil 


The  wood  rails  shall  be  made  of  well  seasoned,  straight,  sound  white  pine, 
Douglas  fir,  or  other  approved  wood,  free  from  loose  or  unsound  knots,  or 
other  defects,  and  shall  be  surfaced  on  all  sides.  The  top  rails  shall  be  six 
(6)  inches  wide  by  two  (2)  inches  thick  and  the  side  rails  shall  be  four  (4) 
inches  by  two  (2)  inches,  and  both  rails  shall  be  in  lengths  of  sixteen  (1G) 
feet  or  in  multiple  of  eight  (8)  feet. 

All  woven  wire  fencing  used  shall  be  common  galvanized  field  or  stock 
fencing  thirty-two  (32)  inches  wide,  having  eight  (8)  horizontal  wires,  the 
top  being  No.  9,  the  bottom  No.  10,  and  the  intermediate  and  stay  wires 
No.  11  gauge.  Stay  wires  shall  be  not  more  than  twelve  (12)  inches  apart. 
Each  horizontal  wire  shall  be  securely  stapled  to  each  post  and  the  top 
wire  shall  be  stapled  twice  to  the  top  rail  between  posts  (and  wrapped  around 
each  end  post,  the  end  of  each  wire  being  twisted  onto  the  corresponding 
wire  of  the  fencing.)  If  cedar  posts  are  used  the  staples  shall  be  one  and 
one-half  (134)  inches  long.  Shorter  staples  may  be  allowed  with  harder  wood. 


S10-5 

Wood  Rails 


S10-6 

Woven  Wire 


S10-7 

Paint  Pigment 
Vehicle 


S10-8 

Construction 

Methods 


S10-9 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S10-10 

Description 


S10-11 

Materials 


S10-12 

Composition 


S10-13 
Construct’on 
of  Rail  and 
Posts 


The  material  for  painting  the  fence  after  erection  shall  be  composed  of 
from  sixty-five  (65)  to  seventy  (70)  per  cent,  by  weight,  of  pigment  in  paste 
form,  and  from  thirty-five  (35)  to  thirty  (30)  per  cent  of  vehicle,  or  sixty 
(60)  to  sixty-five  (65)  per  cent  by  weight,  of  dry  pigment. 

(a)  The  pigment  shall  be  composed  of  not  less  than  sixty-five  (65) 
per  cent  of  pure  white  lead  and  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  per  cent  of  pure 
zinc  white,  all  finely  ground.  Not  more  than  fifteen  (15)  per  cent  of  inerts 
shall  be  permitted. 

(b)  The  vehicle  shall  be  composed  of  not  less  than  ninety  (90)  per 
cent  of  pure  raw  linseed  oil  and  sufficient  first  quality  Japan  or  other  approved 
drier  to  cause  the  applied  paint  to  dry  in  approximately  three  (3)  days,  but 
in  no  case  shall  the  dryer  exceed  ten  (10)  per  cent. 

The  guard  rail  or  fencing  shall  be  constructed  in  accordance  with  the 
standard  plan.  The  posts  shall  be  set  plumb  in  straight  lines,  spaced  eight 
(8)  feet  apart  on  centers,  three  and  one-half  (3)4)  feet  in  the  ground  and 
three  and  one-half  (3J^)  feet  above  the  ground  and  to  lines  and  grades  given. 
The  top  and  side  rails  shall  break  joints  and  be  fastened  securely  to  each 
post  as  shown  on  the  plans. 

All  joints  of  the  fence  shall  be  painted  before  being  fastened  together 
and  after  erection  the  entire  fence  shall  be  painted  with  two  coats  of  the 
specified  materials,  which  shall  be  brushed  in  thoroughly.  Woven  wire  shall 
be  stretched  tight  and  fastened  securely.  Each  end  post  shall  be  set  two 
(2)  feet  outside  of  the  guard  rail  line  and  its  top  shall  be  one  (1)  foot  below 
the  tops  of  the  other  posts.  The  bottom  of  the  woven  wire  of  the  end  panel 
shall  be  parallel  with  the  road  grade,  the  top  wires  to  be  cut  where  necessary. 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for 
wood  guard  rail  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  material, 
equipment,  tools,  labor  and  work  incidental  thereto;  also  all  excavation, 
refilling  and  disposal  of  surplus  material. 


CONCRETE  GUARD  RAIL 

Concrete  guard  rail  shall  consist  of  a  concrete  rail  supported  by  con¬ 
crete  posts  constructed  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications,  and 
erected  as  indicated  or  directed. 

All  materials  and  the  consistency  of  the  concrete  shall  conform  to  the 
requirements  embodied  in  Paragraphs  1  and  2  of  Section  4,  and  Paragraphs 
3,  4,  6,  7,  8,  9,  and  10,  of  Section  5  of  the  Standard  Specifications  of  the 
State  Highway  Department  for  one  course  concrete,  except  for  the  following 
changes : 

The  coarse  aggregate  shall  consist  of  well  graded  crushed  stone  or  gravel 
which  when  tested  by  means  of  laboratory  screens  shall  meet  the  following 


requirements : 

Passing  1"  screen . . 100% 

Passing  screen,  not  more  than .  5% 


The  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  (1)  part  Portland  cement,  and 
one  and  one-half  (1)^)  parts  of  fine  aggregate,  and  two  (2)  parts  of  coarse 
aggregate. 

The  concrete  shall  be  thoroughly  mixed  until  the  cement  is  uniformly 
distributed  and  the  concrete  is  homogeneous  and  uniform  in  color.  The 
concrete  shall  be  tamped  into  suitable  molds,  the  sides  of  which  have  been 
cleaned  and  oiled. 

The  longitudinal  rods  shall  be  wired  to  the  stirrups  in  order  to  prevent 
displacement  when  the  concrete  is  poured. 


2 


The  rails  and  posts  shall  be  covered  with  wet  sand  or  with  canvas  as 
soon  as  the  concrete  is  sufficiently  hardened,  and  this  covering  shall  be  kept 
moist  by  sprinkling  for  a  period  of  seven  (7)  days.  The  rails  and  posts 
shall  be  cured  for  twenty-one  (21)  days  before  erection. 

The  reinforced  concrete  guard  rail  shall  be  constructed  in  accordance 
with  the  Standard  Plan.  The  posts  shall  be  set  plumb  in  straight  lines, 
spaced  accurately,  8'  0"  apart  on  centers,  and  to  lines  and  grades  given. 
The  unpanelled  side  of  posts  shall  face  the  ditch. 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for 
concrete  guard  rail  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  materials, 
equipment,  tools,  labor  and  work  incidental  thereto,  also  all  excavation,  re¬ 
filling  and  disposal  of  surplus  material. 

GUTTERS 

(Plain  and  Grouted  Rubble) 

This  gutter  shall  consist  of  stones,  six  (6)  to  eight  (8)  inches  in  depth 
on  a  broken  stone  or  gravel  foundation,  approximately  four  (4)  inches  in 
depth,  constructed  on  a  prepared  subgrade,  in  accordance  with  the  dimen¬ 
sions  indicated  on  the  plans  and  in  conformity  with  these  specifications. 

The  material  for  the  foundation  shall  consist  of  approved,  clean,  sound, 
durable  crushed  rock  or  slag,  or  gravel  of  such  size  that,  when  dry,  it  shall 
pass  through  a  revolving  screen  having  circular  openings  three-quarters 
(24)  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  well  graded  from  coarse  to  fine,  containing  not 
more  than  ten  (10)  per  cent  of  clay,  loam  or  other  foreign  substances. 

The  gutter  stones  shall  Consist  of  approved,  sound,  durable  rubble  stone, 
shall  be  not  less  than  six  (6)  nor  more  than  eight  (8)  inches  in  depth  and 
shall  have  an  approximately  flat  top  surface  of  a  width  of  not  less  than 
two  (2)  inches  and  a  length  not  less  than  the  depth.  All  gutter  stones  shall 
be  inspected  thoroughly  before  and  after  laying  and  all  rejected  material 
shall  be  removed  immediately  from  the  work. 

The  material  for  filling  the  spaces  between  gutter  stones  shall  consist 
of  approved,  clean  gravel,  coarse  sand  or  stone  screenings  of  such  size  that, 
when  dry,  will  pass  through  a  laboratory  screen  having  circular  openings 
not  more  than  one-half  (34)  nor  less  than  one-quarter  (34)  of  an  inch  in  di¬ 
ameter,  well  graded  from  the  maximum  size  down.  An  exceedingly  fine 
material  will  not  be  accepted. 

The  grout  for  filling  the  spaces  between  the  stones  shall  be  composed  of 
one  (1)  part  cement  and  two  (2)  parts  sand,  meeting  the  following  require¬ 
ments:  This  sand  shall  consist  of  clean,  hard,  durable  grains.  When  dry, 
it  shall  pass  a  laboratory  screen  having  circular  openings  one-quarter  (34) 
of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  shall  be  graded  from  coarse  to  fine.  It  shall  con¬ 
tain  not  more  than  five  (5)  per  cent  by  weight,  of  loam  or  other  foreign 
substances.  “  Run-of-Bank”  sand  shall  not  be  used  except  upon  approval 
of  the  Engineer. 

The  material  for  filling  the  lower  spaces  between  the  blocks,  when  grout 
filler  is  used,  Shall  consist  of  approved,  clean,  durable  gravel  of  such  size 
that  all  will  pass  a  one-half  (34)  inch  screen  and  will  be  retained  on  a  one- 
eighth  (34)  inch  screen. 

The  subgrade  shall  be  formed  at  the  required  depth  below  and  parallel 
with  the  finished  surface  of  the  gutter.  All  soft  yielding  or  other  unsuitable 
material  shall  be  removed  and  the  subgrade  shall  be  compacted  thoroughly 
and  finished  to  a  smooth,  firm  surface. 


S10-14 

Curing 


S10-16 
Construction 
of  Guard 
Rail 


S10-16 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S10-17 

Description 


S10-18 

Foundation 

Material 


S10-19 
Gutter  Stone 


S10-20 
Gravel  Filler 


S10-21 
Grout  Filler 


S 10-22 

Laying  Gutter 


3 


The  approved  foundation  material  shall  be  spread  on  the  prepared  sub¬ 
grade  to  form  a  bed  approximately  four  (4)  inches  of  depth. 

The  gutter  stone  shall  be  bedded  in  the  foundation  perpendicular  to  the 
finished  surface,  with  the  flat  surface  up,  in  straight  rows,  with  the  longest 
dimensions  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line  of  the  gutter  and  in  close  con¬ 
tact.  They  shall  break  joints  satisfactorily  and  no  interstices  exceeding  one 
(1)  inch  in  width  shall  exist. 

S10-23 

Filling  Gutter 

The  stones  shall  be  rammed  thoroughly  until  the  surface  is  firm  and 
conforms  to  the  finished  grade  and  cross  sections. 

When  the  gravel  filler  is  to  be  used,  while  being  rammed,  the  approved 
gravel,  sand  or  screenings  shall  be  swept  into  the  spaces  between  the  stones 
until  they  are  filled.  Any  gutter  having  an  irregular  or  uneven  surface  shall 
be  taken  up  and  reset  satisfactorily. 

When  grout  filler  is  to  be  used,  while  being  rammed,  the  spaces  shall 
be  filled  with  the  approved  gravel,  sand  or  screenings  to  within  four  (4) 
inches  of  the  top  and  any  irregularities  in  the  gutter  shall  be  corrected,  after 
which  the  cement  grout  shall  be  poured  and  broomed  into  the  spaces  between 
and  over  the  stones,  this  operation  being  continued  until  the  grout  remains 
flush  with  the  tops  of  the  stones. 

S10-24 

Basis  of 
Payment 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  square  yard 
for  “Plain  Rubble  Gutter”  or  “Grouted  Rubble  Gutter”  as  the  case  may 
be,  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  materials,  equipment, 
tools,  labor  and  work  incidental  thereto. 

S10-26 

Description 

CONCRETE  GUTTER 

This  gutter  shall  consist  of  concrete  composed  of  one  (1)  part  of  Portland 
cement,  two  (2)  parts  of  fine  aggregate,  and  four  (4)  parts  of  coarse  aggre¬ 
gate,  constructed  on  the  prepared  subgrade,  in  one  (1)  course,  of  the  di¬ 
mensions  shown  on  the  plans,  in  accordance  with  these  specifications. 

S10-26 

Materials 

The  Portland  cement,  fine  aggregate,  coarse  aggregate  and  water  for  the 
concrete  shall  meet  the  requirements  for  these  materials  outlined  in  the 
specifications  for  “One  Course  Concrete  Pavement.” 

S10-27 

Construction 

Methods 

The  subgrade  shall  be  formed  at  the  required  depth  below  the  finished 
surface  of  the  gutter,  in  accordance  with  the  dimensions  and  designs  shown 
on  the  plans  for  the  bottom  of  the  gutter.  All  soft  and  yielding  or  other 
unsuitable  material  shall  be  removed  and  the  subgrade  shall  be  compacted 
thoroughly  and  finished  to  a  firm,  smooth  surface. 

Concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  the  above  proportions  and  in  the  same  manner 
as  specified  in  the  specifications  for  “One  Course  Concrete  Pavement.” 
After  the  subgrade  has  been  moistened  the  concrete  shall  be  placed  in  forms 
meeting  the  requirements  of  the  specification  for  “One  Course  Concrete 
Pavement,”  and  shall  be  tamped  sufficiently  to  bring  the  mortar  to  the 
surface,  after  which  it  shall  be  finished  smooth  and  even  by  means  of  a  wooden 
float. 

S10-28 

Protection 

When  completed,  the  concrete  shall  be  kept  moist  for  a  period  of  not 
less  than  five  (5)  days  or  longer  if  directed,  and  shall  be  protected  from  the 
elements  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 

S10-29 

Basis  of 
Payment 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  price  per  lineal  foot  for  “Con¬ 
crete  Gutter,”  which  price  shall  include  all  necessary  excavation,  back  fill¬ 
ing,  materials,  and  labor  of  mixing  and  placing  concrete,  and  all  work  inci¬ 
dental  thereto. 

4 


CONCRETE  CURBING 


Curbing  shall  consist  of  concrete  composed  of  one  (1)  part  of  Portland 
cement,  two  (2)  parts  of  fine  aggregate  and  three  and  one-half  (3^)  parts 
of  coarse  aggregate,  constructed  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  in  con¬ 
formity  with  these  specifications. 

The  Portland  cement,  fine  aggregate,  coarse  aggregate  and  water  for  the 
concrete  shall  meet  the  requirements  as  specified  in  the  specifications  for 
“One  Course  Concrete  Pavement.” 

Forms  for  placing  the  concrete  shall  be  built  and  set  in  place  in  accord¬ 
ance  with  the  requirements  specified  in  a  specification  for  “Concrete  Base 
for  Pavements.” 

Excavation  shall  be  made  to  the  required  depth  and  the  subgrade  or 
base,  upon  which  the  curb  is  to  be  set,  shall  be  compacted  to  a  firm,  even 
surface. 


S 10-30 
Description 


S10-31 

Materials 


S10-32 

Forms 


S10-33 
Excavation 
for  Curbing 


The  concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  the  above  proportions  and  in  the  same 
manner  as  specified  in  the  specifications  for  “Concrete  Base  for  Pavements.” 
and  shall  be  placed  in  the  forms  to  the  depth  specified,  and  tamped  and  spaded 
until  mortar  entirely  covers  its  surface.  Where  indicated  or  directed,  drain¬ 
age  openings  shall  be  made  through  the  curbing  at  the  elevation  and  of  the 
size  required.  The  top  of  the  curbing  or  the  exposed  surface  of  the  curbing 
shall  have  a  smooth  finish  and  the  outer  edge  shall  be  rounded  to  a  radius 
of  one  (1)  inch  while  the  concrete  is  still  soft. 

After  the  concrete  has  set  sufficiently  the  spaces  on  both  sides  of  the 
curbing  shall  be  refilled  to  the  required  elevation  with  suitable  material, 
which  shall  be  compacted  until  firm  and  hard. 

This  work  will  be  paid  for  at  the  contract  unit  price  per  lineal  foot  for 
“Concrete  Curbing,”  complete  in  place,  which  price  will  include  all  excava¬ 
tion,  refilling,  materials,  and  labor  of  mixing  and  placing  concrete,  and  all 
work  incidental  thereto. 


S10-34 

Placing 

Concrete 


S10-35 

Refilling 


S10-36 
Basis  of 
Payment 


5 


. 


•V  ,;V:X' 


W  O  f 


. 

gciduirJ  w1 


V  «t)D  •!> 


7*4 


4 


t 


■ 

, .  •  jfr  ■■  -r:-)>r‘V:u. ,  '  .  ~  3S  -{m 

•  '  ■  f{  n  .  V  •  /-  , 

'  - :  •»  •/■ ;  • ;  •  t'i 

■ 


‘  ■  .  •  i 


. 

'*  11  •  **  -tl  '  ’  ;  >  >.  ■  i  .  t 7  tW  i;  •/•</.< i 

’’t  •  i  "7  «i  .{  ?  t  ',«.i  Hi  •  -y,irt fv.yj  Vt{T 


:  r<  ■  .  :  .  :  : 

-  . 

1  <i  •  '  >(}’  ti  ■»  ffei  •  ,j.f  •  .1,  ;  Vtt  {  It, 

■  ;  i  :r  ’ 


'  .  • .  .  ...  . 

' 

•r  '  !  I '  -r.f.V 


.  ■  •  :  [  t 


. 

.  1 


'rjy 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  Eleven. 


BRIDGES  AND  MONOLITHIC  CULVERTS 


REINFORCED  CONCRETE 

Culverts.  For  openings  of  less  than  ten  foot  span  use  standard  re¬ 
inforced  concrete  culverts. 

Slab  Spans.  For  spans  of  12  feet  to  23  feet  inclusive,  standard  slab 
spans  or  special  design  culverts. 

Girder  Spans.  For  spans  of  23  feet  to  60  feet  inclusive,  use  standard 
reinforced  concrete  deck  or  through  girders. 

Arches.  For  spans  longer  than  60  feet  use  special  design  girders  or 
concrete  arches. 

STEEL  SUPERSTRUCTURES 

Beam  Spans.  For  clear  spans  of  12  feet  to  35  feet  inclusive,  rolled  beams 
with  concrete  floor  slab. 

Low  Truss  Spans.  For  spans  40  feet  to  80  feet  inclusive  use  low  riveted 
trusses  of  Warren  type  with  concrete  floor  slab. 

High  Truss  Spans.  For  spans  of  90  feet  and  over,  use  high  riveted 
trusses  of  the  Pratt  type  with  concrete  floor. 

Plate  Girder  Spans.  Plate  girders  may  be  used  for  spans  of  40  to  90 
feet,  but  their  use  is  not  recommended. 

Roadway.  The  width  of  roadway  should  be  not  less  than  18  feet. 

LOADING 

Dead  Load.  The  dead  load  is  the  total  weight  of  the  structure  includ¬ 
ing  the  weight  of  the  gravel  or  macadam  wearing  surface. 

Weight  of  Materials: 

Steel . 490  bis.  per  cu.  ft. 

Concrete,  plain . 140  lbs.  per  cu.  ft. 

Concrete,  reinforced . 150  lbs.  per  cu.  ft. 

Gravel  cover . 120  lbs.  per  cu.  ft. 

Creosoted  pine  or  fir....  55  lbs.  per  cu.  ft. 

Macadam  surface . 130  lbs.  per  cu.  ft. 

Earth . 100  lbs.  per  cu.  ft. 

LIVE  LOAD  FOR  CONCRETE  SPANS 

Uniform  Live  Load.  125  pounds  per  square  foot  of  roadway. 

Concentrated  Load.  Twenty  ton  tractor  as  shown. 


30,000* 


Sll-l 
Types  of 
Structures 


Sll-2 

Loading 


LOADING  DIAGRAM 


LIVE  LOAD  FOR  STEEL  BRIDGES 


Concentrated  Load.  20-ton  tractor. 

UNIFORM  LIVE  LOAD  • 

Beam  Spans-Plate  Girders.  And  low  truss  spans.  100  pounds  per 
square  foot  of  roadway. 

High  Truss  Spans.  90  to  100  feet  inclusive.  100  pounds  per  square 
foot  of  roadway. 

Spans  110  feet  to  120  feet  inclusive,  90  lbs.  per  square  foot  of  roadway. 

Spans  125  feet  to  140  feet  inclusive,  85  lbs.  per  square  foot  of  roadway. 

Spans  150  feet  and  longer,  80  lbs.  per  square  foot  of  roadway. 

Sidewalks.  80  pounds  per  square  foot. 

Wind  Load.  Wind  load  on  high  trusses  shall  be  considered  300  lbs.  for 
each  foot  of  bridge  on  the  loaded  chord  and  150  pounds  for  the  unloaded 
chord. 

Wind  load  shall  be  treated  as  dead  load. 

CONCRETE  ARCH  BRIDGES 

Arch  Ring.  125  lbs.  per  square  foot  over  one-half  the  span. 

Floor  Slab.  125  lbs.  per  square  foot  or  the  20-ton  tractor  previously 
described. 

Temperature.  The  temperature  shall  be  figured  for  a  maximum  varia¬ 
tion  of  15  degrees  above  normal  and  40  degrees  below  normal. 

LOADING  USED 

Loading  Used.  The  loading  used  on  any  span  shall  be  the  one  which 
produces  the  greater  stress,  and  shall  be  placed  so  as  to  cause  the  maximum 
stress  in  that  part  of  the  structure  under  consideration. 

STRESSES  IN  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES 

Sll-3  Modulus: 

Stresses  Modulus  of  Concrete — 2,000,000. 

Modulus  of  Steel — 30,000,000. 

Coefficient  of  expansion  of  concrete — .00000G. 

Maximum  Stresses: 

Concrete  in  tension,  0.0  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Concrete  in  compression,  600  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Concrete  in  shear,  40  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Maximum  shear  including  that  taken  care  of  by  reinforcing,  120  lbs. 
per  square  inch. 

Compression  on  Bearing  Plates,  400  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Bond.  Bond  between  reinforcing  steel  and  concrete  shall  not  exceed 
80  lbs.  per  square  inch  of  surface  area  of  steel. 

Tension  in  Steel.  The  allowable  stress  for  reinforcing  steel  shall  be 
16,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Arch  Rings.  The  maximum  permissible  stresses,  (including  tempera¬ 
ture)  in  arch  rings  shall  be: 

Concrete  in  compression,  750  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Concrete  in  shear,  50  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Steel  in  tension,  20,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

STRESSES  IN  STEEL  SPANS 

Tension.  16,000  lbs.  per  square  inch  of  net  section. 

701 

Compression.  16,000-—  but  not  to  exceed  14,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

1  =  unsupported  length  of  member  in  inches. 

r  =  corresponding  radius  of  gyration  in  inches. 


2 


Radius  of  Gyration  ~  shall  not  exceed  120  for  main  members  and  140  for 
lateral  and  other  secondary  members. 

Bending.  Extreme  fibre  of  rolled  or  built  sections,  tension  and  com¬ 
pression  16,000  lbs.  per  inch. 

Pins.  Extreme  fibre  of  pins  24,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Shear.  Webs  of  rolled  and  built  sections,  gross  section  10,000  lbs.  per 
square  inch. 

Shop  rivets  and  pins  10,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Bolts  and  field  rivets  7,500  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Bearing.  Pins  and  shop  rivets  20,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Bolts  and  field  rivets  15,000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

Rollers.  Expansion  rollers  (steel  rollers  on  steel  plates)  600  times  di¬ 
ameter  of  roller  in  inches,  lbs.  per  linear  inch. 

Expansion  Rockers.  Cast  iron  300  times  diameter  of  rocker  in  inches, 
pounds  per  linear  inch. 

Windstress.  When  considered.  The  strains  in  the  truss  members  from 
the  assumed  lateral  forces  need  not  be  considered  unless  the  strain  from  the 
lateral  forces  exceed  30  per  cent  of  the  maximum  strains  due  to  the  dead 
and  live  loads  upon  the  same  member.  The  section  shall  then  be  increased 
until  the  total  strain  per  square  inch  will  not  exceed  by  more  than  30  per 
cent  the  maximum  fixed  for  dead  and  live  loads  only,  or  when  the  lateral 
forces  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  forces  can  neutralize  or  reverse 
the  strains  in  any  member. 


REINFORCED  CONCRETE 

Type  of  Reinforcing  Steel.  Unless  otherwise  shown  on  the  drawings, 
all  steel  for  reinforcement  in  concrete  shall  consist  of  plain  bars  or  deformed 
bars  of  a  type  to  be  approved  by  the  Engineer.  Other  bars  may  be  used 
in  place  of  the  bars  shown  on  the  plans  providing  an  equivalent  area  of  steel 
is  used  and  on  condition  that  any  such  substitution  be  plainly  shown  on  a 
set  of  plans  and  the  same  be  submitted  to  the  Engineer  for  approval  before 
the  steel  is  ordered. 

Placing.  The  steel  bars  shall  be  distributed  in  the  concrete  in  the  exact 
positions  and  have  the  net  sectional  area  provided  in  the  drawings.  In  gen¬ 
eral,  they  shall  be  securely  wired  or  otherwise  fastened  in  place  before  con¬ 
crete  is  deposited. 

4  Material.  Unless  otherwise  provided,  all  steel  for  reinforced  concrete 
shall  be  of  “Structural  Steel  Grade”  or  “Intermediate  Grade,”  and  shall 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  “Standard  Specifications  for  Billet- 
Steel  Concrete  Reinforcement  Bars”  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials  as  given  in  A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards  1918,  Serial  Designation  A15-14, 
except  that  any  material  received  on  the  work  and  which  does  not  show 
the  required  physical  properties  may  be  rejected  by  the  Engineer.  No 
recoiled  material  or  high  carbon  steel  shall  be  used  on  the  work. 

'  Lengths.  All  bars  must  be  obtained  in  the  full  lengths  indicated  on  the 
plans. 

,/  Cleaning.  Before  steel  is  placed  in  the  concrete,  it  shall  be  free  from 
grease,  dirt,  or  rust,  and  the  contractor  shall  provide  means  on  the  work 
for  properly  cleaning  the  steel. 

Bedding.  Special  care  should  be  exercised  to  insure  thorough  contact 
of  concrete  with  every  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  steel  reinforcement. 

Expansion  Plates.  Unless  otherwise  shown  on  the  plans  reinforced 
concrete  through  deck  girders  thirty-five  (35)  feet  or  more  in  length  shall 
have  one  end  free  to  move  on  a  sheet  of  lead  one-eighth  (j/g)  inch  in  thick¬ 
ness  placed  between  planed  steel  plates.  Concrete  bridges  of  less  than  thirty- 
five  (35)  feet  in  length  will  either  have  both  ends  fixed  to  the  sub-structure 
or  will  have  one  end  free  to  move  upon  an  expansion  joint  prepared  of  bitu¬ 
minous  material. 


Sll-4 

Reinforced 

Concrete 

Material 


Sll-6 

Expansion 


3 


Sll-6 

Structural 

Steel 

Material 


Sll-7 

Design 


Expansion  Joint  Material.  Bituminous  felt  and  other  expansion  joint 
material  when  used  to  separate  the  super-structure  from  the  sub-structure 
of  concrete  bridges  and  when  used  to  separate  adjacent  super-structures 
shall  be  provided  in  sheets  having  a  manufactured  thickness  of  not  less  than 
one-fourth  {}/£)  inch. 

STEEL  SUPER-STRUCTURE 


Description.  Structural  steel  and  iron  shall  comprise  “Structural 
Steel”  and  “Rivet  Steel,”  “Steel  Castings,”  “Steel  Forgings”  and  “Iron 
Castings.” 

MATERIALS 

Structural  Steel  and  Rivet  Steel.  Steel  for  rivets  and  all  steel  for  bridges 
such  as  beams,  plates,  bars,  etc.,  except  castings  and  forgings  shall  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  “Standard  Specifications  for  Structural  Steel 
for  Bridges”  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  as  given  in  A. 
S.  T.  M.  Standards,  1918,  Serial  Designation  A7-16.  It  shall  be  understood, 
however,  that  samples  may  be  tested  either  at  the  manufacturing  plant 
or  at  any  such  other  place  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Engineer,  and  all 
steel  failing  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Specifications  may  be 
rejected  at  any  time. 

Steel  Castings.  Steel  for  castings  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 
for  Medium  Grade,  Class  B  castings  of  the  “Standard  Specifications  for 
Steel  Castings”  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  as  given  in 
A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards,  1918,  Serial  Designation  A27-16.  The  castings  may 
be  tested  in  accordance  with  the  method  described  under  Section  11  of  the 
specifications  referred  to  in  this  article,  but  it  shall  be  understood  that  the 
tests  may  be  made  in  any  laboratory  designated  by  the  Engineer  and  that 
steel  castings  failing  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  specifications 
may  be  rejected  at  any  time. 

Steel  Forgings.  Steel  for  forgings  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 
for  Class  C  forgings  of  the  “Standard  Specifications  for  Carbon-Steel  and 
Alloy-Steel  Forgings”  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  as 
given  in  A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards,  1918,  Serial  Designation  A-18-18.  It  shall 
be  understood  that  the  tests  may  be  made  in  any  laboratory  designated  by 
the  Engineer,  and  that  forgings  failing  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
the  specifications  may  be  rejected  at  any  time. 

Iron  Castings.  Iron  castings  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  for 
“Light  Castings”  of  the  “Standard  Specifications  for  Gray  Iron  Castings” 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  as  given  in  A.  S.  T.  M.  Stand¬ 
ards,  1918,  Serial  Designation  A48-18.  The  tests  may  be  made  in  any  lab¬ 
oratory  designated  by  the  Engineer. 

GENERAL  DESIGN 


Beam  Spans.  Beam  Spans  and  panels  of  truss  bridges  with  concrete 
and  wood  floors  shall  consist  of  six  lines  of  I  beams  and  two  lines  of  channels 
of  the  following  sizes  for  roadways  eighteen  (18)  feet  in  width: 


Limit  of 
Clear  Span 
12  feet. 

15  feet. 
18  feet. 
23  feet. 
30  feet. 


6  I-Beams 

8  inches  at  18  pounds. 

9  inches  at  21  pounds. 
10  inches  at  25  pounds. 
12  inches  at  31)4  pounds. 


2  Channels 

10  inches  at  15  pounds. 

10  inches  at  15  pounds. 

10  inches  at  15  pounds. 

12  inches  at  20)4  pounds. 

15  inches  at  33  pounds. 


15  inches  at  42  pounds. 

Add  one  I  beam  for  each  additional  two  (2)  feet  of  roadway. 

Open  Section.  Structures  shall  be  designed  so  that  all  parts  shall  be 
accessible  after  erection  for  inspection,  cleaning  and  painting.  All  parts 
are  to  be  so  designed  that  strains  coming  upon  them  can  be  accurately  cal- 


4 


culated.  Any  pockets  or  depressions  likely  to  hold  water  shall  be  provided 
with  drains  or  be  filled  with  waterproof  material. 

Floor  Beams.  Floor  beams  must  be  rigidly  attached  to  the  trusses. 
Floor  beams  hung  from  pins  by  means  of  loose  hangers  will  not  be  allowed. 

Roadway.  The  clear  roadway,  at  a  height  of  one  foot  and  over,  above 
the  roadway  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  eighteen  (18)  feet. 

Headroom.  The  clear  headroom  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  fourteen 
(14)  feet. 

Hand  Rail.  A  strong  and  suitable  hand  rail  shall  be  rigidly  attached 
to  the  superstructure  at  each  side  of  the  bridge. 

No  angle  iron  less  than  234x234x34  inches  shall  be  used  for  railing 
and  the  top  rail  shall  not  be  less  than  three  feet  four  inches  above  the 
roadway. 

If  outside  walks  are  used  a  latticed  hand  rail  shall  be  provided  for  the 
outside  of  the  walk. 

Compression  Members.  Shall  have  as  much  metal  as  possible  con¬ 
centrated  in  the  webs  and  flanges. 

In  built  sections  the  thickness  of  each  web  shall  not  be  less  than  1-30 
of  the  distance  between  its  connections  to  flanges.  Cover  plates  shall  have 
a  thickness  not  less  than  1-40  of  distance  between  rivet  lines. 

Thickness  of  Metal.  No  metal  less  than  one-fourth  (34)  inch  in  thick¬ 
ness  shall  be  used  on  any  bridge  except  for  filler  or  webs  of  channels  and  I 
beams. 

Minimum  Sizes.  No  rod  less  than  three-fourths  (34)  inch  round  except 
for  reinforcing  in  concrete,  nor  angle  less  than  234x2x)4  inches,  nor  I  beam 
or  channel  less  than  6  inches  deep  shall  be  used  on  any  bridge. 

No  cover  plate  in  trusses  shall  be  less  than  10x)4  inches. 

Bracing.  All  deck  bridges  shall  have  transverse  braces  at  each  panel 
point.  This  bracing  shall  be  proportioned  to  resist  the  unequal  loading 
of  the  trusses.  When  the  height  of  the  truss  exceeds  twenty  (20)  feet,  an 
approved  system  of  overhead  diagonal  bracings  shall  be  attached  to  each 
post  and  to  the  top  lateral  struts. 

Portals.  All  through  bridges  shall  have  a  portal  at  each  end  of  the 
span  connected  to  the  end  posts.  They  shall  be  as  deep  as  the  specified 
head  room  will  allow. 

Net  Sections.  Minimum  net  sections  of  members  must  be  used  in  cal¬ 
culating  tension  members,  taking  rivet  holes  as  one-eighth  (34)  inch  larger 
than  the  diameter  of  rivet  used. 

The  rupture  of  a  riveted  tension  is  member  to  be  considered  as  equally 
probable,  either  through  a  transverse  line  of  rivet  holes  or  through  a  zigzag 
line  of  rivet  holes  where  the  net  section  does  not  exceed  by  thirty  (30)  per 
cent  the  net  section  along  the  transverse  line.  The  number  of  rivet  holes 
to  be  deducted  for  net  section  will  be  determined  by  this  condition.  The 
effective  diameter  of  a  driven  rivet  will  be  assumed  the  same  as  its  diameter 
before  driving. 

Angle  Connection.  When  but  one  leg  of  a  single  angle  is  riveted  to  its 
connection  the  section  of  that  leg  only  will  be  considered  as  effective  in  ten¬ 
sion. 

Alternate  Stresses.  All  members  subject  to  alternate  compression  and 
tension  must  be  designed  to  safely  care  for  either  stress.  The  connections 
of  such  members  must  be  designed  for  a  stress  exceeding  the  larger  of  the 
above  stresses  by  twenty-five  (25)  per  cent. 

Combined  Stresses.  All  members  subject  to  compression  or  tension 
combined  with  bending  moments  must  be  so  proportioned  that  the  alge¬ 
braic  sum  of  the  stresses  on  the  outer  fiber  resulting  from  direct  compression 
or  tension  and  seventy-five  (75)  per  cent  of  the  bending  moment  shall  not 
exceed  the  above  limiting  stresses.  If  the  fibre  stress  resulting  from  the 
weight  only  of  any  member  exceeds  ten  (10)  per  cent  of  the  allowed  unit 
stress  on  such  member,  such  excess  must  be  considered  in  proportioning  the 
areas. 

Size  of  Rivets.  Rivets  in  main  members  shall  generally  be  three-fourths 


s 


(34)  inch  and  seven-eighths  (J4)  inch.  No  rivets  less  than  five-eighths  (%) 
inch  in  diameter  shall  be  used  in  any  part  of  the  structure. 

The  Pitch  of  Rivets  in  the  direction  of  the  strain  shall  never  exceed 
six  (6)  inches  nor  sixteen  (16)  times  the  thickness  of  the  thinnest  outside 
plate  connected.  For  angles  with  two  (2)  gauge  lines  and  rivets  staggered, 
the  maximum  shall  be  twice  the  above  in  each  line.  In  tension  members 
made  of  two  shapes  in  contact,  a  pitch  of  twenty-four  -(24)  inches  will  be 
allowed  to  hold  the  shapes  together.  The  minimum  distance  between  centers 
of  rivet  holes  shall  be  three  (3)  diameters  of  the  rivet.  At  the  end  of  com¬ 
pression  members  the  pitch  shall  not  exceed  four  (4)  diameters  of  the  rivet 
for  a  length  equal  to  twice  the  width  of  the  member,  and  at  the  center  the 
maximum  pitch  shall  be  six  (6)  inches  for  three-eighths  (%)  inch  plates,  five 
(5)  inches  for  five-sixteenths  (5-16)  inch  plates  and  four  (4)  inches  for  one- 
fourth  ()4)  inch  plates. 

Edge  Distance.  The  distance  from  the  edge  of  any  piece  to  the  center 
of  the  rivet  hole  must  not  be  less  than  one  and  one-half  (1)4)  times  the 
diameter  of  the  rivet  and  when  practicable,  it  shall  be  at  least  two  (2)  diam¬ 
eters  of  the  rivet,  nor  shall  it  exceed  six  (6)  inches  or  eight  (8)  times  the  thick¬ 
ness  of  the  plate. 

Direct  Tension.  Rivets  and  bolts  shall  not  be  used  in  direct  tension. 

Long  Rivets.  When  the  grip  exceeds  four  (4)  times  the  diameter  of  a 
rivet,  the  number  of  rivets  in  such  connections  shall  be  increased  at  least 
one  (1)  per  cent  for  each  one-sixteenth  (1-16)  inch  additional  grip. 

Fillers.  Rivets  passing  through  fillers  shall  be  increased  fifty  (50) 
per  cent  in  number. 

Rivets  in  Bracing.  Each  connection  of  the  bracing  must  have  at  least 
three  rivets. 

Indirect  Splices.  Where  splice  plates  are  not  in  direct  contact  with  the 
members  they  connect,  the  theoretical  number  of  rivets  on  each  side  of 
joint  shall  be  increased  30  per  cent  for  each  intervening  plate. 

Splices  in  Compression  Members.  In  continuous  compression  members, 
as  chords  and  trestle  posts,  the  abutting  joints  with  planed  faces  must  be 
placed  as  close  to  the  panel  points  as  is  practicable  and  the  joints  must  be 
spliced  on  all  sides  with  at  least  two  rows  of  closely  pitched  rivets  on  each 
side  of  the  joint. 

Connections.  All  the  connection  and  details  of  the  several  parts  of  the 
structure  shall  be  of  such  strength  that,  upon  testing,  rupture  will  occur  in 
the  body  of  the  member  rather  than  in  any  of  their  details  or  connections. 

Camber.  All  truss  bridges  shall  be  given  a  camber  by  increasing  the 
lengths  of  the  top  chord  3-16  inch  for  every  10  feet  in  length. 

Expansion  and  Contraction  shall  be  provided  for  in  trusses,  floor  system 
and  hand  rail  for  an  amount  equal  to  34  inch  for  each  ten  feet  of  span. 

Shoes  and  Rollers.  All  truss  spans  of  a  length  of  70  feet  or  more  shall 
have  pin  connected  shoes  at  the  ends,  one  end  of  span  to  be  fixed  to  founda¬ 
tion  and  the  other  end  free  on  either  cast  rockers  on  a  planed  base  plate, 
or  on  a  nest  of  turned  rollers  moving  between  planed  surfaces.  If  rollers 
are  used  they  shall  be  not  less  than  three  inches  in  diameter  for  spans  up 
to  100  feet  in  length  and  shall  be  increased  at  the  ratio  of  1  inch  per  100 
feet  for  additional  length. 

Spans  of  40  feet  to  65  feet  shall  have  one  end  free  to  move  upon  planed 
surfaces. 

Anchor  Bolts.  There  shall  be  two  anchor  bolts  in  each  shoe  of  spans 
of  40  feet  or  longer. 

Pin  Shoes  may  be  either  cast  or  built  up  as  shown  on  the  plan.  If  built 
up,  they  shall  be  made  of  riveted  plates  and  angles.  All  bearing  surfaces 
of  the  base  plates  and  vertical  webs  must  be  planed.  The  vertical  webs 
must  be  secured  to  the  base  by  angles  having  two  rows  of  rivets  in  the  vertical 
leg.  No  base  plate  or  webs  connecting  angle  shall  be  less  in  thickness  than 
34  inch.  The  vertical  webs  shall  be  of  sufficient  height  and  must  contain 
material  and  sufficient  rivets  to  practically  distribute  the  loads  over  the 
bearings  or  rollers.  The  length  of  the  sole  plates  shall  be  evenly  balanced 
in  front  and  in  back  of  the  center  of  pin. 


6 


Butt  Joints  of  compression  members  shall  be  faced  for  bearing  and  shall 
be  connected  by  splices  on  four  sides  to  hold  members  in  true  position.  All 
other  joints  in  riveted  work,  whether  in  tension  or  compression,  shall  be  fully 
spliced. 

Batten  Plates  shall  be  used  on  all  parts  of  compression  members  con¬ 
nected  by  laticing  only,  and  shall  be  placed  as  near  the  ends  as  practicable. 
They  shall  have  a  length  not  less  than  the  greatest  depth  or  width  of  the 
member  and  a  thickness  not  less  than  1-40  of  the  distance  between  the  rivets 
connecting  them  to  the  member. 

Low  truss  bridges  may  have  acceptable  batten  plates  instead  of  latticing. 

Lattice  Bars  must  not  be  less  than  1%  inches  wide  for  members  up  to 
7  inches  in  width,  2  inches  for  members  up  to  9  inches  wide,  2x/i  inches  for 
members  up  to  12  inches  wide,  2x/i  inches  for  members  up  to  15  inches  wide 
and  2^  inches  for  members  18  inches  and  over  in  width.  Single  lattice  bars 
shall  have  a  thickness  not  less  than  1-40,  and  double  lattice  bars,  connected 
by  a  rivet  at  the  intersection,  not  less  than  1-60  of  the  distance  between  the 
rivets  connecting  them  to  the  members.  They  shall  be  inclined  to  an  angle 
not  less  than  60  degrees  for  single  latticing  nor  less  than  45  degrees  for  double 
latticing  connected  at  intersection  with  a  rivet. 

Inclined  Bearings.  Bridges  on  inclined  grade  without  pin  shoes  shall 
have  sole  plates  beveled  so  that  the  masonry  and  expansion  surface  may  be 
level. 

Diaphrams.  At  all  points  where  floor  beams,  web  members,  portals  or 
other  bracing  connect  with  the  post  or  chords  proper,  diaphrams  must  be 
inserted  to  distribute  the  loads  and  forces  over  the  full  section  of  these  posts 
or  chords.  All  gravity  line  of  members  assembling  at  one  apex  must  intersect. 

PLATE  GIRDER  BRIDGES 

Design.  Plate  girders  shall  be  proportioned  on  the  assumption  that 
Y%  of  the  gross  area  of  the  web  is  available  as  flange  area. 

Thickness  of  Web.  The  shearing  stress  on  the  web  plates  shall  not  ex¬ 
ceed  10,000  pounds  per  square  inch  of  gross  area.  No  plate  shall  be  less  than 
5-16  inch  thick. 

Flanges.  The  compression  flange  shall  have  the  same  sectional  area  as 
the  tension  flange. 

The  unsupported  length  of  the  compression  flange  shall  not  exceed  16 
times  its  width.  The  effective  depth  of  the  girder  shall  be  the  distance 
between  the  centers  of  gravity  of  the  two  flanges. 

Bracing.  All  deck  girders  shall  have  transverse  bracing  at  the  ends 
and  at  intermediate  points. 

Floor  Beams  shall  be  rigidly  attached  to  the  girders. 

Field  Splices  in  web  plates  and  flange  angles  must  always  be  avoided 
when  the  length  and  weight  of  one  girder  does  not  make  the  hauling  pro¬ 
hibitive. 

Where  field  splices  are  unavoidable  they  must  be  so  located  that  no 
two  pieces  of  either  the  flange  or  web  shall  be  spliced  within  two  (2)  feet 
of  each  other  and  so  that  no  field-splice  shall  occur  at  any  point  where  there 
is  not  an  excess  of  sectional  area  above  the  theoretical  requirements. 

All  splices  must  be  capable  of  transmitting  the  full  stress  through  the 
splice  rivets. 

Web  Stiffeners  must  be  used  at  intervals  not  exceeding  the  depth  of  the 
girder  nor  a  maximum  of  5  feet  whenever  the  shearing  stress  per  square 
inch  exceeds  the  stress  allowed  by  the  formula  12,500-90  H  where  “H”  is 
the  ratio  of  depth  of  web  to  its  thickness.  All  stiffeners  must  be  capable 
of  carrying  the  maximum  vertical  shear  without  exceeding  the  unit  stress 

12,000-55y.  Each  stiffener  must  be  connected  by  a  sufficient  number  of  rivets 
to  transfer  the  maximum  shear  to  or  from  the  web.  Stiffeners  shall  have 
a  close  driving  fit  between  upper  and  lower  flange  angles. 

Flange  Rivets.  The  flanges  shall  be  connected  to  the  web  with  rivets 
of  a  sufficient  number  to  transfer  the  total  shear  at  any  point  combined  with 


7 


Sll-8 

Detail 


Sll-9 

Paint 


any  load  that  is  applied  to  the  flange  at  that  point,  in  a  distance  equal  to  the 
effective  depth  of  the  girder. 

Workmanship.  All  angles,  fillers,  and  splice  plates  on  the  webs  of  girders 
and  riveted  members  must  fit  at  their  ends  to  the  flange  angles,  sufficiently 
close  to  be  sealed,  when  painted,  against  admission  of  water. 

Web-Plates  of  all  girders  must  be  arranged  so  as  not  to  project  beyond 
the  faces  of  the  flange  angles,  nor  on  the  top,  be  more  than  1-16  inch  below 
the  face  of  these  angles,  at  any  point. 

Flange  Plates.  In  girders  with  flange  plates,  at  least  one-half  of  the 
flange  section  shall  be  angles  or  else  the  largest  sized  angles  must  be  used. 
Flange  plates  must  extend  beyond  their  theoretical  length,  two  rows  of  rivets 
at  each  end. 

BEAM  SPANS  AND  FLOOR  DETAIL  FOR  TRUSS  AND  BEAM  SPANS 

Tie  Rods.  Tie  rods  shall  be  %  inch  round  and  shall  be  spaced  at  each 
end  and  at  center  for  beam  spans,  and  at  the  center  of  each  panel  on  truss 
spans. 

Curb  Anchor  Bolts.  Anchor  bolts  %  inch  round  and  5  inches  in  length 
shall  be  placed  in  the  curb  channel  as  follows : 

In  beam  spans  one  in  upper  hole  at  each  rail  post,  and  in  truss  spans 
one  at  the  center  of  each  panel. 

Rail.  There  shall  be  two  lines  of  angle  railing  on  each  side  of  the  bridge. 

Railing  angles  must  be  not  less  than  234x234x34  inch. 

Posts  for  beam  spans  must  be  of  angles  not  smaller  than  334x3x5-16 
inch  and  must  be  placed  with  the  3  inch  side  against  the  curb  channel. 

Posts  must  be  spaced  not  to  exceed  8  feet,  4  inches  centers. 

Pipe  Drains.  Pipe  drains  134  inches  in  diameter  shall  be  placed  through 
the  floor  slab  next  the  curb  at  6  foot  intervals. 

PAINT 

Shop  Paint.  No  painting  shall  be  done  on  steel  that  is  wet  or  at  a 
freezing  temperature. 

Kind  of  Paint.  The  paint  shall  be  a  mixture  of  red  lead  and  pure 
linseed  oil  mixed  in  the  proportion  of  twenty-five  pounds  of  red  lead  to  a 
gallon  of  linseed  oil. 

Red  Lead.  The  red  lead  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  94%  of  true  red 

lead. 

Linseed  Oil.  When  furnished  in  paste  or  dry  form  the  pigment  shall 
be  mixed  with  pure  raw  or  boiled  linseed  oil.  This  oil  as  well  as  the  vehicle 
obtained  from  the  mixed  paint  will  be  subject  to  standard  tests  for  the  purity 
of  the  linseed  oil.  The  raw  linseed  oil  shall  conform  to  the  A.  S.  T.  M.  1918 
standard,  Serial  designation  D-l-15  and  the  boiled  linseed  oil  shall  conform 
to  the  requirements  given  under  Serial  designation  D-ll-15. 

Applying  the  Shop  Coat.  All  metal  work,  including  railings  and  stringers, 
shall  be  cleaned  from  all  rust,  scale,  dirt  or  grease,  and  shall  be  thoroughly 
dry  before  the  first  coat  of  paint  is  applied.  If  rust,  which,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  inspector,  cannot  be  removed,  is  found  on  any  piece,  that  piece  shall 
be  rejected.  All  parts  which  come  in  contact  shall  be  painted  two  coats 
before  they  are  riveted  together.  Round  brushes  shall  be  used.  Pieces  and 
parts  which  are  not  accessible  for  painting  after  erection,  including  eye 
bar  heads,  ends  of  posts,  chords,  etc.,  shall  have  two  coats  of  paint  before 
leaving  the  shop. 

While  metal  work  is  being  erected  in  place,  all  abrasions  of  the  original 
paint  and  all  rivet  and  bolt  heads  and  location  marks  must  be  cleaned  and 
painted,  preparatory  to  the  second  coat. 

Field  Paint.  After  the  structure  is  complete,  touched  up  as  described 
above  and  cleaned  from  all  rust,  scale,  dirt,  grease,  concrete  and  oil  that 
may  have  accumulated  during  erection  one  coat  of  an  approved  graphite 
or  carbon  paint  shall  be  applied  and  thoroughly  brushed  out. 

White  Paint.  In  case  the  County  Board  should  decide  to  have  the 
truss  and  railing  painted  with  white  or  other  paint  that  cannot  be  seemed 


8 


without  additional  cost  to  the  contractor,  the  County  authorities  shall,  by 
agreement,  agree  to  pay  the  contractor  for  the  added  cost  of  such  paint. 
This  agreement  shall  be  made  before  the  work  of  painting  the  bridge  is  done. 

DETAIL  DRAWINGS 

Truss  Spans.  Unless  otherwise  specified  on  the  plan  all  truss  spans 
will  be  fabricated  according  to  detailed  drawings  furnished  by  the  Highway 
Department. 

Beam  Spans.  Details  will  not  be  furnished  for  beam  spans  except  in 
specified  cases. 

ERECTION  OF  STEEL  BRIDGES 

False  Work.  The  Contractor  will  furnish  all  material,  build  and  erect 
all  false  work  and  assume  all  liability  for  any  accidents  or  damage  to  prop¬ 
erty  that  may  occur  during  the  erection  of  the  structure. 

Field  Connections.  In  the  case  of  truss  spans,  all  joints  shall  be  riveted 
except  the  connection  of  joists  to  floor  beams  and  railing  and  rail  post  con¬ 
nections. 

Erection  Bolts.  The  span  must  be  fully  erected  except  joists  and  rails, 
and  all  connections  bolted  before  any  rivets  are  driven.  Special  care  must 
be  taken  to  see  that  the  trusses  are  in  perfect  alignment  and  that  all  milled 
ends  of  compression  members  are  in  full  contact.  The  span  must  be  swung 
free  of  the  false  work  before  such  connections  are  riveted.  The  riveting  of 
trusses  lying  flat  on  the  ground  is  specifically  prohibited. 

Field  Rivets.  All  field  rivets  on  high  truss  spans  shall  be  driven  with 
an  air  hammer.  Whenever  possible  the  same  equipment  should  be  used  on 
the  low  truss  spans.  The  contractor  will  be  required  to  furnish  whatever 
equipment  the  Engineer  may  judge  necessary  to  insure  the  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  work. 

Rivets  shall  have  a  neat  and  finished  appearance  with  heads  of  approved 
shape,  full  and  of  equal  size.  They  shall  be  central  on  the  shank  and  shall 
grip  the  assembled  pieces  firmly.  Recupping  and  calking  will  not  be  allowed. 
Loose,  burned  or  otherwise  defective  rivets  shall  be  cut  out  and  replaced. 

In  cutting  out  rivets,  great  care  shall  be  taken  not  to  injure  the  adjacent 
metal.  If  necessary  they  shall  be  drilled  out. 

Reaming.  If  holes  do  not  line  up  they  shall  be  reamed  out  to  a  proper 
alignment.  Drifting  or  distortion  of  the  metal  will  not  be  allowed. 

Field  Paint.  See  Section  No.  11-9. 

ABUTMENT  DESIGN 

Stability.  All  abutments  except  those  which  are  held  apart  by  the 
super-structure  shall  be  so  designed  and  have  wings  of  such  length  that 
they  will  be  independent  of  support  from  the  span. 

Width.  Any  abutment  for  a  span  with  a  roadway  not  exceeding  20 
feet,  shall  be  not  less  than  22  feet  in  length  on  the  back  of  the  wall.  For 
wider  roadways  the  main  wall  shall  be  not  less  than  24  feet  in  length. 

Piling.  When  piling  are  shown  on  the  plan  or  are  required  by  the 
engineer  they  shall  consist  of  white  or  burr  oak,  elm,  fir,  cedar,  tamarac 
or  other  timber  that  will  satisfactorily  resist  the  blow  of  the  hammer  and 
is  approved  by  the  Engineer.  They  shall  be  sound,  straight  timber  from 
which  the  bark  has  been  removed  and  shall  measure  not  less  than  8  inches 
at  the  point  and  12  inches  at  the  butt.  It  is  understood  that  payment  for 
extra  work  will  be  made  only  for  the  total  number  of  lineal  feet  of  piling 
left  in  the  foundations. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  use  piling,  the  tops  of  the  piles  shall  project 
at  least  12  inches  into  the  concrete  after  all  damaged  wood  has  been  cut 
away.  When  piles  are  used,  they  shall  carry  the  full  load.  The  maximum 
load  on  any  single  pile  shall  not  be  more  than  10  tons  unless  indicated  on 
the  plans. 


Sll-10 

Drawings 


Sll-11 

Erection 


Sll-12 

Foundation 


9 


Sll-13 

Concrete 


The  allowable^bearing  on  piles  shall  be  computed  by  the  following 
formula : 

Safe  load  =  |^p  where  W  =  weight  of  hammer  in  tons  or  pounds. 

(The  safe  load  will  be  considered  in  the  same  unit). 

H  =  fall  of  hammer  in  feet. 

S  =  penetration  in  inches  (average  of  last  few  blows). 

CONCRETE  AND  CONCRETE  MATERIALS 

Cement.  The  cement  shall  be  a  standard  Portland  cement,  conform¬ 
ing  to  the  latest  Standard  Specifications  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials. 

Water.  The  water  used  in  concrete  shall  be  fresh,  clean,  and  free  from 
dirt  and  sewage.  The  use  of  alkali  water  will  not  be  allowed. 

Sand.  The  sand  shall  be  hard  and  well  graded  up  to  )4  inch  in  size 
and  shall  not  contain  clay  in  excess  of  3%  by  dry  weight.  Sand  containing 
organic  matter  or  slate  shall  not  be  used. 

When  the  sand  is  mixed  with  Portland  cement  in  proportion  of  1  part 
cement  to  3  parts  sand  by  weight  according  to  standard  methods  of  making 
1:3  mortar  briquettes,  the  resulting  mortar  at  the  ages  of  7  and  28  days 
when  compared  with  mortar  mixed  at  the  same  time  in  the  same  proportion 
and  consistency  using  the  same  cement  with  Ottawa  sand,  it  shall  show  the 
following  strength  results:  Class  A  and  B  Concrete  100%,  Class  C  Con¬ 
crete  100%. 

Pebbles.  Screened  gravel  shall  uniformly  range  in  size  from  )4  inch 
up  to  1)4  inch  for  reinforced  concrete,  and  up  to  2)4  inches  for  plain  concrete. 

The  pebbles  shall  consist  of  hard  and  durable  material  and  there  shall 
be  no  clay  or  clay  loam  adhering  to  the  pebbles. 

Broken  Stone.  Broken  stone  shall  be  clean,  hard  and  durable,  and 
range  in  size  from  }zi  inch  up  to  1)4  inch  for  reinforced  concrete,  and  up  to 
2 )/2  inches  for  plain  concrete. 

Proportioning.  The  proportions  of  the  different  classes  of  concrete 
shall  be  carefully  maintained  by  some  method  of  measuring  satisfactory  to 
the  Engineer,  the  cement  being  measured  as  packed  by  the  manufacturer 
and  a  standard  sack  being  considered  to  have  a  volume  of  one  cubic  foot 
and  the  aggregate  shall  be  measured  loose.  The  use  of  bottomless  boxes 
and  square  wheelbarrows  of  uniform  size  designed  for  this  purpose  will  be  * 
accepted  as  satisfactory  methods. 

Class  A  Concrete.  Class  A  Concrete  shall  consist  of  one  part  cement, 
two  parts  sand  and  four  parts  of  uniformly  graded  screened  gravel  or  crushed 
stone  which  will  be  retained  on  a  34  inch  screen  and  will  pass  a  1)4  inch  ring. 

Class  A  Concrete  will  be  used  for  all  reinforced  concrete  abutments, 
girders  and  slab  spans,  concrete  floors  on  steel  spans  and  reinforced  concrete 
culverts. 

Class  B  Concrete.  Class  B  Concrete  shall  consist  of  one  part  cement, 
two  parts  sand  and  three  parts  of  uniformly  graded  screened  gravel  or  broken 
stone  which  will  be  retained  on  a  )4  inch  screen  and  will  pass  a  %  inch  ring. 

Class  B  Concrete  will  be  used  for  railing  on  reinforced  concrete  slab 
and  deck  girder  spans,  for  portable  culverts  and  similar  structures. 

Class  C  Concrete.  Class  C  Concrete  shall  consist  of  1  part  cement, 

3  parts  sand  and  5  parts  of  uniformly  graded  screened  gravel  or  crushed 
rock  which  will  be  retained  on  a  )4  inch  screen  and  pass  a  2)4  ring. 

Class  C  Concrete  will  be  used  on  heavy  mass  abutments,  piers,  retain¬ 
ing  walls  and  similar  structures. 

Batch  Mixer.  Concrete  must  be  mixed  in  a  batch  mixer  of  a  type 
approved  by  the  Engineer. 

Degree  of  Mixing.  Each  batch  shall  remain  in  the  mixer  for  a  period 
of  not  less  than  one  (1)  minute  after  all  the  materials  are  in  the  drum.  Dur¬ 
ing  this  period  the  drum  shall  operate  at  the  speed  for  which  it  is.designed, 
but  not  less  than  fourteen  (14)  nor  more  than  twenty  (20)  revolutions  per 


10 


minute.  The  entire  contents  shall  be  removed  from  the  drum  before  materials 
are  placed  therein  for  the  succeeding  batch. 

Tempering.  Sufficient  water  shall  be  used  in  mixing  the  concrete  so 
that  the  water  will  readily  flush  to  the  surface  with  light  spading  or  troweling. 
An  excess  of  water  causing  more  than  a  slight  accumulation  above  the  sur¬ 
face  of  the  concrete  will  not  be  permitted. 

Retempering.  Concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  such  quantities  that  a  batch 
can  be  placed  in  the  work  within  30  minutes  from  the  time  of  mixing.  No 
concrete  which  has  taken  an  initial  set  and  which  requires  retempering  shall 
be  used. 

Placing.  All  concrete  shall  be  carefully  deposited  in  place  in  such  a 
manner  that  the  stone  and  mortar  are  not  separated. 

Spading.  As  fast  as  concrete  is  deposited,  it  shall  be  thoroughly  settled 
by  spading  or  other  means  to  bring  the  mortar  in  thorough  contact  with  the 
forms  and  reinforcing  steel. 


i 


i 


PLACING  CONCRETE 

Abutments  and  Piers.  Concrete  shall  be  placed  in  continuous  hori¬ 
zontal  layers  in  all  abutments  and  piers.  No  plane  of  set  will  be  allowed 
at  a  distance  of  less  than  18  inches  below  the  top  of  the  wall. 

Slab  Spans.  The  floors  of  slab  span  shall  be  poured  in  one  continuous 
operation  beginning  at  one  end  pouring  the  slab  and  curb  to  full  depth  as 
the  work  proceeds.  In  case  the  work  is  interrupted  the  construction  joint 
should  be  vertical  and  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line  of  the  roadway.  In 
no  case  will  a  construction  joint  be  allowed  outside  of  the  middle  third  of 
the  span. 

Through  Girder  Spans.  Construction  joints  must  be  at  the  center  of 
the  span  unless  otherwise  shown  on  the  plans.  Concrete  should  be  first 
poured  along  the  longitudinal  center  line  thence  pouring  on  both  sides  toward 
the  girders  or  curbs. 

Deck  Girders.  Construction  joints  on  Deck  Girders  should  preferably 
be  longitudinal  and  midway  between  girders.  Transverse  construction 
joints  will  be  allowed  only  at  the  center  of  the  span. 

Steel  Spans.  Construction  joints  on  concrete  slabs  on  I  beam  joists 
must  be  vertical  and  at  right  angles  to  the  beams. 

Joints  in  Walls.  If  at  any  time  the  work  is  interrupted  so  that  the 
concrete  already  deposited  attains  its  initial  set,  the  surface  of  such  con¬ 
crete  shall  be  chipped  off  for  a  sufficient  depth  to  expose  the  coarse  aggregate 
the  loose  material  swept  or  washed  away,  the  surface  thoroughly  wetted 
and  flushed  with  a  thin  1  to  2  mortar  before  concreting  is  resumed. 

If  the  work  is  interrupted  so  that  the  last  layer  of  concrete  is  deposited 
more  than  twenty-four  (24)  hours  before  the  next  can  be  laid,  and  there 
are  no  reinforcing  rods  projecting,  a  timber  eight  (8)  inches  wide  shall  be 

laid  the  entire  length  of  the  course  and  shall  be  bedded  for  at  least  four  (4) 

inches  in  the  concrete  and  allowed  to  remain  until  the  concrete  has  set. 

When  the  work  of  pouring  concrete  is  again  resumed,  the  timber  shall  be 

removed  and  the  surface  of  the  concrete  shall  be  cleaned  and  flushed  as  above 
indicated. 

Protecting  Concrete  While  Curing.  Concrete  floors  on  steel  bridges 
shall  be  kept  protected  from  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  by  means  of  canvas, 
straw  or  other  means  approved  by  the  Engineer,  and  shall  be  kept  contin¬ 
ually  wet  for  a  period  of  one  week  after  placing  the  same. 

Freezing  Weather.  Concrete  to  be  left  above  the  surface  of  the  ground 
or  water  shall  not  be  constructed  during  freezing  weather  except  on  the 
express  written  consent  of  the  Engineer,  and  it  shall  be  protected  in  the 
manner  ordered  by  the  Engineer. 

FORMS 

Furnishing  Material.  The  Contractor  shall  provide  all  necessary  ma¬ 
terial  and  means  for  building  the  forms  for  all  concrete  masonry. 


Sll-14 

Placing 

Concrete 


Sll-15 

Forms 


li 


Sll-16 

Finish 


Construction.  All  forms  shall  be  so  constructed  as  to  be  held  rigidly 
in  place,  line  and  elevation.  If  at  any  point  of  the  work  after  the  concrete 
has  been  placed,  the  forms  show  signs  of  bulging  or  sagging,  that  portion  of 
the  concrete  shall  be  immediately  removed  on  notice  by  the  Inspector,  and 
the  forms  shall  be  reset  and  securely  braced  against  further  movement. 

The  amount  of  concrete  to  be  removed  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Inspector,  and  no  extra  allowance  shall  be  made  to  the  Contractor  for  such 
work. 

All  forms  are  to  remain  in  place  until,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer, 
it  is  safe  to  remove  them. 

Moulding.  Triangular  moulding  having  1  inch  sides  shall  be  used  on 
all  exposed  comers. 

Beveled  Faces.  Forms  shall  be  given  a  bevel  of  1  inch  to  1  foot  wher¬ 
ever  projections  of  the  concrete,  such  as  copings,  floor  beams,  etc.,  would 
otherwise  cause  binding  upon  the  removal  of  the  forms.  The  narrowest 
parts  of  such  projections  shall  have  dimensions  not  less  than  as  shown  on 
the  plans. 

REMOVAL  OF  FORMS 

In  order  to  make  possible  the  obtaining  of  a  satisfactory  surface  finish, 
forms  for  ornamental  work,  railings,  parapets,  and  vertical  surfaces  that  do 
not  carry  loads  and  which  will  be  exposed  in  the  finished  work  shall  be  re¬ 
moved  in  not  less  than  twelve  (12)  nor  more  than  forty-eight  (48)  hours, 
depending  upon  weather  conditions;  forms  under  slabs,  beams,  girders,  and 
arches  shall  remain  in  place  at  least  twenty-one  (21)  days  in  warm  weather, 
and  in  cold  weather  at  the  discretion  of  the  engineer,  r  Forms  shall  always 
be  removed  from  columns  before  removing  shoring  from  beneath  beams 
and  girders,  in  order  to  determine  the  conditions  of  column  concrete, 
x  No  forms  whatever  shall  be  removed  at  any  time  without  the  consent 
of  the  Engineer.  Such  consent  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of  respon¬ 
sibility  for  the  safety  of  the  work.  As  soon  as  the  forms  are  removed  all 
rough  places,  holes,  and  porous  spots  shall  be  filled,  and  all  bolts,  wires  or 
other  appliances  used  to  hold  the  forms  and  which  pass  through  the  con¬ 
crete  shall  be  cut  off  or  set  back  one-half  Q/Q  inch  below  the  surface  and 
the  ends  covered  with  “Cement  Mortar”  of  the  same  “Mix”  as  used  in  the 
body  of  the  work. 

FINISHING  CONCRETE 

All  concrete  surfaces  shall  be  reasonably  true  and  even,  free  from  stone 
pockets,  and  excessive  depressions  or  projections  beyond  the  surface.  The 
concrete  in  bridge  seats  and  walls  shall  be  brought  flush  with  the  finished 
top  surface  and  uniformly  struck  off  with  a  straight  edge  and  floated.  Unless 
otherwise  specified  the  forms  of  all  ornamental  work,  railings,  parapets,  and 
all  exposed  vertical  surfaces  shall  be  removed  as  soon  as  safety  of  the  work 
will  permit  (usually  in  not  less  than  12  nor  more  than  48  hours)  and  any 
small  cavities  filled  with  mortar  of  the  same  mixture  as  used  in  the  concrete. 
The  whole  surface  shall  then  be  rubbed  with  a  wooden  float  or  carborundum 
brick  and  clean  water  until  all  form  marks  are  removed,  leaving  the  surface 
plain,  smooth  and  uniform  in  color  and  appearance.  Cement  wash  will  not 
be  allowed. 


CURING  CONCRETE 

As  soon  as  possible,  after  placing  the  concrete,  all  floors  of  slab,  deck 
girder  and  through  girder  bridges  shall  be  covered  with  gravel,  earth  or  straw 
or  be  protected  by  canvas  and  be  kept  wet  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  one 
week.  This  provision  shall  also  apply  to  concrete  floor  slabs  on  steel  stringers 
and  to  monolithic  culverts. 

\ 


12 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  FOUNDATIONS  AND  ABUTMENTS 


Cofferdams.  Pumping  will  not  be  permitted  from  the  inside  founda¬ 
tion  forms  while  concrete  is  being  placed.  Concrete  shall  not  be  placed 
in  running  water  and  shall  only  be  placed  in  still  water  with  suitable  appli¬ 
ances  and  under  the  direction  of  the  Engineer. 

The  inside  dimensions  of  cofferdams  shall  be  sufficiently  large  to  give 
easy  access  to  all  parts  of  the  foundation  forms.  For  under  waterwork  a 
suitable  cofferdam  shall  be  provided. 

Excavation  and  Backfilling.  The  amount  bid  for  abutments  and  piers 
shall  include  making  all  necessary  excavations  and  backfilling  the  trenches 
around  the  footings  up  to  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground. 

Clearing  Up.  The  Contractor  shall,  as  a  part  of  his  contract,  clear 
up  the  premises,  remove  all  false  work,  formwork,  etc.  He  shall  remove 
all  obstructions  from  the  stream,  leaving  the  waterway  in  as  good  condition 
as  before  the  work  was  commenced. 

TEMPORARY  BRIDGE 

If  so  ordered  the  Contractor  shall  build  and  maintain  a  safe  and  satis¬ 
factory  temporary  crossing  while  the  work  is  in  progress,  and  until  such 
time  as  the  new  structure  can  be  used. 

REMOVAL  OF  OLD  BRIDGE 

When  so  ordered  the  Contractor  shall  remove  the  old  bridge  and  pile 
it  near  the  site  where  directed  by  the  Engineer. 

TIMBER 

Quality.  The  timber  used  for  plank'  floors,  sub-planking,  nailing  pieces, 
shims,  retaining  pieces,  scupper  blocks,  hub-guards  and  all  other  dimension 
lumber  shall  be  strictly  first-class  oak,  tamarac,  Douglas  fir,  longleaf  or 
white  pine,  and  shall  be  cut  from  green  standing  timber  and  thoroughly 
seasoned.  It  shall  be  straight  grained,  free  from  shakes,  large  or  loose  knots, 
decayed  wood,  worm  holes  or  any  other  defects  that  would  impair  its  strength 
or  durability. 

Dimensions.  The  material  shall  be  sawed  straight  and  true,  and  unless 
otherwise  noted  shall  be  of  standard  commercial  dimensions  corresponding 
to  the  nominal  dimensions  shown  on  the  plans. 

Plank.  Lumber  for  plank  floors  and  sub-planking  shall  be  from  8  inches 
to  12  inches  wide  and  of  the  length  and  nominal  thickness  called  for  on  the 
plans. 

All  lumber  shall  be  cut  to  the  width  and  thickness  called  for  and  sur¬ 
faced  if  required. 

CREOSOTED  TIMBER 

Impregnation.  All  dimension  lumber  shall  be  impregnated  with  at 
least  (10)  pounds  of  creosote  oil  per  cubic  foot  of  material.  The  oil  shall 
be  of  the  kind  and  quality  herein  specified  for  dimension  timber. 

Defective  Material.  All  plank  or  other  dimension  timber  showing  de¬ 
fects  shall  be  removed  immediately  from  the  site  of  the  work.  Any  piece 
of  timber  noticeably  deficient  in  creosote  shall  be  rejected  in  the  same  manner. 

CREOSOTE  OIL 

General  Character.  The  oil  shall  be  a  pure  coal  tar  product,  free  from  ^ 
any  adulterations.  It  shall  not  contain  any  petroleum  oil  or  any  product 
obtained  from  petroleum,  and  shall  contain  not  more  than  3  per  cent  of 
matter  insoluble  in  benzol  and  chloroform.  No  oil  obtained  wholly  or 
in  part  from  water  gas  tar  will  be  accepted. 


Sll-17 

Construction 


Sll-18 

Timber 


Sll-19 

Creosoted 

Material 


13 


Sll-20 
Treatment 
of  Timber 


Distilling  Test.  The  apparatus  for  distilling  the  creosote  shall  consist 
of  a  stoppered  glass  retort  having  a  capacity,  as  nearly  as  can  be  obtained, 
of  8  ounces  up  to  the  bend  of  the  neck,  when  the  bottom  of  the  retort  and 
the  mouth  of  the  off-take  are  in  the  same  plane.  The  bulb  of  the  thermometer 
shall  be  placed  x/i  inch  above  the  liquid  in  the  retort  at  the  beginning  of  the 
distillation  and  this  position  must  be  maintained  throughout  the  operation. 
The  condensing  tube  shall  be  attached  to  the  retort  by  a  tight  cork  joint. 
The  distance  between  the  thermometer  and  the  end  of  the  condensing  tube 
shall  be  22  inches.  During  the  process  of  distillation,  the  tube  may  be  heated 
to  prevent  the  congealing  of  the  distillates.  The  bulb  of  the  retort  and  at 
least  2  inches  of  the  neck  shall  be  covered  with  a  shield  of  heavy  asbestos 
paper  during  the  entire  process  of  distillation,  so  as  to  prevent  heat  radia¬ 
tion.  Between  the  bottom  of  the  retort  and  the  flame  of  the  lamp  burner 
shall  be  placed  2  sheets  of  wire  gauze,  each  20  mesh  fine  and  at  least  six 
inches  square.  The  flame  shall  be  protected  against  air  currents. 

The  distillation  shall  be  continuous  and  uniform,  the  heat  being  applied 
gradually.  It  shall  be  at  the  rate  approximately  1  drop  per  second;  100 
grams  of  the  oil  shall  be  taken  for  distillation  and  all  percentages  determined 
by  weight  in  comparison  with  dry  oil. 

Oil  for  Dimension  Timber.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  oil  shall  be 
not  less  than  1.03  nor  more  than  1.08  at  25  degrees  Centigrade,  and  when 
subjected  to  a  distilling  test  in  the  manner  hereinbefore  described,  the  amount 
of  the  distillate  shall  not  exceed  the  following : 

Up  to  170°  Centigrade,  2  per  cent. 

Up  to  235°  Centigrade,  35  per  cent. 

Residue  at  355°  Centigrade,  not  more  than  35  per  cent. 

TREATMENT  OF  TIMBER 

Impregnation.  The  timber  shall  be  placed  in  an  air-tight  cylinder 
where,  by  means  of  steam,  at  a  pressure  not  to  exceed  25  pounds  per  square 
inch,  and  the  vacuum  pump,  the  sap  in  the  timber  will  be  vaporized  and  the 
moisture  removed.  When  the  timber  is  thoroughly  dry,  the  cylinder  shall 
be  filled  with  oil  and  pressure  shall  then  be  applied  and  increased  gradually 
to  not  more  than  200  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  maintained  until  the 
required  amount  of  oil  has  been  forced  into  and  retained  in  the  timber  and 
until  the  oil  has  impregnated  the  timber  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer. 
The  temperature  in  the  cylinder  shall  at  no  time  exceed  115  degrees,  Centi¬ 
grade.  In  the  process  of  treating  the  timber,  correction  shall  be  made  for 
any  water  contained  in  the  cylinder.  Compensation  shall  also  be  made  for 
leaks  and  other  wastes  of  oil  that  may  occur  during  treatment.  After  treat¬ 
ment  the  timber  shall  contain  not  more  than  15  per  cent  of  moisture. 

Equipment.  The  oil  tanks  and  cylinders  in  which  the  timber  is  treated 
shall  be  equipped  with  all  necessary  gauges,  thermometers  and  draw  cocks, 
in  order  to  facilitate  a  thorough  inspection  of  the  materials  and  treatments. 

Notification  of  Treatment.  The  creosoting  company  shall  notify  the 
State  Highway  Department  a  sufficient  length  of  time  in  advance  of  the 
date  the  timber  for  this  contract  will  be  creosoted,  so  that  an  inspector  may 
be  sent  to  the  creosoting  plant  and  arrive  in  time  to  inspect  the  material  and 
check  the  treatment  at  the  plant. 

PLANT  INSPECTION  OF  TIMBER 

Determining  Quantity  of  Oil  in  Timber.  When  plant  inspection  is 
made  by  the  Engineer,  the  quantity  of  creosote  contained  in  timber  shall  be 
determined  as  follows : 

The  trucks  containing  the  timber  shall  be  weighed  immediately  after 
the  steam  treatment,  and  shall  again  be  weighed  after  treatment  with  oil. 
The  difference  in  weight  shall  be  taken  as  quantity  of  creosote  impregnated 
in  the  timber. 

Oil  Samples.  The  quality  of  the  creosote  shall  be  determined  from  sam¬ 
ples  furnished  the  inspector  before  treatment  and  may  be  confirmed  by  a 
sample  taken  from  the  cylinder  during,  or  immediately  after,  the  treatment. 


/ 


I 


14 


Plant  Inspection  May  Be  Waived.  Should  the  creosoting  company  be 
notified  in  writing  that  plant  inspection  will  be  waived  on  dimension  timber, 
the  creosoting  company  will  be  required  to  furnish  a  certified  statement, 
signed  by  proper  officers  of  the  company,  which  statement  shall  indicate 
the  amount  of  creosote  oil  injected  and  remaining  in  the  timber,  and  the 
results  of  analysis  of  the  oil.  This  analysis  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with 
methods  herein  described. 

Failure  to  Give  Notice  of  Treatment.  Should  the  creosoting  company 
fail  to  notify  the  State  Highway  Department  of  the  date  the  material  is  to 
be  treated  as  heretofore  provided,  then  field  determination  of  quantity  of 
creosote  contained  in  the  timber  may  be  made  in  such  manner  as  the  Engineer 
may  desire.  If  in  his  opinion  the  timber  contains  less  creosote  oil  than  re¬ 
quired  by  the  specifications,  it  shall  be  rejected. 

PLANK  FLOORS 

Nailing  Pieces.  The  nailing  pieces  shown  on  the  plans  shall  be  rigidly 
bolted  to  the  channels  or  I  beam  by  means  of  ^8  inch  bolts  not  more  than 
three  feet  apart.  Nailing  pieces  bolted  to  the  side  of  beams  or  channels 
shall  have  the  top  of  the  mailing  piece  flush  with  the  top  of  the  beam  or 
channel. 

Placing.  All  plank  for  floors  having  no  special  wearing  surface  shall 
be  laid  with  34  inch  joints  and  fastened  to  the  nailing  pieces  with  two  wire 
spikes  at  each  intersection.  Such  spikes  shall  have  a  length  equal  to  at 
least  double  the  thickness  of  the  plank.  All  planks  shall  be  laid  heart  side 
down. 

Washers.  Wherever  the  head  or  nut  of  a  bolt  or  lag  screw  would  other¬ 
wise  come  in  contact  with  the  timber,  a  standard  size  washer  shall  be  used 
underneath  the  head  or  nut. 


BITUMINOUS  WEARING  SURFACE  FLOORS 

Nailing  Pieces.  The  nailing  pieces  shown  on  the  plans  shall  be  rigidly 
bolted  to  the  channels  or  I  beams  by  means  of  inch  bolts  spaced  not  more 
than  three  feet  apart.  Nailing  pieces  bolted  to  the  side  of  beams  or  channels 
shall  have  the  top  of  the  nailing  piece  flush  with  the  top  of  the  beam  or  channel. 

Sub-Planking.  Ship-lap  sub-planking  shall  be  used  and  shall  be  sur¬ 
faced  one  side  and  the  edges  milled  to  lap  not  less  than  %  inch.  The  depth 
of  groove  and  tongue  adjacent  to  the  surfaced  side  shall  be  dimensioned  from 
the  surfaced  side  so  that  a  tight  joint  will  be  secured  when  the  planks  are 
laid  surfaced  side  down.  The  sub-planking  shall  be  laid  surfaced  side  down. 

Calking.  After  the  sub-planking  and  retaining  pieces  have  been  laid, 
all  joints,  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer  are  not  sufficiently  tight 
to  prevent  the  leakage  of  the  bituminous  material  used  in  the  wearing  sur¬ 
face,  shall  be  calked  with  oakum  by  forcing  it  into  the  cracks  with  a  proper 
calking  tool  in  such  manner  as  to  forma  practically  water-tight  joint,  leaving 
the  surface  of  the  calking  not  less  than  34  inch  or  more  than  34  inch  below 
the  surface  of  the  sub-planking. 

The  plank  shall,  unless  otherwise  shown  on  the  plans,  be  fastened  at 
each  intersection  by  means  of  two  wire  spikes  having  a  length  equal  to  at 
least  double  the  thickness  of  the  plank.  Wood  shims  when  called  for  on 
the  plans  shall  be  rigidly  spiked  to  the  sub-planking. 

Impregnation.  All  dimension  lumber  shall  be  impregnated  with  at 
least  ten  (10)  pounds  of  creosote  oil  per  cubic  foot  of  material.  The  oil 
shall  be  of  the  kind  and  quality  herein  specified  for  dimension  timber. 

Lag  Screws.  Holes  for  lag  screws  shall  be  bored  slightly  smaller  in 
diameter  than  the  shank  of  the  lag  screws  and  have  a  depth  of  134  inches 
less  than  the  length  of  the  screw  under  the  head.  The  holes  shall  be  bored 
with  a  slight  inclination  from  the  center  of  the  plank. 

Retaining  Pieces.  The  retaining  pieces  shall  be  spiked  to  the  sub¬ 
planking  by  means  of  spikes  having  a  length  equal  to  three  times  the  thickness 
of  the  retaining  pieces. 


Sll-21 
Construction 
of  Timber 
Floors 


is 


Sll-22 
Ba^s  of 
Payment 


Scupper  Blocks.  Scupper  blocks  shall  be  rigidly  fastened  to  the  retain¬ 
ing  piece  by  means  of  wire  spikes  in  addition  to  the  bolts  shown  on  the  plans. 

Wheel  Guards.  Wheel  guards  shall  be  placed  on  top  of  the  scupper 
blocks  and  fastened  in  place  by  means  of  one  %  inch  lag  screw  at  each  end 
of  each  piece  and  at  each  intermediate  scupper  block.  The  lag  screw  shall 
extend  entirely  through  the  wheel  guard,  scupper  block,  retaining  piece, 
sub-plank  and  secure  a  firm  grip  in  the  nailing  piece. 

Washers.  Wherever  the  head  or  nut  of  a  bolt  or  lag  screw  would 
otherwise  come  in  contact  with  the  timber,  a  standard  size  washer  shall 
be  used  underneath  the  head  or  nut. 

Countersinking.  Countersinking  shall  be  resorted  to  whenever  the 
heads  of  screws  or  bolts  would  otherwise  interfere  with  assembling  the  work. 
Recesses  formed  by  countersinking  shall  be  filled  with  hot  asphalt  or  tar. 

BITUMINOUS  SURFACE 

Application.  Any  bituminous  wearing  surface  used  on  a  bridge  floor 
shall  be  applied  according  to  the  special  provisions  set  forth  as  a  part  of  the 
specifications  for  each  job. 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT  FOR  BRIDGEWORK 

The  basis  of  payment  will  be  the  sum  specified  by  the  contractor  in  his 
proposal  for  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the  structure  or  structures.  In¬ 
creases,  if  any,  will  be  paid  for  at  the  unit  prices  named  in  the  proposal  for 
such  increases  and  will  be  allowed  for  the  actual  added  quantities  of  the 
various  items. 

In  case  of  reduction  of  quantities,  the  decrease  will  be  computed  on  the 
basis  of  the  unit  prices  for  such  decrease. 

In  case  the  contractor  does  not  fill  out  the  portion  of  the  proposal  re¬ 
ferring  to  increases  and  decreases,  any  compensation  for  increases  or  deduc¬ 
tion  for  decreased  quantities  shall  be  computed  as  follows:  The  engineer, 
using  the  contract  price  as  a  basis,  shall  estimate  the  unit  cost  of  the  various 
items  and  for  all  increases  allow  the  unit  cost  plus  15  per  cent  and  for  de¬ 
creases  subtract  the  unit  cost  less  15  per  cent. 


16 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  Twelve. 


MONOLITHIC  CONCRETE  CULVERTS 


The  provisions  of  these  specifications  regarding  materials,  construction 
methods  and  character  of  workmanship  for  concrete  and  concrete  bridges 
shall  also  apply  to  monolithic  concrete  culverts.  Class  “A”  concrete,  as 
described  in  Section  11-13,  shall  be  used  for  all  monolithic  culverts. 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT 

Unless  otherwise  specified  by  the  engineer,  the  basis  of  payment  will 
be  the  lump  sum  specified  by  the  contractor  in  his  proposal  for  which  sum 
he  shall  furnish  all  material  required,  and  do  all  work  including  the  neces¬ 
sary  excavation  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  the  structure. 

When  so  specified  by  the  engineer  in  the  proposal,  the  contract  shall 
be  awarded  and  payment  made  on  the  following  basis,  bidding  unit  prices 
on  the  following  items  or  other  items  appearing  in  the  proposal  form: 

Concrete  in  place - per  cu.  yard. 

Reinforcing  steel  in  place - per  lb. 

Pipe  rail  in  place - per  lineal  foot. 

Excavation  per  cu.  yd. 

Excavation  classified  in  accordance  with  Sec.  2-10. 
of  the  grading  specifications  for  earth,  loose  rock 
and  solid  rock. 

The  yardage  of  the  excavation  shall  be  computed  on  an  area  G  inches 
greater  in  every  direction  than  the  area  of  the  culvert  footing. 

SECTIONAL  CONCRETE  CULVERTS 

General.  The  specifications  applying  to  concrete,  concrete  materials, 
reinforcing  steel  and  concrete  construction  for  bridges  and  culverts  shall 
apply  to  sectional  concrete  culverts. 

Concrete.  Class  “B”  concrete  shall  be  used  and  shall  consist  of  one 
part  cement,  two  parts  sand,  and  three  parts  gravel  or  crushed  rock  of  such 
size  that  it  will  be  retained  on  a  34  inch  screen  and  will  pass  a  34  inch  ring. 
At  least  40  per  cent  and  not  more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  stone  or  gravel 
must  be  retained  on  a  34  inch  screen. 

Concrete  Materials.  See  Bridge  and  Culvert  specifications  for  con¬ 
crete  materials  and  reinforcing  steel. 

Type  of  Reinforcing.  Reinforcing  may  be  wire  hoops,  expanded  metal 
or  wire  mesh. 

Wiring.  Reinforcing  must  lap  not  less  than  8  inches  and  be  securely 
wired  at  splice. 

Forms.  The  inner  and  outer  forms  must  be  truly  concentric.  The 
forms  must  be  tight,  to  prevent  leakage  of  mortar. 

Finish.  The  concrete  aggregates  must  be  properly  proportioned  to  se¬ 
cure  a  smooth  finish  and  a  dense  concrete.  The  ends  of  the  section  must  be 
well  filled,  smooth,  and  concentric  with  the  barrel  of  the  culvert.  Porous 
concrete,  imperfectly  filled  or  otherwise  defective  ends  will  be  considered 
sufficient  for  rejection. 

Curing.  After  removal  of  forms,  pipe  shall  be  kept  moist  by  frequent 
sprinkling  for  a  period  of  four  days. 

Marking.  All  sections  shall  be  marked  with  the  date  of  manufacture. 
No  pipe  shall  be  shipped  prior  to  14  days  from  date  of  pouring. 

Length.  No  section  shall  be  less  than  2  feet  or  more  than  3  feet,  net 
length. 

Approval.  Sectional  culverts  of  other  than  circular  form,  but  of  equal 
strength,  may  be  approved  as  to  design  upon  submission  of  detail  plans  to 
the  State  Highway  Department,  and  sections  of  these  culverts  may  be  sub¬ 
jected  to  tests  similar  to  that  described  below. 


S12-1 

General 

Provisions 


S12-2 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S12-3 

Sectional 

Concrete 

Culverts 


S12-4 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S12-6 

Corrugated 

Metal 

Culverts 


If  culverts  manufactured  by  any  company  fail  to  consistently  pass  the 
test  for  strength,  then  that  product  will  not  be  accepted  until  satisfactory 
proof  has  been  presented  showing  that  the  defects  have  been  remedied. 

Strength.  Concrete  taken  from  culverts  not  less  than  28  days  after 
pouring  shall  show,  under  test,  a  compressive  strength  of  not  less  than  2,000 
lbs.  per  square  inch. 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT 

The  basis  of  payment  for  sectional  concrete  culvert  pipe  shall  be  the 
unit  price  bid  per  foot  of  pipe  F.  O.  B.  cars  at  destination,  specified  by  the 
purchaser,  provided  that  all  such  culverts  comply  with  the  specifications 
and  are  delivered  unbroken  and  in  satisfactory  condition. 

CORRUGATED  METAL  PIPE 

Shape.  Pipe  submitted  under  these  specifications  shall  be  of  the  full 
circle  riveted  type,  with  lap  joint  construction.  Sectional  or  nestable  types 
of  corrugated  pipe  will  be  admitted  only  as  special  cases  where  some  local 
conditions  make  this  form  desirable.  Unless  such  conditions  exist,  bids 
will  not  be  considered  upon  this  type  of  pipe. 

Should  the  County  desire  to  admit  bids  on  sectional  or  nestable  type  of 
pipe,  this  fact  shall  be  set  forth  in  the  notice  to  bidders,  and  bids  on  such 
pipe  shall  be  accompanied  by  full  detailed  drawings  and  a  description  show¬ 
ing  all  details  of  construction  and  weight  per  foot  of  pipe. 

Classes  of  Metal.  Two  classes  of  base  metal  for  use  in  corrugated  metal 
pipe  are  recognized  in  these  specifications.  Class  “A”  and  Class  “B.”  Class 
“A”  includes  the  metals  commonly  designated  as  pure  irons,  which  are  the 
products  of  the  open  hearth  furnace  in  which  the  refining  operation  is  car¬ 
ried  forward  until  the  impurities  are  reduced  to  a  relatively  low  percentage. 

Class  “B  ”  includes  those  metals  commonly  designated  as  copper  bearing 
steels  which  are  the  normal  product  of  the  open  hearth  furnace  with  which 
is  alloyed  a  small  percentage  of  copper. 

Quality  of  Metals.  Class  “A”  base  metal  shall  contain  not  more  than 
twenty-five  hundredths  (.25)  per  cent  in  the  aggregate  of  the  following 
metaloids:  Carbon,  sulphur,  phosphorous,  silicon  and  manganese,  and  shall 
contain  not  more  than  four  hundredths  (.04)  per  cent  of  carbon,  thirty- 
five  thousandths  (.035)  per  cent  of  sulphur,  and  six  thousandths  (.006)  per 
cent  of  phosphorus. 

An  allowance  may  be  made  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  five  metaloids 
specified  above  of  four  hundredths  (.04)  per  cent. 

Class  “B”  base  metals  shall  contain  not  more  than  seven  tenths  (.7) 
per  cent  in  the  aggregate  of  the  following  metaloids:  Carbon,  sulphur, 
phosphorous,  silicon  and  manganese,  and  shall  contain  not  more  than  fif¬ 
teen  hundredths  (.15)  per  cent  of  carbon  two  hundredths  (.02)  per  cent, 
phosphorous,  and  five  hundredths  (.05)  per  cent  sulphur. 

Class  “B”  base  metals  shall  contain  not  less  than  two  tenths  (.2)  per 
cent  copper. 

The  metal  shall  have  a  tensile  strength  of  not  less  than  40,000  lbs.  and 
an  elastic  limit  of  not  less  than  25,000  lbs. 

After  the  sheets  are  rolled  they  shall  be  properly  annealed  and  they 
shall  be  free  from  blisters,  seams,  slag  or  foreign  materials. 

Galvanizing.  All  materials  entering  into  the  construction  of  the  pipe 
shall  be  galvanized  in  such  a  manner  that  the  galvanizing  forms  a  contin¬ 
uous,  impervious,  pure  zinc  coating,  uniform  in  thickness.  It  shall  be  so 
applied  that  it  will  adhere  firmly  to  the  metal.  Plates  having  blisters  or 
other  imperfections  in  the  galvanizing,  after  corrugating,  shall  be  rejected. 
The  galvanizing  coating  shall  contain  not  less  than  one  ounce  of  zinc  per 
square  foot  of  surface  and  for  the  two  sides  of  1  sq.  ft.  of  metal  not  less  than 
2  ounces  nor  more  than  2x/i  ounces.  The  amount  of  spelter  shall  be  deter¬ 
mined  by  test  conducted  in  an  approved  manner  by  an  Inspection  Bureau. 
The  lead  acetate  or  spot  test  method  shall  be  used. 


Identification.  The  manufacturer  of  each  brand  of  metal  for  which 
proposals  may  be  received,  shall  file  with  the  State  Highway  Department 
a  statement  setting  forth  the  names  or  brand  of  the  metal  proposed  to  be 
furnished  with  a  complete  typical  analysis  of  the  metal  contained  therein, 
which  statement  shall  be  sworn  to  for  the  manufacturer  by  the  proper  ex¬ 
ecutive. 

No  metal  will  be  accepted  under  these  specifications  and  no  bids  will 
be  considered  for  either  Class  “A”  or  Class  “B”  requirements  until  after 
the  sheet  metal  manufacturer’s  statement  has  been  filed  as  above.  Misbrand¬ 
ing  or  other  misrepresentations  or  non-uniformity  of  product  will  be  con¬ 
sidered  as  sufficient  reason  to  discontinue  the  acceptance  of  any  pipe  under 
these  specifications. 

No  pipe  will  be  accepted  unless  that  metal  is  identified  by  a  stamp  on 
each  section  showing: 

First  — Name  of  the  manufacturer; 

Second — Name  of  the  brand,  and 

Third  — The  gauge. 

These  identification  brands  shall  be  placed  on  the  sheets  by  the  manu¬ 
facturers  of  the  sheets  only  in  such  a  way  that  when  rolled  into  culverts 
such  identification  shall  appear  on  the  outside  of  each  section  of  each  pipe. 
Pipe  having  any  sections  not  so  stamped  shall  be  promptly  rejected. 

Rivets  and  Riveting.  All  rivets  shall  be  of  a  quality  equal  to  the  ma¬ 
terial  in  the  pipe.  They  shall  be  well  galvanized. 

All  rivets  shall  be  driven  cold  in  such  a  manner  that  the  plates  shall 
be  drawn  tight  together  throughout  the  width  of  the  seam.  No  rivet  shall 
be  closer  than  twice  its  diameter  from  the  edge  of  the  metal.  All  rivets  shall 
have  neat  workmanlike  and  full  size  heads.  They  must  be  driven  without 
bending  and  must  fully  fill  the  hole. 

Corrugations.  All  corrugations  shall  be  not  less  than  2)/^  inches,  center 
to  center,  nor  more  than  3  inches.  The  corrugations  shall  have  a  depth  of 
not  less  than  Yi  inch  for  2x/i  inch,  and  not  less  than  %  inch  for  3  inch  cor¬ 
rugations. 

End  Reinforcement.  The  ends  of  all  corrugated  metal  culverts  shall 
be  reinforced  with  a  galvanized  iron  band,  riveted  to  the  culvert  at  intervals 
of  ten  (10)  inches  or  less.  This  band  shall  be  equivalent  in  cross  section  to 
1  inch  for  No.  16  metal,  x  \x/i  inches  for  No.  14  and  No.  12  metal 
and  x/i  x  2  inches  for  No.  10  metal.  Any  other  style  of  reinforcement  may  be 
used  which  will  furnish  equal  strength  with  the  above  and  that  may  be  ap¬ 
proved  by  the  Engineer. 

Thickness  of  Metal.  Pipe  shall  be  made  of  sheets  of  the  following  thick¬ 


ness  before  galvanizing. 

Clear  Inside  Diameter  U.  S.  Gauge 

18  inch  and  smaller . No.  16 

Over  18  inch  up  to  and  including  30  inch . ,! . No.  14 

Over  30  inch  up  to  and  including  48  inch . No.  12 

Over  48  inch  up  to  60  inch . No.  10 


Metal  culverts  over  48  inches  in  diameter  will  not  be  used  without 
special  strengthening,  the  design  for  which  must  be  approved  by  the  En¬ 
gineer. 

Seams.  All  joints  shall  be  lap  joints.  Longitudinal  seams  shall  lap 
not  less  than  two  inches.  They  shall  be  riveted  with  one  rivet  at  each  cor¬ 
rugation.  Circumferential  shop  riveted  seams  shall  lap  at  least  one  full 
corrugation.  Rivets  in  circumferential  seams  shall  be  not  more  than  ten 
inches  apart. 

To  cover  irregularities  in  construction  an  allowance  may  be  made  of 
x/i  inch  in  net  diameter  of  12  and  18  inch  pipes,  and  not  more  than  Y  inch 
in  larger  sizes.  If  the  deficiency  exceeds  these  figures  the  pipe  may  be  re¬ 
jected,  or  a  suitable  deduction  may  be  made  from  contract  price. 

Workmanship.  All  material  and  workmanship  shall  be  first  class  in 
every  particular.  Culverts  shall  have  a  truly  circular  cross  section.  They 
shall  be  truly  straight  throughout  their  entire  length.  They  shall  be  free 
from  all  imperfections,  such  as  bends,  dents  or  crimps  in  the  metal. 


3 


S12-6 
Basis  of 
Payment 


Field  Joints.  Shall  be  furnished  of  the  same  material  as  the  pipe  and 
shall  be  not  less  than  8  inches  wide  for  pipe  up  to  30  inches  in  diameter,  and  11 
inches  wide  for  larger  sizes.  Such  bands  shall  be  provided  with  connections 
at  the  ends  by  angles  or  straps  having  a  cross  section  equal  to  1  inch  by 
inch,  and  fastened  by  bolts  not  less  than  Yi  inch  in  diameter.  All  such  con¬ 
nections  shall  be  made  of  galvanized  or  otherwise  suitably  protected  iron. 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT 

The  basis  of  payment  for  corrugated  metal  culvert  pipe  shall  be  the 
unit  price  bid  per  foot  of  pipe  F.  O.  B.  cars  at  destination,  specified  by  the 
purchaser,  provided  that  all  such  culverts  comply  with  the  specifications 
and  are  delivered  in  satisfactory  condition. 


4 


Minnesota  Standard  Specifications 
Section  Twelve. 


MONOLITHIC  CONCRETE  CULVERTS 


The  provisions  of  these  specifications  regarding  materials,  construction 
methods  and  character  of  workmanship  for  concrete  and  concrete  bridges 
shall  also  apply  to  monolithic  concrete  culverts.  Class  “A”  concrete,  as 
described  in  Section  11-13,  shall  be  used  for  all  monolithic  culverts. 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT 

Unless  otherwise  specified  by  the  engineer,  the  basis  of  payment  will 
be  the  lump  sum  specified  by  the  contractor  in  his  proposal  for  which  sum 
he  shall  furnish  all  material  required,  and  do  all  work  including  the  neces¬ 
sary  excavation  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  the  structure. 

When  so  specified  by  the  engineer  in  the  proposal,  the  contract  shall 
be  awarded  and  payment  made  on  the  following  basis,  bidding  unit  prices 
on  the  following  items  or  other  items  appearing  in  the  proposal  form: 

Concrete  in  place - per  cu.  yard. 

Reinforcing  steel  in  place - per  lb. 

Pipe  rail  in  place - per  lineal  foot. 

Excavation  per  cu.  yd. 

Excavation  classified  in  accordance  with  Sec.  2-10. 
of  the  grading  specifications  for  earth,  loose  rock 
and  solid  rock. 

The  yardage  of  the  excavation  shall  be  computed  on  an  area  6  inches 
greater  in  every  direction  than  the  area  of  the  culvert  footing. 

SECTIONAL  CONCRETE  CULVERTS 

General.  The  specifications  applying  to  concrete,  concrete  materials, 
reinforcing  steel  and  concrete  construction  for  bridges  and  culverts  shall 
apply  to  sectional  concrete  culverts. 

Concrete.  Class  “B”  concrete  shall  be  used  and  shall  consist  of  one 
part  cement,  two  parts  sand,  and  three  parts  gravel  or  crushed  rock  of  such 
size  that  it  will  be  retained  on  a  34  inch  screen  and  will  pass  a  %  inch  ring. 
At  least  40  per  cent  and  not  more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  stone  or  gravel 
must  be  retained  on  a  34  inch  screen. 

Concrete  Materials.  See  Bridge  and  Culvert  specifications  for  con¬ 
crete  materials  and  reinforcing  steel. 

Type  of  Reinforcing.  Reinforcing  may  be  wire  hoops,  expanded  metal 
or  wire  mesh. 

Wiring.  Reinforcing  must  lap  not  less  than  8  inches  and  be  securely 
wired  at  splice. 

Forms.  The  inner  and  outer  forms  must  be  truly  concentric.  The 
forms  must  be  tight,  to  prevent  leakage  of  mortar. 

Finish.  The  concrete  aggregates  must  be  properly  proportioned  to  se¬ 
cure  a  smooth  finish  and  a  dense  concrete.  The  ends  of  the  section  must  be 
well  filled,  smooth,  and  concentric  with  the  barrel  of  the  culvert.  Porous 
concrete,  imperfectly  filled  or  otherwise  defective  ends  will  be  considered 
sufficient  for  rejection. 

Curing.  After  removal  of  forms,  pipe  shall  be  kept  moist  by  frequent 
sprinkling  for  a  period  of  four  days. 

Marking.  All  sections  shall  be  marked  with  the  date  of  manufacture. 
No  pipe  shall  be  shipped  prior  to  14  days  from  date  of  pouring. 

Length.  No  section  shall  be  less  than  2  feet  or  more  than  3  feet,  net 
length. 

Approval.  Sectional  culverts  of  other  than  circular  form,  but  of  equal 
strength,  may  be  approved  as  to  design  upon  submission  of  detail  plans  to 
the  State  Highway  Department,  and  sections  of  these  culverts  may  be  sub¬ 
jected  to  tests  similar  to  that  described  below. 


S12-1 

General 

Provisions 


S12-2 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S12-3 

Sectional 

Concrete 

Culverts 


S12-4 
Basis  of 
Payment 


S12-5 

Corrugated 

Metal 

Culverts 


If  culverts  manufactured  by  any  company  fail  to  consistently  pass  the 
test  for  strength,  then  that  product  will  not  be  accepted  until  satisfactory 
proof  has  been  presented  showing  that  the  defects  have  been  remedied. 

Strength.  Concrete  taken  from  culverts  not  less  than  28  days  after 
pouring  shall  show,  under  test,  a  compressive  strength  of  not  less  than  2,000 
lbs.  per  square  inch. 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT 

The  basis  of  payment  for  sectional  concrete  culvert  pipe  shall  be  the 
unit  price  bid  per  foot  of  pipe  F.  O.  B.  cars  at  destination,  specified  by  the 
purchaser,  provided  that  all  such  culverts  comply  with  the  specifications 
and  are  delivered  unbroken  and  in  satisfactory  condition. 

CORRUGATED  METAL  PIPE 

Shape.  Pipe  submitted  under  these  specifications  shall  be  of  the  full 
circle  riveted  type,  with  lap  joint  construction.  Sectional  or  nestable  types 
of  corrugated  pipe  will  be  admitted  only  as  special  cases  where  some  local 
conditions  make  this  form  desirable.  Unless  such  conditions  exist,  bids 
will  not  be  considered  upon  this  type  of  pipe. 

Should  the  County  desire  to  admit  bids  on  sectional  or  nestable  type  of 
pipe,  this  fact  shall  be  set  forth  in  the  notice  to  bidders,  and  bids  on  such 
pipe  shall  be  accompanied  by  full  detailed  drawings  and  a  description  show¬ 
ing  all  details  of  construction  and  weight  per  foot  of  pipe. 

Classes  of  Metal.  Two  classes  of  base  metal  for  use  in  corrugated  metal 
pipe  are  recognized  in  these  specifications.  Class  “A”  and  Class  “B.”  Class 
“A”  includes  the  metals  commonly  designated  as  pure  irons,  which  are  the 
products  of  the  open  hearth  furnace  in  which  the  refining  operation  is  car¬ 
ried  forward  until  the  impurities  are  reduced  to  a  relatively  low  percentage. 

Class  “B  ”  includes  those  metals  commonly  designated  as  copper  bearing 
steels  which  are  the  normal  product  of  the  open  hearth  furnace  with  which 
is  alloyed  a  small  percentage  of  copper. 

Quality  of  Metals.  Class  “A”  base  metal  shall  contain  not  more  than 
twenty-five  hundredths  (.25)  per  cent  in  the  aggregate  of  the  following 
metaloids:  Carbon,  sulphur,  phosphorous,  silicon  and  manganese,  and  shall 
contain  not  more  than  four  hundredths  (.04)  per  cent  of  carbon,  thirty- 
five  thousandths  (.035)  per  cent  of  sulphur,  and  six  thousandths  (.006)  per 
cent  of  phosphorus. 

An  allowance  may  be  made  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  five  metaloids 
specified  above  of  four  hundredths  (.04)  per  cent. 

Class  “B”  base  metals  shall  contain  not  more  than  seven  tenths  (.7) 
per  cent  in  the  aggregate  of  the  following  metaloids:  Carbon,  sulphur, 
phosphorous,  silicon  and  manganese,  and  shall  contain  not  more  than  fif¬ 
teen  hundredths  (.15)  per  cent  of  carbon  two  hundredths  (.02)  per  cent, 
phosphorous,  and  five  hundredths  (.05)  per  cent  sulphur. 

Class  “B”  base  metals  shall  contain  not  less  than  two  tenths  (.2)  per 
cent  copper. 

The  metal  shall  have  a  tensile  strength  of  not  less  than  40,000  lbs.  and 
an  elastic  limit  of  not  less  than  25,000  lbs. 

After  the  sheets  are  rolled  they  shall  be  properly  annealed  and  they 
shall  be  free  from  blisters,  seams,  slag  or  foreign  materials. 

Galvanizing.  All  materials  entering  into  the  construction  of  the  pipe 
shall  be  galvanized  in  such  a  manner  that  the  galvanizing  forms  a  contin¬ 
uous,  impervious,  pure  zinc  coating,  uniform  in  thickness.  It  shall  be  so 
applied  that  it  will  adhere  firmly  to  the  metal.  Plates  having  blisters  or 
other  imperfections  in  the  galvanizing,  after  corrugating,  shall  be  rejected. 
The  galvanizing  coating  shall  contain  not  less  than  one  ounce  of  zinc  per 
square  foot  of  surface  and  for  the  two  sides  of  1  sq.  ft.  of  metal  not  less  than 
2  ounces  nor  more  than  ounces.  The  amount  of  spelter  shall  be  deter¬ 
mined  by  test  conducted  in  an  approved  manner  by  an  Inspection  Bureau. 
The  lead  acetate  or  spot  test  method  shall  be  used. 


Identification.  The  manufacturer  of  each  brand  of  metal  for  .which 
proposals  may  be  received,  shall  file  with  the  State  Highway  Department 
a  statement  setting  forth  the  names  or  brand  of  the  metal  proposed  to  be 
furnished  with  a  complete  typical  analysis  of  the  metal  contained  therein, 
which  statement  shall  be  sworn  to  for  the  manufacturer  by  the  proper  ex¬ 
ecutive. 

No  metal  will  be  accepted  under  these  specifications  and  no  bids  will 
be  considered  for  either  Class  “A”  or  Class  “B”  requirements  until  after 
the  sheet  metal  manufacturer’s  statement  has  been  filed  as  above.  Misbrand¬ 
ing  or  other  misrepresentations  or  non-uniformity  of  product  will  be  con¬ 
sidered  as  sufficient  reason  to  discontinue  the  acceptance  of  any  pipe  under 
these  specifications. 

No  pipe  will  be  accepted  unless  that  metal  is  identified  by  a  stamp  on 
each  section  showing: 

First  — Name  of  the  manufacturer; 

Second — Name  of  the  brand,  and 

Third  — The  gauge. 

These  identification  brands  shall  be  placed  on  the  sheets  by  the  manu¬ 
facturers  of  the  sheets  only  in  such  a  way  that  when  rolled  into  culverts 
such  identification  shall  appear  on  the  outside  of  each  section  of  each  pipe. 
Pipe  having  any  sections  not  so  stamped  shall  be  promptly  rejected. 

Rivets  and  Riveting.  All  rivets  shall  be  of  a  quality  equal  to  the  ma¬ 
terial  in  the  pipe.  They  shall  be  well  galvanized. 

All  rivets  shall  be  driven  cold  in  such  a  manner  that  the  plates  shall 
be  drawn  tight  together  throughout  the  width  of  the  seam.  No  rivet  shall 
be  closer  than  twice  its  diameter  from  the  edge  of  the  metal.  All  rivets  shall 
have  neat  workmanlike  and  full  size  heads.  They  must  be  driven  without 
bending  and  must  fully  fill  the  hole. 

Corrugations.  All  corrugations  shall  be  not  less  than  2Y  inches,  center 
to  center,  nor  more  than  3  inches.  The  corrugations  shall  have  a  depth  of 
not  less  than  Yi  inch  for  2 Yi  inch,  and  not  less  than  Y  inch  for  3  inch  cor¬ 
rugations. 

End  Reinforcement.  The  ends  of  all  corrugated  metal  culverts  shall 
be  reinforced  with  a  galvanized  iron  band,  riveted  to  the  culvert  at  intervals 
of  ten  (10)  inches  or  less.  This  band  shall  be  equivalent  in  cross  section  to 
%  x  1  inch  for  No.  16  metal,  %  x  Y'i  inches  for  No.  14  and  No.  12  metal 
and  Yi.  x  2  inches  for  No.  10  metal.  Any  other  style  of  reinforcement  may  be 
used  which  will  furnish  equal  strength  with  the  above  and  that  may  be  ap¬ 
proved  by  the  Engineer. 

Thickness  of  Metal.  Pipe  shall  be  made  of  sheets  of  the  following  thick¬ 


ness  before  galvanizing. 

Clear  Inside  Diameter  U.  S.  Gauge 

18  inch  and  smaller . No.  16 

Over  18  inch  up  to  and  including  30  inch . No.  14 

Over  30  inch  up  to  and  including  48  inch . No.  12 

Over  48  inch  up  to  60  inch . No.  10 


Metal  culverts  over  48  inches  in  diameter  will  not  be  used  without 
special  strengthening,  the  design  for  which  must  be  approved  by  the  En¬ 
gineer. 

Seams.  All  joints  shall  be  lap  joints.  Longitudinal  seams  shall  lap 
not  less  than  two  inches.  They  shall  be  riveted  with  one  rivet  at  each  cor¬ 
rugation.  Circumferential  shop  riveted  seams  shall  lap  at  least  one  full 
corrugation.  Rivets  in  circumferential  seams  shall  be  not  more  than  ten 
inches  apart. 

To  cover  irregularities  in  construction  an  allowance  may  be  made  of 
inch  in  net  diameter  of  12  and  18  inch  pipes,  and  not  more  than  Yi  inch 
in  larger  sizes.  If  the  deficiency  exceeds  these  figures  the  pipe  may  be  re¬ 
jected,  or  a  suitable  deduction  may  be  made  from  contract  price. 

Workmanship.  All  material  and  workmanship  shall  be  first  class  in 
every  particular.  Culverts  shall  have  a  truly  circular  cross  section.  They 
shall  be  truly  straight  throughout  their  entire  length.  They  shall  be  free 
from  all  imperfections,  such  as  bends,  dents  or  crimps  in  the  metal. 


3 


S12-6 
Basis  of 
Payment 


Field  Joints.  Shall  be  furnished  of  the  same  material  as  the  pipe  and 
shall  be  not  less  than  8  inches  wide  for  pipe  up  to  30  inches  in  diameter,  and  1 1 
inches  wide  for  larger  sizes.  Such  bands  shall  be  provided  with  connections 
at  the  ends  by  angles  or  straps  having  a  cross  section  equal  to  1  inch  by  JJ 
inch,  and  fastened  by  bolts  not  less  than  x/l  inch  in  diameter.  All  such  con¬ 
nections  shall  be  made  of  galvanized  or  otherwise  suitably  protected  iron. 

'  K  .-.ily  ■  !  .  -  .,8  ■  *d  .L  ;j  K/n  i 

BASIS  OF  PAYMENT 

The  basis  of  payment  for  corrugated  metal  culvert  pipe  shall  be  the 
unit  price  bid  per  foot  of  pipe  F.  O.  B.  cars  at  destination,  specified  by  the 
purchaser,  provided  that  all  such  culverts  comply  with  the  specifications 
and  are  delivered  in  satisfactory  condition. 


4 


specifications 

FOR 

ASPHALTIC  CONCRETE  "PAVING 


(WARRENITE-  BITULITHIC  ) 


WARRENITE 

BITULITHIC 

TEARING 

SURFACE 


On  the  foundation  as  specified^  there  shall  be  Ixtid  the  Iferrenite 
BitulithicV.earing  Surface  w;  .ch  must  be  (2")  inches  thick 
after  compression. 


The  rearing  surface  shall  be  a  mixture  of  (1)  mineral  aggregate 
and  (2)  bituminous  cement 0 


1*  MINERAL  AGGEGRATSj  Shall  be  composed  of  hard  stone  with  French 
Coefficient  of  wear  of  at  least  8*  and  a  toughness  of  not  less 
than  8,  for  the  course  materal  combined  with  sand  (  or  a  mixture 
of  sand  and  screenings)  for  the  smaller  sizes*.  The  course  aggregrate 
shall  be  free  from  soft  or  disintegrated  stone*  dirt  cr  other  r  •• 
objectiona!  matter  occurring  eitner  free  or  as  a  coating  on  the 
aggregate,,  The  size  of  the  particles  of  the  aggregate  ahailvary 
from  the  maximum  (  about  one-half  (l/2 )  of  the  thickness  of  the 
surface  )  to  impalpable  pov:d.ercThe  particles  shall  be  so 
porporticned  as  to  give  the  mixture  density*  that  is  low  percentage 
of  voids*  and  a  useful  degree  of  inherent  stability-  orresistance 
to  displacement o 

If  the  aggregate  does  not*  inthe  opinion  of  the  Engineer  contain 
enough  finely  divided  particles  of  impalpable  powder  to  produce  a 
low  percentage  of  voids*  the  deficiency  shall  be  made  up  by  the 
addition  of  limestone  dust  or  port] and  Cement. 

In  addition  to  the  above  the  mineral  aggregate  shall  come  within 
the  following  screen  test  and  the  percentage  of  each  size  used, 
shall  be  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer 9 


Passing  a  l-^-  sfcifeen  and  retained  on  a  #2  sieve 
"  u  #2  sieve  "  "  11  "  #4  " 

It  U  It  It  It  II  II  jj-lQ  II 

ti  ti  ti  u  u  tt  n  A  ii 

"  "  #80  "  at  least  25  %  cf  which  will  pass 


percentage 
50  -  60 

15  -  25 

5  -  15 

5-15 

a  # 200  sieve  5  -15 


The  balance  to  pass  a  #30  sieve  and  be  rettined  on  a  #80  sieve 


2#  BITUMINOUS  CEMENT ;  Shall  be  Bitulithic  Cement  and  shall  be 
added,  within  the  limits  of  5  to  8  percent  by  weight  of  the  mixture 
as  approved  by  the  Engineer  <> 


Bitulithic  Cement  used  in  this  work  shallbe  produced  under  the 
direction  and  laboratory  supervision  cf  Warren  Brothers  Company 
and  in  addition  to  the  above,  shall  also  comply  with  the  following 
standard  tests; 

Asphalt  CEMENT:  The  asphalt  cement  to  be  used  in  this  work  shall 
meet  one  of  the  following  sets  of  requirme.nts  as  set  forth  in 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  691. 


•  •  t  ■/  I 

/v  -1  ? 


f 


.  '  > 


•  >  •; 


>  W 


i . 


y  ,4  ; 


sH' 


V  ; 


w 


4-.‘>  * 


tttl. 


( 


V  J 


(A)  OIL  ASPHALTS :  The  oil  aspha’t  shall  be  homogeneous,  free  f?.on 
water,  and  shall  not  foam  when  heated  to  175  deg,  C«  (347  deg.F). 

It  shall  meet  the  following ,reqiJUi*omenip ; 

1«  Specific  gravity  25  deg./  25  deg,  ,  (77  deg*/  77  deg.F.)  not  less 
than  1,010 

2,  Flash  point  — — not  less  than  175  deg,  0  (347  deg.F, ) 

3,  Melting  point  -  40  deg*C,  (104  deg*Fa)  to  60  deg.O,  (140  deg0?„) 

4,  Penetration  at  25  degaO*  (77  deg.F.)  J.OQ  g« ,  5  sec* - 60  to  70 

5,  Loss  at  163  deg -.Co  (325  deg.F, )  3  hours  - not  more  than  1  ..0% 

aa  Penetration  cf  residue  at  25  deg.C.  (77  deg.F.  )  ICO  g.,  5  sec,-  * 
not  less  than  40 

6,  Total  bitumen  (soluble  .in  carbon  disulphide) 

not  less  than  99,55b 

a*  Organic  matter  insoluble  —  not  more  than  0*2%, 

Note;  Material  for  any  one  contract  shall  not  vary  more  than  0,020  in 
specific  gravity  nor  more  than  10  deg*  C*  in  melting  point  within  the  test 
limits  above  specs fled. 

Tests  of  the  physical  and  chemical,  properties  cf  the  o5 1  asphalt 
shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  following  methods : 


1.  Specific  gravity,  U, S * Department  of  Agriculture 
Bulletin  314,  P.5, 

2,  Flash  point  (open  cup)  U ,S. Department  cf  Agriculture 
Bulletin  314,  P,17 

3..  Melting  point,  A*S„T.LI«  Tentative  St  andard  D  36-16  T.  Proceedings 
A.S ,T ,M„  1916,  Pc 549 

4.  Penetration  A,S5TrM<,  Standard  Test  D  5-13, 

5*  Volatilization  test,  UoS0  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314, 

P.19,  using  50  gran  sample. 

6.  Total  bitumen,  U.S .Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314,  P.25 

(B)  FLUXED  BERMUDEX  ASPHALT;  The  fluxed  native  asphalt  shall  be 
homogeneous,  free  from  water,  and  shall  not  foam  when  heated  to 
175  deg. C. (347  deg.F.)  It  shall  meet  the  following  requirements; 

l«Specific  gravity  25  deg*  Co  (77  deg-,/  7?deg„)  l»G50  to  1,070 

2»Flash  point- - -  not  less  than  175deg0  C0  (347  deg„F.) 

3«Meifcing  point-- - 45deg„  Cv,  (113  deg  F„ )  to  55  dega  0^131  deg*  F0) 

4 *  Penetration  at  25  deg.,  C,  (  77  deg0  F0  )  100  ga  ,  5  sec  —  — —  60  to  70 
5 o  Loss  at  3  63  deg>  C,  (325  deg,  F«  )  5  hours- -ogjaat  more  than  3.0  %> 

a.  Pentration  of  residue  at  25  dege  Cc  (77  degt  F«  )  100  go  , 

5sec— » — —..——not  less  than  30 

6.  Total  bituen  (soluble  in  carbon  disulphide  )  not  less  than  94.5  % 

b.  Inorganic  matter  insoluble—— — — — — .-20  0  %  to  5.5  % 

Test  of  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  fluxed  native 
asphalt  shall  be  made  in  aeccz dance  with  the  following  methods; 

1.,  Specific  gravity,  U*  Sa  Department  cf  Agriculture  Bulletin  314* pb 5* 

2.  Flash  point  (open  cup  )  U0  S»  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314, p, 

3.  Melting  point * A.S  .T»M,  Tentative  Standard  D«36«16  T ,,Procc  A.S.T.M* 

1916,  p*549» 

4 o Pentration  A.S.T.M.  Standard  Test  D«-5«16 

5P  Volatilization  test, UyS .Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314 
p<>  19,  using  50  gram  sample* 

60  Total  bitumen,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletin  314?  p0  25, 


PREPARATION  AND  MIXING i  The  ingredients  shall  be  heated  to  such  a 
temperature  between  the  limits  of  200  and  35Q  deg*  F.  that  when  th© 
mixtures  are  delivered  on  the  work,  they  shallL  be  in:  a  sufficiently 
plastic  condition  for  spreading  and  rolling  (which  will,  vary  with  the 
temperature  of  the  air)  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Engineer,  and  they 
shall  not  be  heated  to  a  sufficiently  high  temperature  to  injure  the 
Bitulithic  Cement* 

Either  of  the  two  following  methods  and  apparatus  shall  be  used. 

(a)  The  several  grades  and  sizes  of  the  mineral  aggregate  as  delivered 
at  the  mixing  plant  shall  be  kept  in  separate  piles*  The  amount  of 
mineral  aggregate  required  for  a  batch  dial  1  then  be  accurately  measured 
in  the  proper  proportions,  of  the  several  sizes  to  give  the  best  results, 

and  same  shall  be  heated  in  a  rotary  mechanical  heater  so  designed  as  to 
keep  each  batch  of  mineral  aggregate  by  itself  until  thoroughly  dry  and 
heated,  after  which,  the  batch  of  hot  mineral  aggregate  shall  pass  into 
a  rotary  cylindrical  mixer,  where  the  separately  heated  Bitulithic  Cement 
shall  be  added1.  The  mixing  dall  be  continued  until  the  combination  is  a 
uniform  bituminous  concrete* 

(b)  The  mineral  aggregate  shall  be  thoroughly  dried  and  heated  in  a 
rotary  drier,  and  while  still  hot,  shall  separated  into  at  least  four 
sizes  by  means  of  a  rotary  screen  so  arranged  that  the  product  of  each 
screen  section  shall  drop  into  a  corresponding  compartment  or  bin*  The 

aggregate  cap  acity  of  all  the  compartments  ta>  be  net  less  than  ten 
(10)  cubic  yards*  From  these  several  compartments,  the  desired  amount 
of  each  size  aggregate  shall  be  drawn  into  a  weigh  box  resting  on  a 
multi~beara.'  scale,  and  each  size  shall  be  weighed  accurately  and  separate¬ 
ly  therein,  after  which  the  whole  batch  shall  be  emptied  intco  a  “twin  pug ' 
pugw  mixer,  where  it  shall  be  thorough!  y  mixed  with  the  separately 
heated  Bitulithic  Cement,  until  the  combination  is  a  uniform  bituminous 
concrete. 

LAYING:  The  mixture  and  ingredients  thereof  shall  be  maintained  at  a 
temperature  consistent  with  good  workmanship.  The  mixture  when  reaching 
the  street  shall  be  hot  enough  to  allow  of  being  easily  spread  and  raked 
and  shall  not  be  scd  hot  as  to  injure  the  Bitulithic  Cement*  The  mixture 
shall  be  placed  with  hot  shovels  or  forks  and  shall  them  be  sp  read  with 
hot  rakes.  Immediately  after  the  said,  mixture  has  been  spread  and  before 
it  has  been  compacted  in  any  manner  it  shall  be  covered  with  a  mechan¬ 
ically  mixed,  bituminous  mixture,  cons  isting  of  approximately  one 
fourth  (p)  gallon  of  Bitulithic  Cement  to  twenty  (20)  pounds  of  mineral 
aggregate  not  larger  than  one  fourth  (■4);  inch  in  diameter.  On  grades 
a  coarser  aggregate  may  be  used  for  this  latter  mixture*  This  mixture 
shall  he  sp  read  at  the  rate  of  thirty  (30)  to  fifty (50 )  pounds  per 
square  yard, 

ROLLING:  Immediately  after  sp  reading  the  mixtures  as  described  above, 
the  pavement  shall  be  thoroughly  compressed  by  the  use  of  a  ten  (lO); 
to  twelve  (12)  ton,  three  (3)  wheel  self-propelled  roller.  The  rolling 
shall  be  continued  until  no  roller  marks  appear.  Places  inaccessible 
to  the  roller  shall  be  thoroughly  tamped  by  hand  to  the  satisfaction  of  th-. 
the  Engineer, 


bARRENITE*BTTULITHIC  HEADERS  %  '.Then  so  provided,  in  the  contract  and 
ordered  by  the  Engineer,  wherever  the  pavement  adjoins  a  macadam  or 
gravel  street  either  at  the  end  of  paved  streets,  cross  streets  or 
alleys  and  -wherever  the  edges  of  the  wearing  surface  of  the  travelled 
way  are  not  projected  by  stone  or  concrete  curbs  or  gutters,  then  said 
ends  and  edges  of  t  he  wearing  surface  shall  be  protected  from  unnecessary 
shock  and  wear  from  teams  and  vehicles  by  a  ’far r en.it e-Bitulithic  Header, 
consisting  of  wearing  surface  mixture  six  inches  (2:‘ )  in  depth  and  six 
inches  {&")  in  width  at  the  bottom  and  three  inches  (3's )  in  width  at  the 
top-a  The  mixture  forming  said  header  shall  be  thoroughly  hand  tamped  and 
relied  after  which  the  adjoining  shoulder  shall  be  spread  over  the  sloping 
s£e  of  the  header*  and  thorough];/  rolled.,  and  finished  so  as  to  bring  the 
surface  of  header  and  shoulder  flush  with  the  edge  of  the  wearing  surface* 
Said  headers  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  price  bid  per  lineal  foct0 

barren  Brothers  Company,  owner  of  the  patents,  used  in  the  construction, 
of  the  Y.ar r enit e ">Bituiithic  Pavement,  shall  file  with  the  County  Auditor 
a  properly  executed  binding  aggreement  to  furnish  to  any  contractor 
desiring  to  bid  for  the  work  a‘J  1  the  necessary  Aarrenite-Bitulithic 
Surface  Mixtures,  mixed  ready  for  use,  in  accordance  with  Sections 
"'bearing  Surface"  at  a  definite  reasonable  price.  Said  price  shall 
include  a  license  to  use  all  of  the  patents  required  in  the  construction 
of  the  Warrenite-Bituli.thic  Pavement  as  herein  specified.  ( 

0 

The  acceptance  of  bids  bythe  County  and  the  letting  of  a  contract  for 
the  same  shall,  for  this  class  of  pavement,  be  deemed  by  barren  Brothers 
Company  to  be  an  accep  tance  of  its  proposal  by  the  County  and  by  the 
Contractor  to  whom  such  contract  shall  be  awarded,  and  owe  all  that 
shall  be  necessary  to  bind  'barren  Brothers  Company  to  said  agreement* 

The  filing  of  a  bid  under  these  specifications  shall  be  construed  as 
an  acceptance  of  the  terras  of  the  license  agreement  filed  by  'barren 
Brothers  Company,  at  the  price  fixed  in  said  agreement  which  is  on 
file  with  the  County 0 


<*•  •  •  •  ;  • 


/ 


< 


